Home

Printing System(2)/UG-1/IB-1 User's Manual

1. o resta 1 5 3 IDLE ana EIE OUTPUT COPY MONE COPY DENSIT LENS MONE PAPEP SIZE FUNCTION j l ORIGINA pog APPLICATION ROTATION CONTINUE EXIT OFF sop V o TM S STORE 2 Touch the EXIT key The printing job is canceled MEMO The print job is not canceled if you select the CANCEL key 507 Chap
2. Gr GE FILE NAME ADDRESS amp aea FILE FORM SCAN MODE 2 SCAN DENSITY4 LENS MODE i SCAN SIZE QUALITY FUNCTION RADE A 1 00 soodpi ORIGINAL Norma ZOOM APPLICATION TIFF DUPLEX v RE gesting 300api ROTATION D gt p 450 Scanner Basic screen d gt p 454 Special Original D gt p 456 Application 448 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Scanning Continued 6 Press the START button on the copier The original loaded in the RADF or on the platen glass is scanned with the current settings and stored transmitted to the specified destination Before the scanned data is sent to the Print Controller you can press the START button again to run an additional scanning process so that two sets of scanned data are sent at one time
3. Bg Ee FILE NAME ADDRESS D4 aea FILE FORM SCAN MODE SCAN DENSITY LENS MODE SCAN SIZE QUALITY FUNCTION RADF A 1 00 sooapi SRIGINAL normar ZOOM APPLICATION TIFF DUPLEX Y RE serftnc 300dpi ROTATION FILE NAME Touch this key when you need to change or enter scanned data file names Touching this key opens the File Name Input screen Any file name can be up to 26 alphanumeric characters long Depending on the file format the extension tif or pdf is automatically added to the end of a file name e ADDRESS Touch this key to go back to the Transmission Address Input screen e FILE FORM You can choose a scanned data file form from TIFF and PDF A e For Scan to HDD the file format is fixed at TIFF e You cannot change the file form in the process of sending multiple images together MEMO To send multiple images at one time touch the STORE key D gt p 453
4. EX YES NO 4 Touch the YES key The reserved print job is canceled MEMO The print job is not canceled if you select the NO key 5 Touch the OK key The Copy Mode Basic will appear 508 Chapter 17 Print Job Control Confirming the Canceled Print Job You can confirm the canceled print job from the control panel in this printing system Procedure 1 Touch the pud key on the 2 Mode Basic screen Po on orig p 3 IDLE 0 STATUS OUTPUT COPY MODE J COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE FUNCTION RARE w 1 00 2i AJ as Ju dj as ORIGINAL 2 gt 0 NORMA ZOOM We APPLICATION OTATIO 1 gt 2 RE E AAHR E JI wth rl I PORE ON arm EE EZB STORE The Job Status Display screen will appear TOTAL PAGE S MINUTES CONTROL NO MODE STATUS PAGE S TO G INFORMATI RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES
5. 349 To set a custom size paper o iucecececeenierer cauectenestectesessececsestecceecstncrvecstbersectunerss 350 lE dud e Auddet 351 11 Contents Continued To set the Large Capacity Tray eseeeseeeeeeeeeee esee nenne nnn annnm nn nnn nnm n anis nna annii nnns 353 To set th Manual Feed Tray eiecit cpe cente eeu cen paa een uere u a cune uana er 354 Ir2uorddhilldee 356 IDxc2auorpxelusrm 357 To print multiple copies ipse nexa a en tux a caruSn2s caia Res ra nnmnnn nnmnnn nnna 359 To set the number of copies to be printed eeeeeeseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeenennn nnne 361 TO print Dy Sets ecce Lee cine EE aA AEAEE ERA S UII LLL 362 To print page by page collectively eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnn nennen nnn nnnm nnn nnns 363 To output offset Copies erii ree ruicc ren c eene en eua etre near cunas acr cen ann rr Dana ie uana nC Pia ka a pun 364 To print multiple PAGES rere repu uero on neon nra an aa enm nnmnnn nnmnnn 365 To set to print on both sides aeceeieccc cete rcr r eterne ce urea n rcu nnns nk ca kan mk ruina ka inan aS 367 To print the document of multiple pages on
6. No Front Cover Front Cover Front Cover Blank Printed 218 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set a Front Cover Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Front Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab e When 2 in 1 is selected in Paper tab Features Combination MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Cover tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About v Y T Pl Cover Sheet Blank Su PI Front Cover J Nor IT end PI Back Cover one E T Back Cover Blenk E Ped Tray Tray v T Sheet Insertion Blank Printed Pages Tray Tus Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help Turn on the Front Cover check box Click on the button for Blank or Printed When Blank is turned on nothing is printed on the front cover When Printed is turned on the fr
7. No Front Cover Front Cover Front Cover Blank Printed 376 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Front Cover Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 Limitation Front Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options e When 2 in 1 or 2 in 1 Repeat is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Specific Options Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Bras 3 Destination Printer Specific Optio Job offset or sj PrintPosition None Combination z None 2 Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None j Punch _ None Waitode None z N Click the V button beside the Front Cover to select Blank or Printed from the list When Blank is selected nothing is printed on the Front Cover When Printed is selected the Front Cover is printed MEMO The default is None Click the V button beside the Front Cover Tray box to select a tray to feed a paper for the Front Cover from the list MEMO The default is None Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to
8. IS l t amp 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 G A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O so PlolR s TIu viw x v z t NV la b cid e g hjijj k l m n o 70 pla x s t u v w x y z MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 625 Appendix D Symbol Set g Symbol Set List Continued o ue o o D oO u d i 0123456789 ABCDEF v aiolvielf l lealt lot e 2a s A BIT A E Z H O I K A M N Z O 50 rn P EZ T T X V O V O Jc s ze la8iyl e t n 8 c k X u v o 70 n plo 7 vl x v o 9 e lo s Bo var ij u n e 2 lC 2 2 2 Cojejo ej ej o v po Alal lu lslJl iz e u 3 a3 e s 9 3 Symbol Set Code Microsoft Publishing 012345678 9 AB C DE F rs as Rs vs sou stx x zov zxo ACK 10 DLE pei pc2 pcs pca xax syn ers can zx sue eeeocoo s unNocUOcUO6 o Symbol Set Code 012345678 9 ABCDEF 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7418 9 40 G A B C D E F GIH I J K L M N O
9. OER 2 1 wea ZOOM ua APPLICATION OTATIO i P 2 RE E AAHR E JI tha t JI PORE ON eru EUN EZB STORE Notice icon Notice icon means the following when the copier is in Print mode Status Description IDLE The printing system is ready to receive the print data from your com puter PRINT The printing system is currently printing The print data rasterized in the printing system is now being trans ferred to the E RDH memory in the copier ERROR The printing system generated an error message WAIT The printing system is in warm up mode INITIALIZING The printing system is in initialization process 478 Chapter 15 Control Panel Confirming the Status of a Print Job You can confirm the status of a print job from the control panel on the copier in this printing system Operating procedures 1 Touch the Lais key on the Copy Mode Basic screen Po i on origina A e COUNT SET WE p 0 D 3 IDLE FREE yop 01 OUTPUT COPY TODE Copy DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE USER2 BADE USER 1 00 STATUS FUNCTION 1 SPECIAL 2 gt 2 A AMS vita EJ A3 ORIG NA 2z P i NORMA ZOOM iiic APPLICATION OTATIO 1 gt 2 RE E AAHR E JI wha tr I PORE ON arm EUN STORE The Job Status Display screen will appear TOTAL PA
10. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene ene nnnn nnne nnn nnn 43 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nennen nnne nnne nnne 49 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn enne nnnn ennt nnne nnne n annt 55 Contents Continued Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 neeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeene nennen nein nnn nnne nnn nana n nnn 63 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e 1eeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenee nennen nennt nnne nnnn nnne nnn 71 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 eleeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeenn nenne nnne nne nnnn anna nnn nana n nnn 81 Installing to Windows XP PCL5e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee nnne nennen nnn nnn nnn nn nnne n nint 91 Installing to Windows XP PS3 1eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennen nenne nnnn anna nnn a unita nnn nnn 101 Installing to Macintosh PS3 certet tenete ebe nitent exui kan NR ue ka nA MR eeu RaEd 111 Test Page Print 2i sririaisadisada cnc uitu ki ava drj ia 114 Setting Optional Devices Windows eeeessse 115 Setting Optional Devices Macintosh 117 Updating a Printer Driver ccccsscsccsccsscnesssenscsnsnsncntennnssnnesnnsninesinsniscacacacecerenie 119 Updating the Printer
11. 2 up 4 up 6 up asco ABCD Ancn anco peed meer aon ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 9 up 16 up gt o gt wo o i gt I o i gt ow CI 5 I o gt o O gt ow Ci gt o O a gt wo o i gt o o i gt i o DL I o gt o O gt o o gt o O gt o o i gt o o i gt i o i gt I o gt o O gt A o gt ow o i gt E o gt o O gt o o 202 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Continued Operating procedures of 3 Limitation Pages per sheet cannot be set in the following case e When scaling is 101 more in Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options watermarks Overlay About r IrueType options
12. Even if the copier is provided with a Large Capacity Tray the printer driver will not recognize it if the Large Capacity Tray is not set on the computer 173 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Large Capacity Tray Continued Operating procedures of 1 3 Open Setup tab of Properties window When displayed from Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties HE General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay Setup About Options Available options Installed options DF 630 Finisher x Copier HDD DF 635 Finisher LT 402 Large Capacity Tray PI 108 Sheet Feeder TU 108 Trimmer Unit PU 108 Punch Unit zl Installed memory 64MB T OK Cancel Apply Help MEMO When nothing is selected it is not possible to use Tray 4 Select a Large Capacity Tray you want to use from the Available options list When the copier is provided with an optional Large Capacity Tray select either LT 402 Large Capac ity Tray or LT 412 Large Capacity Tray MEMO When you do not know if the optional Large Capacity Tray installed is a LT 402 Large Capacity Tray or LT 412 Large Capacity Tray consult your system administrator Click the OK button to close the Properties window 174 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Large Capacity Tray Continued Operating procedures of Adobe
13. AaS 234 To set the Punch Uhit 4 ccetieectcedecececescecsecededeeececcene ese cedeeetectcecsttdedecsstcceeceatdesesesiiess 238 To Set punching pe 241 To adjust printing position inside the paper cccccsssssseesseeeesnsesssseeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeesneeaes 245 To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnns 248 To print a confidential document eeeeeeeeeeeeee enne 253 TO Specify QUSEM e 254 To print with protection by a password ccssseecceseseeeeeeeneeeeseneeeeseeneeeeseeeeeseneeeeeseneeeenseneees 256 To use an Internal hard diSK orici etre e nana Ran an Ex IuR uaa dau adac Enn Rd 259 To save and print a print job eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeee eene nennen nnne n nnn nnn nnn nnns nnne nnan nnmn 260 To re set a Job ID eerie ter ineser e certa en oce re Ex sas n n Pe cerei n pasan Recien 263 To set a Watermark de Pb 265 TO Cr ate a Overlay 268 TO print a Overlay 270 TO delete a Overlay secs cscs zac e M 272 To create a Mew Watermark cccsseseeeeceeessneeeeeeeeeeeenssneneeeeeeeeesssneneneeeseee
14. Watermark Specification B70rcl a Watermark File Cancel Draft EI Save As Watermark Font Size Style Helvetica t Watermark Text Draft Color v Move mouse over document Click and hold mouse down at start of Watermark Drag mouse in the direction for the roper orientation of the Watermark Release the mouse Enter a character string to be changed in the Watermark Text box to change the character string of a watermark Click the V box to select the color for the watermark from the color palette if you want to change it 397 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To change a Watermark Continued 8 Click the A and V button beside the Watermark Font Size Style box to select the font size and style for the watermark from the list if you want to change them 9 Drag the character string on the preview screen at the left side of the dialog box to set the location and angle of the watermark if you want to change them MEMO The default is Helvetica 10 Confirm the edited watermark on the preview display 11 Click the OK button The Watermark Specification dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Page Setup 12 Turn on the radio button of None 13 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 398 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set an image and shade You can set the shade of an output image and a processing method of grap
15. G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Group cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for the Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When any item other than Off is selected for Print on Both Sides in the Print Layout e Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Trim or Fold Stitch Trim is selected for Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options When any item other than Off is selected for Combination Stapling Wait Mode Front Cover Back Cover in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Br a Destination Job Offset off PrintPosition None Collate Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None sj WaitMode _ None A 2 Click the V button beside the Collate box to select the Group from the list MEMO The default is Sort 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 363 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To output offset copies Adobe PS3 compliant Job Offset Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of c
16. esee ener sns snnt 395 To Print el Wate nari asc ue cd er eio e ceca a e x bep A HU e CEDERE E RR rx 393 634 Index Item Numerics i RN P ON C Rm 205 2 in 1 Repeat eeeesse 205 Back Cover eene 223 Bindery Emulation Booklet Brightness Bypass tray eeeeeeeenA CADE L eni I Gir E contol pane sser RR COPIES oree E a 187 Copy Mode sese CUSTOM S ZE oio eade uina De De rei Flip on long edge Flip on short edge Fold amp Stitch Fold amp THM airon aE Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Stitch Trim cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeees Front Cover esee 219 Halftoning ise neant nu nns nnne Image Shift Image Storage usus IP Peer to Peer eseeesese 370 370 Index L Landscape secnm MERE 153 341 Large Capacity Tray ione 173 353 M Main Tray asina lan me bicu SERE dE 357 Main tray csser sietve neia oeil 179 182 Manual feed ice cores ido vx dee eo et piod d dxued 176 argiris aci 169 349 N NDS C 569 NetWare 5 tet iei etu 568 O O ET Me 194 364 gj e e 160 344 Output Tray aaa niiahte tae ne nate id aids 182 Overlay essen 268 270 P Paus Setup usos ALES ELM NEU EDU EEEUE 333 Pages per sheet 202 368 Paper handling icccstcostiinsincetntccmntenntenens 202 P ss Wordi Jxscansnessmenemanmneidi
17. CAPITAL 537 Chapter 19 Copier Setup F Setups on the Control Panel Continued DNS Setup Lets you set up DNS Domain Name Service settings for the network your copier is connected to DNS Server Lets you enter the address of a DNS server e This is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots NIC Domain Name Lets you enter the domain name of a network interface card e Amaximum of 127 bytes of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Admin Password Lets you enter a password between 4 and 8 bytes or change the current password You can use numbers as well as alphabetical letters The default is sysadm To change the password enter it in Current Password enter a new password in New Password and again enter the new password in Confirmation Press the OK button to validate the change CAPITAL MEMO If you have forgotten the renewed password you can enter 3069 in Current Password enter a new password in New Password and Confirmation 538 Chapter 19 Copier Setup F Setups on the Control Panel Continued G Factory Default Lets you reset all the network configurations to default settings To do this you need to enter a password You also need to turn the copier off wait ten seconds and turn it on again to complete the process 539 Chapter 19 Copie
18. To show the Image Shift Screen touch the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen Press START button to resume the rest of the print job When you change the settings press STOP to cancel the print job and change the settings on the printer properties on your computer 324 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To check the current settings before printing Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Wait with Proof cannot be set in the following case e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Printer features Output Order FaceDown Image Shift Off Change setting for Wait Mode cs Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP on the Properties window click the Advanced button Select Wait Mode in the Printer features field Click the V button besides the Printer features Change settings for box to dis
19. T PI Cover Sheet 1 Y Blenk C Emed PlFrontCover None z T Tray 1 E E PI Back Cover None ad T Back Cover Y Ben OF inted Tray Tray 1 v A Sheet Insertion Blank C Printed Pages Tray I Advanced Restore Defaults Turn on the Sheet Insertion check box Click on the button for Blank or Printed When Blank is turned on nothing is printed on the front cover When Printed is turned on the front cover is also printed MEMO The default is Blank 227 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set an Insertion Sheet Continued 4 6 In the Pages box enter the number of a page into which an insertion sheet is inserted The maximum allowable number of characters to specify the page number in the Pages box is 128 including numerals and symbols When specifying multiple page numbers divide each page number by a comma When page numbers are continuous combine them with a hyphen e Ex When inserting a sheet into the fourth page 4 e Ex When inserting sheets into the fourth sixth and 12th pages 4 6 12 e Ex When inserting sheets into the fourth to 12th pages 4 12 Numerals that can be specified as a specified page are between 1 to 999 when Blank is turned on and between 1 to 9999 when Printed is turned on If you turn on the Advanced Check box you can set page numbers directly to each tray by clicking the Setting button MEMO The default is Tray 1
20. 277 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print a Watermark Continued Operating procedures of 1 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Watermark Text z Pagef ai pages hd amp Top Con M Sy Bottom Generation fay Font Name Arial x ake Light Gray Daknss sz Bold ES T Italic E a Adjustment p Position Move Rotate Automatically C User defined New a F Delete Ande m Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help MEMO e Anumber of watermarks have been registered in advance e Itis possible to create a new character string and register it Reference 9 gt p 273 e The defaults is None When None is selected no transparent character is set Click the V button beside the Text box to display the list Then select a watermark you want to use from the list A selection can be made from among CONFIDENTIAL COPY DRAFT FILE COPY FINAL PROOF TOP SECRET and others newly created and registered To print watermarks on the first page only in the Watermark field click the V button next to the Page box From the list shown select First page only If you select All but first page watermarks are printed on al
21. B Legal Tabloid A Letter Statement 3 H Orientation pS amp Portrait Adobe a Landscape T3 Rotated Online Paper source Output bin Paper type Plain Paper x Margins About Help Restore Defaults a Paper control Duplex None z AutoSelect Tray Default Ok Cancel s MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed e For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP the name of the item set is Output Bin Click the V button beside the Output bin box to display the list Then select an output tray you want to use from the list Main tray and Sub tray are available MEMO e The default is Default e When the Finisher is not recognized Output bin cannot be set Click the OK button to close the Properties window 184 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print multiple copies To print multiple sets of the same output result pages set as below 533333232332323232323232323232323232323233232323232325929 To set the number of copies to be printed PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set the number of copies to be printed from the Properties window 35 p 187 To set the number of copies to be printed 5323232332323232332323233232323332323233323232323232529 To print by sets Collate PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print the firs
22. Trayl Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Bypass Tray 4 Touch the On key or the Off key 5 Touch the OK key The banner page is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Controller Set screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 488 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setting the Job Time Out You can set the value of the job time out setting from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A Y Jx Touch the Job Time Out key and then touch the OK key The Job Time Out Set screen will appear 5sec 15sec 30sec 120sec 180sec CANCEL A v J J MEMO Touch A and to display the previous screen and the following screen of the Job Time Out Set screen respectively Touch the key for the value that you want to set Touch the OK key The job time out is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the
23. Add Remove Properties Primary Network Logon Client for Microsoft Networks x Eile and Print Sharing Description TCP IP is the protocol you use to connect to the Internet and wide area networks When TCP IP exists in the The following network components are installed list confirm the accuracy of the values of the IP address etc Select TCP IP and click the Properties button The TCP IP Properties dialog box appears Click the IP Address tab and confirm or define the TCP IP address and subnet mask assigned to the computer Continue the setup procedure on another screen if necessary Click the OK but ton to return to the Network dialog box AN Consult your network administrator to determine the values of parameters for the IP address If the IP address is inadequate failures may occur in various locations in the network 544 Chapter Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IP Peer to Peer Continued Installation of IP Peer to Peer To install the IP Peer to Peer double click Setup exe in the IP P2P folder of the accompanying CD ROM The installer will start Install the program according to the instructions displayed on the screen The IP Peer to Peer Setup dialog box will appear while installation is still in progress Set up the necessary items shown in the next paragraph 1 Insert the accompanying CD ROM into the CD ROM drive an
24. Limitation Tray 4 cannot be set in the following case e When Large Capacity Tray is not available in Device Options tab MEMO e The Device options tab Installable options is displayed in Properties displayed from the Printers window e f you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in Wo J Letter Legal Tabloid A3 an Orientation M Portrait Adobe A C Landscape FF Boteted Online Paper control Duplex None Paper source AutoSelect Tray E Output bin Default Paper type Plain Paper z Means About Help J Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Page Setup tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Paper Quality tab is displayed Click the V button beside the Paper source box to display the list Then select a tray you want to use from the list MEMO The default is AutoSelect Tray When AutoSelect Tray is set a tray set with paper specified in Proper
25. Symbol Set Code PS Text 0123456789 ABCDEF K Jalbicjaje figjh i j k lj mjn o 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 718 9 40 G A B C D E F GH I J K L M N O 50 P OQ R S T U VIW X Y Z N Symbol Set Code 0123456789 ABCDEF E 50 Plo R s T u vI w x v Z t N la b cidJ e f g hjijj 70 p q rjs t u v w x y Symbol Set Code PS Math 0123456789 ABCDEF Lie iKlA u vio s floOlf 9 9 o z x Oje z z v i3 amp amp A BIX A EjOG L H I O K A M NJO o 8 x o E v n T 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 50 X P Z T Y Q 70 r 6l pe c vr v e e v tlt CO 4 9 8 p e eio n u 2b 2 ZiCc se B0 MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 628 Appendix D Symbol Set g Symbol Set List Continued o ue o o D o n d l oO B o A D cy B H o E a A v H 3 D H o m Ww a o a lt o eo M o n t e N eo
26. when printing multiple sets of pages oo Grace TII U Q U W O U MEMO For the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver this function is referred to as Collate However for the Adobe PS3 printer driver it is referred to as Collate Sort Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 21x Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l petai Smoothing x n Portrait C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 11 m J None zi Media Type Output Tray Plain paper w Msn Tray z Paper Source Auto Select fhd T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel J Apply Help J 2 Turn on the Collate check box MEMO The default is ON 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 189 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print by sets Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memory in KB Printer features None None Combination
27. 528 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued IP Addr in NVRAM Lets you set whether the entered IP address is stored in NVRAM or not The default is YES ly Important If you selected NO for Enable IP address defined select YES for Enable DHCP LPD Banner Lets you set whether the LPD banner is printed or not when printing via Ipd Ipr The LPD banner is the capability of printing print information as a banner page when printing via Ipd Ipr The default is NO 529 Chapter 19 Copier Setup g Setups on the Control Panel Continued NetWare Setup Lets you set for printing with NetWare A The Network Interface Card takes long to start up if Novell NetWare is not a primary protocol and NetWare is enabled Be sure to select No to disable NetWare in an environment where Novell NetWare is not used Enable NetWare Lets you set whether NetWare is available or not The default is YES Server Name Lets you enter the name of the NetWare print server e A maximum of 47 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Server Password Lets you enter a password for the NetWare print server e A maximum of 31 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL 530 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued File Server Lets you enter the name of the NetWare file
28. Features of the NetWare Print Server The network interface card corresponds to the features of the Novell NetWare print server and supports both the bindery mode and the Novell Directory Service NDS Features of the Web Utilities The network interface card has the built in HTTP server and enables the printing system management with coordination of the accompanied Management Access Program MAP and the standard Web browsers MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the separate volume Web Utilities User s Reference Guide 513 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview Accompanied Utilities The CD ROM contains utility programs used for the network interface card The CD ROM is compatible with Windows 95 98 Me NT2 0 2000 XP or Mac OS The English language version software included in the CD ROM includes the following MAP Management Access Program Utility program to let Windows 95 98 Me NT4 0 2000 XP identify IP or IPX based printing systems on net works This also allows you to access the Web Utilities implemented in the network interface card and make network and printing system settings by using the Web Utilities in conjunction with Web Browsers 0 IP P2P Program to execute peer to peer printing from Windows 95 98 Me via TCP IP IPX P2P Program to execute peer to peer printing from Windows 95 98 Me via IPX SPX NWSetup Utility program to set up Novell NetWare for the network interface card
29. Select Local printer attached to this computer and click Next button Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up inter you want to use Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer OA network printer or a printer attached to another computer To set up a network printer that is not attached to a print server W use the Local printer option lt Back Next gt Cancel 561 LPD LPR Setup Continued 5 6 T 8 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP MEMO Check Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer off Select Create a new port and then choose LPR Port from Type of port Click the Next button Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create new port O Use the following port Create a new port Type of port LPR Port v Type the IP address assigned to the network interface card for Name or address of server providing Ipd in the Add LPR compatible printer dialog box Type PORT1 upper case for Name of printer or print queue on that server and click the OK button Follow the wizard information to install the printer driver d gt p 91 Installing to W
30. 115 Chapter 4 How to Setup Setting Optional Devices Windows Continued gt 33939393939939399393993939939993939393993939393393939939D To set printer memory Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the memory used by the printer in the Properties screen if you use the Adobe PS3 printer driver 39 p 329 To set printer memory 953232333232323332323333232333232323332323332325929 To set printer memory configuration PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the memory mounted on the printer in the Properties screen D gt p 330 To set printer memory configuration 116 Chapter 4 How to Setup Setting Optional Devices Macintosh You can store print data and print settings in a pair in the internal hard disk in this printing system and print the data as required gt 393939393939393939993999993999999399399399399339399T9TD9D To set the Large Capacity Tray Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional Large Capacity Tray by selecting the unit from Large capacity Tray in the Installable Options in the Option Configuration screen 39 p 353 To set the Large Capacity Tray 5333333333232323232323323232333333323232325252 To set the Finisher Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional finisher by selecting the unit from Finisher in the Installable Options in the Option Configuration screen p 356 To se
31. 4 When you have determined the nature of the problem use the check lists in the next section 583 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network I How to Diagnose Problems Continued G Troubleshooting Network Hardware Connections e For 100BaseTX or 10BaseT check that the network connector is plugged into the RJ connector on the network interface card e Try another cable to make sure you do not use a defective cable G Troubleshooting MAP Problems If the MAP cannot detect a target network interface card check the following e Are the network settings on the network interface card correctly made e Did you correctly select the MAP settings e Are the protocols used by the computer on which the MAP is to run correctly set up e Are the Web Browsers used by the computer on which the MAP to run correctly set up e f nothing irregular is found turn off the main power supply to the print controller and the main body printer then turn it back on wait several minutes and try running the MAP again G Troubleshooting NetWare Protocol It is recommended that you use MAP to get the NetWare setup and parameter values If you have not resolved the problem after running MAP go through the checklists in this section NetWare Checklist e ls the print server name network interface card name entered correctly The factory default name is IB1 serial number The serial number can be found on the Status Page e Did you assign print queue
32. 7 0re3 37 0rc Printer Destination copies 1 O Reverse Order Pages amp All 0 From Jre Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select Q First page from Tray 1 Remaining from Tray 1 nY Click the All pages from or First page from button in the Paper Source box Click the V button beside the All pages from or First page from button to select a tray you want to use from the list MEMO e The default is Auto Select When Auto Select is set a tray set with paper specified in Property of this print ing system is automatically selected from the application e If Tray 4 is not recognized as a Large Capacity Tray it is not shown in the list 35 p 353 To set the Large Capacity Tray Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 355 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To set the Finisher Adobe PS3 compliant Set the printer driver to recognize an optional Finisher if it is installed in the copier When the printer driver recognizes the Finisher it is possible to select Main tray or Sub tray as eject tray Finisher A LJ Even if an ejector unit finisher is installed in the copier the printer driver will not recognize it if the unit is not set on the computer G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Configure iz Current Prin
33. PRINTER CHECK MODE BASIC MODE Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Ouplex Mode 1 2 Paper Size B4 Peper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode E 2tole Punch HDD PROOF PRINT EXIT Confirm the current settings Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value from the keypad on the control panel when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Printer Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Printer Mode Set the Printer Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the control panel e How to change Image Shift AN Available only when On is selected in Image Shift of printer driver To show the Image Shift Screen touch the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen Touch the PROOF PRINT to print one copied set for proofreading Touch the EXIT to return to the print mode basic screen Press START to resume the rest of the print job When you change the settings press STOP to cancel the print job and change the settings on the printer properties on your computer 412 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To check the current settings before prin
34. Section 1 Before Using the Print Controller Section 1 describes the print controller hardware and the overview of its functions and briefly explains how to connect the parallel and Ethernet ports of computers to the print controller and the main body printer copier Section 2 How to Print Section 2 describes how to install the printer driver user software included on the user software CD to Windows compliant computers and Macintosh It enables printing from each application to the main body printer by way of a parallel port network Section 3 How to Scan Section 3 describes procedures on using the copier as the network scanner Section 4 Control Panel for Administrator Section 4 describes the layout of the control panel of the main body printer and explains how to operate and set functions on the control panel Section 5 Network Setting for Administrator Section 5 describes how to set and use network Appendices Appendix A describes product specifications for the print controller Appendix B describes function list Appendix C lists the built in printer fonts included with the print controller 21 I Notation of each product The following abbreviations are used in this manual Printing System 2 Print Controller 2 IB 1 optional Network Interface Card 3 UG 1 PostScript3 option KM 8530 Printer Copier 5 A printing system that combines the above 1 2 3 and 4 products Microsoft Windows 95
35. The installation procedures of the printer driver may be different depending on the printer driver or OS The deletion procedures of the printer driver may be different depending on the OS 39 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Items Required for the Setup The following items are required for the setup Prepare them before starting the setup e User Software CD The contents of the User Software CD D gt p 19 e Parallel cable centronics IEEE 1284 or Ethernet cable 100Base TX or 10Base T ly Important Use the parallel cable if you want to connect the copier to the computer in parallel 3 gt p 29 Parallel Connection Use the Ethernet cable if you want to connect the copier to the computer in Ethernet 3 gt p 30 Ethernet Connection 40 Chapter 4 How to Setup Connecting the copier Connect the copier to the computer or the network after preparing the items required for the setup The following two connection types are available G Parallel connection This is the connection type to directly connect this printing system to the computer with a parallel cable Connect the parallel connecter at the back of this printing system to the parallel connecter at the back of the computer directly with the parallel cable 35 p 29 Parallel Connection Ethernet connection This is the connection type to take if you want to use this printing system on the network Connect the Ethernet connector 8 pin
36. lalb c d lej g hlijj k l m n o 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 9 A B C D E F GH I J K L M N O 50 P O R S T U V W X Y Z NV co j j 6jaj j j 6ja j 8o u Symbol Set Code Ventura US 012345678 9 ABCDEF K a lb c dje f gjh i j k l mjnjo 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 PlQ RI SIT U V WIXI Y Z N Y Symbol Set Code 0123456789 ABCDEF o oo tw in m N H o 8 o a 4 t n H T S fu a A U m i e 50 Plo R s T u viw x v z t NVI la b cid e f g hjij j jk 1 m n o pDo g E j o amp e Symbol Set Code Ventura Math 0123456789 ABCDEF Imipg o ixje x T v stia amp amp A B X AIE 9 T HI I K A M N O 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 50 T 6 P E T Y c Q C0 s e 2 0 DO vj e F S O gt Plo MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 629 Appendix D Symbol Set 3 Sym
37. Click the V button beside the Tray box to display the list Then select a tray that feeds a paper for the insertion sheet MEMO The default is Tray 1 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 228 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows F To set a Thick Cover Adobe p53 Compliant Output a thick paper as a cover which is different from the output paper set To set a cover options have to be selected as shown in the illustration below Output Tray Sub Tray Sheet Feeder T h csl d E The copier shown in the illustration has been provided with TN all options ly Important The settings made in the Properties window that is opened from the Printers window are applied to all applications Set a cover sheet feeder on the Properties window displayed from Printers window For Kyoceramita PCL5e select Setup tab Options and for Adobe PS select Device Options tab Installable Options Operating procedures of Limitation PI Cover Sheet cannot be set in the following cases e When PI 108 Sheet feeder is not available in Setup tab e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output Tray MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer drive
38. I Printer Properties window Continued Components of the Properties window The Properties window is made up of the following components OK button By clicking the OK button you can save all the tab settings and close the Properties window Cancel button By clicking the Cancel button you can close the Properties window without saving all the changes to the tab settings Apply button By clicking the Apply button you can save the current tab settings When using successively other tabs for setting this button is used to register the current tab set tings before proceeding to the other tabs Help button By clicking the Help button you can display the help information of each of the tabs Clicking the Help button displayed by right clicking an item of which you want to display the infor mation displays pop up help of the item 131 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows 95 98 Me The Properties window displayed from an application By clicking the Properties button with the Print dialog box displayed from an application of Windows 95 98 Me the following Properties window appears For Windows 98 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Eeatures ig amy Punch Iv Collate 38 Orientation n Portr
39. If you want to share this printer you must provide a share name You can use the suggested name or type a new one The share name will be visible to other network users Q Share name 14 Select whether to share the printer or not Select Share name or Do not share this printer button MEMO When you select Share name you can input the shared name in the textbox 106 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 15 Ciick the Next button If you have selected Do not share this printer at step 14 the window to perform the test print will appear In this case go to step 18 39 p 108 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page lt Back Next gt Cancel If you have selected Share name at step 14 the window to enter location and comment will appear In this case go to step 16 Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer E Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Share name lt Not Shared gt Pott LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Default Yes Testpage Yes To close this wizard click Finish Back Finish J Cancel 16 it you have selected Share name at step 14 enter the location of the shared printer and
40. Line Printer ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 606 Appendix C Font g Font List PostScript3 Eurostile Extended Two Geneva a GillSans 1 GillSans Bold t GillSans Condensed Bold t GillSans Bold Italic 1 GillSans Condensed t GillSans Extra Bold t GillSans Italic GillSans Light 1 GillSans Light Italic t Goudy Oldstyle Goudy Bold Goudy Bold Italic Goudy ExtraBold Goudy Oldstyle Italic Helvetica t Helvetica Bold T Helvetica Bold Oblique t Helvetica Condensed t Helvetica Condensed Bold t Helvetica Condensed Bold Oblique T Helvetica Condensed Oblique t Helvetica Narrow T Helvetica Narrow Bold T Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique T Helvetica Narrow Oblique t Helvetica Oblique t HoeflerText Black o HoeflerText Black Italic o HoeflerText Italic a HoeflerText Ornaments a HoeflerText o Joanna t Joanna Bold Joanna Bold Italic 1 Joanna Italic t LetterGothic LetterGothic Bold LetterGothic Bold Slanted LetterGothic Slanted ITC Lubalin Graph Book ITC Lubalin Graph Book Oblique ABCDEFGabcdefg01 2345678911 BIS P lt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 e2 96 amp lt gt n ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Qit 9 amp 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 QiS9 amp 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Q 75 amp 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456789 71 amp gt ABCDEFGabcdefgO0123456789 0 04 amp 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456
41. MEMO Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE In Bindery mode only upper case letters are valid for the printer server password 570 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration Chapter UNIX Printing through TCP IP G Introduction This section explains how to configure the network interface card and your network for use with TCP IP com munication in various UNIX environments Independent setup and installation procedures are provided for most popular UNIX systems The TCP IP capability of the network interface card will also operate with Ipr spoolers on other systems and with spooler supervisor capabilities that communicate raw print jobs to the TCP IP port of the network inter face card This port number is 10001 MEMO SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol for network management services SNMP is sup ported for Management Information Base MIB II over the IP for the network interface card This support allows you to query MIB II to get system information about the network interface card The network interface card can support UNIX TCP IP printing in two modes e Host based where a supplied line printer daemon is run on one or more workstations and print data is communicated to the network interface card via a TCP IP port e Printer based Ipd where the print controller appears as a host running a line printer daemon Many operating systems provide the option of using host resident pri
42. Power Macintosh Verify the version of your OS Mac OS 8 5 Mac OS 9 x Open the English Driver OS8_x to 9 x folder in the User Software CD Mac OS X Mac OS X is not supported at September 2002 Other Macintosh Open the English Driver OS7_1 or more folder in the User Software CD 3 Copy the PPD file into the hard disk Select the K8530xxx ppd file and copy it into the HDD System Folder Extensions Printer Descriptions MEMO PPD file name varies depending on models of machine 4 Execute the installer Select and double click AdobePS Installer The dialog box will appear 5 Click the Continue button The License dialog box will appear license ELECTRONIC END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR ADOBE PRINTER DRIVER INOTICE TO USER THIS IS A CONTRACT BY INSTALLING THIS DRIVER SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT Please read this agreement carefully This software package contains Adobe Printer Driver Software Driver Software and related documentation In return for acquiring a license to use the Driver Software and documentation you agree to the following terms and conditions TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT PRESS ACCEPT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT PRESS DECLINE AND QUIT YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THE DRIVER SOFTWARE 1 Scope of Use You may install and use the Driver S
43. When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller tandem printing can be performed When both of the copiers are equipped with a print controller the copier which receives the printing job instruction functions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier For the tandem printing the two copiers should be connected by either method as follows e Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable In this case the network functions cannot be used e Connect them with a straight cable via HUB MEMO Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5 Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service representative zi Sub copier EE 3 o Y Computer Master copier Limitation Tandem Print cannot be set in the following cases In case of Kyoceramita PCL5e e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab Copies In case of Adobe PS3 Windows e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Printer features Collate Macintosh e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 Media Type
44. so pPlolR isiTivuiviwixivizit 9 1 e olair s t u v w x y z s t amp 9lalbcdiekf g hjij jk minj o Symbol Set Code MC Text 0123456 7 8 9 A B C D E F o K Q EN suB esc rs cs rs vs sl2 x ulelx niv J Sox sx amp rx EOT ENO ACK 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O so Plo n s T u viw x v z t NV H a b c d e f g h i j k l imn o A0 t e6 s e 8 9 Oo z E BO o L MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 626 Appendix D Symbol Set 3 Symbol Set List Continued o9 ue o o E o9 u rd u q Ei od D E Z he a u cd EI 3 a z Te a j o A uL Ww a o m lt o eo N o it s e N o ar J In 2 um SIE bh abe 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 aA B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P olR S T U V W X Y Z LN la b cidjej g hji j k 1 mn o vee Tr rr 2 Ele H H EHET E0 al L r r Z oj uir lel2l j jjeln Symbol Set Code PC 8 0123456789 ABCDE
45. 1 Delete the printer using IPX Peer to Peer from the Printer folder 2 Delete the IPX P2P by using Add Delete Applications from Control Panel 553 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IPX Peer to Peer Continued IPX Peer to Peer setup IPX Peer to Peer printing allows you to print to a network printer for networks without a file server or for net works where you do not want to use the network interface card for printing Use peer to peer printing on Windows 95 98 Me systems Click on the IPX P2P menu item in Windows to bring up the IPX Setup screen An explanation for each field on the screen is described below Print Server Card OK Accepts changes made to setup and exits the program Cancel Discards any changes made to setup and exits the program Clear Clears the Available Printers list below This will not clear any printer marked with the Permanent flag Delete Deletes the highlighted printer s from the Available Printers list below Printers deleted in this fashion will no longer be listed in the PORT listing when adding a printer However this does not actually delete the printer from the network it only removes it from the list maintained on this computer The printer may be re added to the list by selecting the Find Printers button described below as long as it remains connected to the network Permanent Flags the highlighted printe
46. 1 If you have selected the Network printer server at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network path in the Printer textbox and click the OK button Connect to Printer x Printer Cancel Shared Printers Expand by Default Help Jess ee Description Printer Information Status Documents Waiting C Tips If you don t know the network path search in the Shared Printer list to view and select available network printers ly Important Depending on your server and the state of your computer steps differ as follows e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is installed in the server and a different printer is installed in the computer Go to step 2 Reterenca 9 p 62 e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is installed in the server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer Go to step 3 Reference 9 p 62 e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is not installed in the server and a different printer is installed in the computer A message is displayed If you click OK the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting My computer and install the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 Reterenc 9 gt p 57 After the installation go to step 2 Reference 9 gt p 62 e fthe printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is not installed in the
47. Appendix D Symbol Set I About Symbol Sets Continued SymbolSetiD SY Webutiinies Printer LCD panel 9E Windows 3 1 Latin 2 WIN L2 5T Windows 3 1 Latin 5 WIN L5 Not Supported Not Supported Not Supported 19M Symbol 579L Wingdings 622 Appendix D Symbol Set E Symbol Set List Symbol sets which can be used are shown below Symbol Set Code Symbol Set Desktop ISO 11 Swedish 012345 Symbol Set Symbol Set ISO 15 Italian ISO 17 Spanish 012 w of p MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 623 Appendix D Symbol Set J Symbol Set List Continued Symbol Set Code Symbol Set Code ISO 21 Germany ISO 4 United Kingdom 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF Symbol Set Code Symbol Set Code ISO 6 ASCII ISO 60 Danish 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF M
48. Media Type Output Tray pex Co Paper Source Auto Select 7 T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Hep Check the Collate box on Select the Combination in the Features field Select Booklet or Booklet Right in the pull down menu under it of WON Click the OK button to close the Properties window 210 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a twofold booklet Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Booklet cannot be set in the following cases e When Legal Tabloid A3 A6 B4 B6 F4 8K 16K All widesize is selected in Paper tab Paper size e When Tabbed Sheet or OHP is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate e When Back Cover is selected in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed
49. SCAN MODE Use this feature to determine whether the original document is Duplex or Simplex If the RADF is not mounted Duplex cannot be selected SCAN DENSITY Touch this key to select a read density The default is the same as that in the copy mode You can change the read density in the process of scanning in Store mode 450 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation I Scanner Basic screen Continued LENS MODE Touch this key to change the magnification ratio at which the original document is read You can select ZOOM RE or 1 1 Touching the ZOOM or RE key pops up a screen at which you can select the magnification ratio RE is the same as the default in the copy mode ZOOM range in each resolution are as follows e 200 dpi 75 400 e 300 dpi 50 400 e 400 dpi 38 400 e 600 dpi 25 400 MEMO The setting of ZOOM may vary depending on models of machine SCAN SIZE Touch this key to select the scanning paper size You can select AUTO or SIZE SETTING Touching the SIZE SETTING key pops up a screen at which you can select the scanning paper size AUTO Same as the default in the copy mode SIZE SETTING For example when an A3 original is loaded and you select B5 then the scanning takes on the B5 frame Available paper sizes A3 A4R A4 ABR A5 A6R B4 BBR B5 BeR 11x17 8 5x14R 8 5x11R 8 5x11 5 5x8 5R 5 5x8 5 Full AREA e Default is AUTO MEMO Th
50. Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below Types of paper that can be selected Plain Paper Thin Paper This is set when printing a thin paper such as airmail letter paper Thick Paper This is set when printing a thick paper such as a post card Tabbed Sheet This is set when printing on index paper Trace This is set when printing the Trace paper OHP Transparency OHP Interleave Blank An interleave paper is output each time an OHP paper is printed OHP Interleave Print An interleave paper is output each time an OHP paper is printed User defined type This is set when printing the user speci fied paper set on the copier 344 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the type of manual feed paper Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation OHP cannot be set in the following cases e When any item other than OFF is selected for the Print Layout Print on Both Sides e When any item other than None is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Fold Stitch Stapling or Punch e When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Combination OHP Interleave Blank and OHP Interleave Print cannot be set in the following cases e When A5R W B5RW B6 Statement R W or Custom is selected for
51. Step 2 Use the Add Printers option in Windows 1 Click on the Add Printer button 2 Select Local Printer from the menu 3 Select the make and model of the printer you want to use A list of printer ports appears Any IPX peer to peer printers that have been selected from IPX P2P Setup will appear in this list 555 I Using IPX Peer to Peer Continued Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me 4 Select the IPX printer you want to use 5 Complete the remainder of the printer setup procedure as you would normally MEMO You may change the printer driver setting at a later time by doing the following 1 Select the Details tab it may take up to 15 seconds to access a kw I Right click on the printer driver icon and select properties Click on the arrow in the box labeled Print to the Following Port Select the printer address you wish to use Click OK 556 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP g LPD LPR Setup The network interface card is equipped with the standard print server protocol LPD Line Printer Daemon for TCP IP which enables you to use network printing service for TCP IP LPR Line Printer Remote from Win dows NT 4 0 Service Pack 3 or later or Windows 2000 XP computers to print To use the TCP IP network protocol for LPD LPR printing the network interface card must be set up for TCP IP in advance ly Important Confirm that TCP IP is s
52. box when setting a Back Cover to select On from the list Same procedure is applicable on the Front Cover and the Back Cover MEMO e The default is None 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 380 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set for finishing You can use various functions such as stapling punching binding and folding for bookbinding and finishing gt 32939399399393993993993939939939939939939999939399399399T99D To set stapling Adobe PS3 Staple output paper 35 p 383 To set stapling ABCDEF BBEBEE 55 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 25 5 5 5 5 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25252 To set the Punch Unit Adobe PS3 Set the printer driver to recognize an optional punch unit D gt p 386 To set the Punch Unit Punch unit Sa a d JAS D99999 999D DDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD To set punching Adobe PS3 Process output paper with double punching D gt p 387 To set punching e ABCDEF 381 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set for finishing Continued 5933332323233333333333233232323232323232323232529 To adjust a printing position inside the paper Image Shift Adobe PS3 Adjust the position of printing to the output paper 35 p 389 To adjust a printing position inside
53. lt x W O U G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup PostScript Options 74 PostScript Options Visual Effects O Flip Horizontal Flip Yertical O Invert Image a Image amp Text M Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text 4 Smooth Graphics Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts 2 Turnon the Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical check box MEMO e The default is OFF e You can turn on Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical and Invert Image if you want 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 405 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print a bitmapped image more clearly Adobe PS3 compliant Print an image more clearly by adjusting the displacements of bits G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup PostScript Options PostScript Options Visual Effects Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical O Invert Image a Image amp Text M Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text 4 Smooth Graphics Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts 2 Turn on the Precision Bitmap Alignment check box MEMO The default is OFF 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 406 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set font related items You can set the items for the printer font TrueType font and PostScript font 533332333323232323232323232323232323233333332
54. printer name file name gt Installation and testing are done You are now ready to print 574 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up an AIX version 2 5 Remote Printer to Use Ipd Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network inter face card using the Ipd of the network interface card Ou fh WN T At the prompt type smit spooler cr When a window appears select Manage Remote Printers When a menu appears select Client Services Another menu appears select Remote Printer Queues Another menu appears select Add a Remote Queue When a window appears change the values shown to configure the network interface card The values displayed are default values You must replace the short and long form filter values with the values shown in the following table Data Requested Example Data Description Name of queue to add printl Name of local printer queue Destination Host printfast NIC IP hostname Short Form Filter usr lpd bsdshort Required value Long Form Filter usr lpd bsdlong Required value Name of remote printer queue PORT1 Network interface card Name of device to add printl Name of local queue After you have supplied all values press Enter You can now print Setting Up an AIX 4 0 System NOR WD 8 9 Use these procedures to install the network interface card in a AI
55. 129 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh 331 Chapter 7 Tandem Print 417 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints 421 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting 425 Chapter 4 How to Setup The Flow of the Setup The setup procedures are required before using this printing system The setup procedures are the series of preparation to connect the copier to the computer and install the printer driver in the computer If you use this printing system in your computer for the first time perform the setup as shown in New Setup If you have been using this printing system and you want to install a new printer driver perform the setup as shown in Updating a Printer Driver GO New Setup To perform the setup for the first time 1 Prepare items for the setup D gt p 40 2 Connect the copier to the computer D gt p 41 3 Install the printer driver D9 gt p 42 4 Print the test print D gt p 114 38 Chapter Chapter 4 How to Setup The Flow of the Setup Continued Updating a Printer Driver To update the current printer driver 1 Prepare items for the setup Reference 9 gt p 40 2 Delete the current printer driver 3 p 119 3 Restart the computer 4 Install the printer driver y gt p 42 5 Print the test print 3 p 114
56. 3 Clickthe Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 361 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print by sets Adobe PS3 compliant Sort Print the first one set of copies in one lot and then the second set of copies the third set of copies when printing multiple sets of pages ABCD ABCD 4 it G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 2 3 3 7 0re3 Printer IBi 1245 Destination Job Offset ot PrintPosition None Collate Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None E Punch None WaitNode _ None A Click the V button beside the Collate box to select the Sort from the list MEMO The default is Sort Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 362 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print page by page collectively Adobe PS3 compliant Group It is possible to print the required number of the first page and then the required number of the second pages the third page collectively when printing multiple sets of pages ABCD ABCD 1t LIII om NN RP mp s IN
57. 6 Click the Next button If you have selected My Computer at step 5 the window to select the printer port will appear In this case go to When selecting My computer 39 p 65 When selecting My computer If you have selected the Network printer server at step 5 the Printer Connection window will appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer server 39 p 69 When selecting the Network printer server 64 J Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued When selecting My computer Chapter 4 How to Setup 1 If you have selected My Computer at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the checkbox of the port connecting the printer and click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard xz Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet v52 3 AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet 8005F v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 Brother AGFA AccuSet 1000 Bull z AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF vA 3 ha Have Disk cB ne cen MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network select the LPR port Fo
58. 600 dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page 147 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows XP Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver General Sharing Ports Advanced Setup and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver General Sharing Ports Color Management Advanced and Device Settings 148 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows XP Continued When using the Printing Preference menu 1 Turn on the computer to start up Windows XP 2 Select Start Printers and Faxes from the task bar The Printers and Faxes window will appear 3 Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Print ing Preferences The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used For Windows XP Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Printing Preferences Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Features A Offset z Staple Combination Punch I Collate E Fold amp Stitch Wait Mode Output Order Smoothing Portrait Al C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper Default Orientation Paper Source Auto
59. 8 5 x 14 11 x 17 A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 F4 8K 16K 5 5 x 8 5 Wide 8 5 x 11 Wide 11 x 17 Wide A3 Wide A4 Wide A5 Wide B4 Wide B5 Wide A4 Tabstock 8 5 x 11 Tabstock Statement Letter Legal Tabloid A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 F4 8K 16K Statement Wide Letter Wide Tabloid Wide A3 Wide A4 Wide A5 Wide BA Wide B5 Wide Letter Tabstock A4 Tabstock Custom May be different depending on the specification of each country The paper with W at the end of the document size represents Wide paper If there is no space for displaying Wide in the driver it is replaced gt with Same as the copier Same as the copier Dual operation of the copier and the printer 5 jobs including scanning jobs can be processed at the maxi mum Duplex printing selection of sheet types manual paper feed selection of Output Tray Layout Nup function Scaling Func tion Sorting Booklets 2 in 1 Function 2 in 1 repeat function Fold Stitch and Trim Function Staple Function Wait Mode Function Image Shift Function Front Back Cover Function Watermark Punch Function Tandem Print etc Duplex printing selection of sheet types manual paper feed selection of Output Tray Negative Image Printing Mirror Image Printing Layout Nup function Scaling Function Offset Book lets 2 in 1 Function 2 in 1 repeat function Fold Stitch and Trim
60. A W button beside the x and y boxes to specify the relative position from the center in a numeric value The unit of a value set is cm MEMO e The defaults are 0 00 0 00 By selecting numbers in the x and y boxes values can be directly entered 11 To change the color click the A V buttons beside the Red Green and Blue boxes to specify a color to be changed In the Color dialog box displayed by clicking the Choose Color button a color can also be specified MEMO e The defaults are 120 120 120 By selecting a number in the Red Green and Blue boxes a value can be directly entered 12 Confirm a changed watermark on the preview display 13 Click the OK button The Edit watermark dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Properties window In the Select a watermark box the changed watermark is displayed 14 Select None from the Select a watermark box 15 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 284 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To delete a Watermark AdobePS3 Compliant Watermark Delete an unnecessary watermark when this printing system is used Operating procedures of 1 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overtay About Watermark O
61. E3 IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default J Password Pr int Js U 2 Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A v J 3 Touch the Banner Page key and then touch the OK key The Banner Page Set screen will appear 4 Touch the On or Off key 486 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu I Setting the Banner Page Continued 5 Touch the OK key The banner page is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Controller Set screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 487 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu F Setting the Banner Page Tray The following table shows the descriptions of the selectable lists and the printed lists 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A v Jx 3 Touch the Banner Page Tray key and then touch the OK key The Banner Page Tray Set screen will appear
62. File Location Click Printer inf in the File name text box then click the Open but ton Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use X Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL This driver is not digitally signed Windows Update Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 95 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to check change the printer name will appear Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name to this printer Type a name for this printer Because some programs do not support printer and server name combinations of more than 31 characters it is best to keep the name as short as possible 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer n
63. From the list shown in the Features field select Toner Saver From the pull down menu under it select Normal Toner Save or Draft MEMO You can select print density from Normal 100 Toner Save 80 or Draft 60 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 292 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To save toner consumption by controlling print density Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab in Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Paper Granhics Device Optio Toner Save oner S Change setting for Toner Save Toner Save Help Restore Defaults ER MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced button on the Printing Preferences window From the list shown in the Printer features box select Toner Save Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select Toner Save or Draft from the list MEMO e The default is Normal e You can select a printing density from Normal 100 Toner Save 80 or Draft 60 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 293 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a resolution PCL5e Adobe PS3 Compliant Set a resolution to 400 dpi or 600 dpi when this printing system
64. Media Type Output Tray Plain paper Default Paper Source Auto Select Password Print Settings Restore Defaults For Windows XP Adobe PS3 printer driver E Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Printing Preferences PR Layout Paper Quality Orientation Portrait Q Landscape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides 9 None Q Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back Q Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 x Cancel For Windows XP Adobe PS3 printer driver The window displayed by clicking Layout Advanced Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Options PR Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Document Settings B Paper Output amp n Graphic Print Quality 600dpi Scaling 100 9 TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font amp fig Document Options Page Layout N up Option Normal one up E f PostScript Options f Printer Features Job Offset OFF PrintPosition None Collate Sort Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch None v Cancel 145 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows XP Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Layout
65. Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows Me Microsoft Windows NT4 0 Microsoft Windows 2000 Microsoft Windows XP Above OSs ly Important print controller network interface card or NIC PS3 option copier or main body printer printing system Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT4 0 or Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 95 98 Me Windows NT4 0 2000 XP Windows NT 2000 XP Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP e The network interface card IB 1 is an optional e PostScript3 option is an optional F How to read this Manual Shows an object and feature of a procedure This document contains column spaces in the PCL5e E To perfamtestprintng b checkthe arrent setting Adobe PS3 Two types of printer drevers PCL5e Printer Drever are explained in this document Shows about which printer drever explained Describes operatinc procedures Describes status of hardware and software when an operation is done are used for the terms displayed on the PCL5e AdobePS3 Compliant Wait with Proof In this printing system you can check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel Use this when printing a large volume such as multiple sets of page Operating procedures of mum Limitation EN Wait with Proof cannot be set in the following case When Collate is not available in Paper tab NEM MEMO If you attempt to make a setting correspondi
66. PS3 Continued G Selecting the printer with the Chooser 1 2 3 4 Select Chooser in the Apple Menu Items Make sure that AdobePS is selected in AppleTalk box Click the AdobePS icon Click the printer name for your PS3 printing system from the Select a PostScript Printer list Ex Chooser B Select a PostScript Printer id ATALK_PS 1BFESD 1 AdobePS AppleShare ATALK_PS TBFEF6 1 S b E 1B1_123456 PRBS3070 P2 FaxPrint LaserWriter 8 PRB33070 81 Active AppleTa k Q Inactive 762 MEMO Refer to Status Page for your printer name 39 p 524 Outputing the Status Page Click the Setup button if you are using the PS3 printing system printer for the first time Select the PPD file that is copied from the CD ROM The following dialog will appear Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Y Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Auto Setup Select PPD Printer Info Configure Cancel Click each items to set the options for the PS3 printing system printer Click the OK button The Chooser dialog will appear Close the Chooser dialog 113 Chapter 4 How to Setup Test Page Print e Windows You can make sure whether or not the printer driver is installed properly by printing the test page that comes standard in Windows To print the test page 1 2 Click the Start bu
67. Select the port to which the printing system is connected Select LPT port when the printing system is used as a local printer 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to specify the printer name will appear You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below When you have finished cli Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes Ol No lt Back Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you are installing the first printer to your computer the Default printer setting will not appear The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer 52 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Continued 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear After your printer is installed Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel 14 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes recommended to perform the test print o
68. Sign key is changed into the Alphabet key Touch this key again and you can enter alphabetical letters as before 4 gt keys Touching these keys moves the cursor Letters enter at the left of the cursor ENTRY key Touch this key to register information you have entered and return to the Select Transmission Object screen HDD CANCEL key Touch this key to go back to the Select Transmission Object screen HDD without registering what you have entered OK key Touch this key to open the Scanner Setting Basic screen MEMO e f you intend to use your printing system as a scanner it is recommend that you assign Box Nos from 0001 to 9998 to users and inform them about their allotted numbers in advance e The Box Nos protect each user s data e Tochange or delete registered Destinations Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Func tion of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual 437 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings g Scan to Email In case you send scanned data as an attachment to Emails follow the next steps to register destination Email addresses 1 Press the MODE button on the control panel to display the Scanner Server Basic screen SERYER l EA aus IMAGE IMAGE STOREIDELETE RECALL MEMO Up to 96 can be registered 2 Touch the SCAN key on the Scanner Server Basic screen
69. The default is None 6 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 225 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Chapter To set an Insertion Sheet Compliant When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used insert a blank or printed sheet different than the output paper set It is also possible to register the page number of an insertion sheet feed tray and the setting of blank or printed as a list Insertion sheet Blank Insertion sheet Printed 226 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set an Insertion Sheet Continued G Operating procedures of Limitation Sheet Insertion cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab e When Booklet or 2 in 1 is selected in Paper tab Features field Combination MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Cover tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties x Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About T Eront Cover
70. To check the version of the printer driver csseccseseeeeseneeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeseneaeeeseneeeeeseneaeess 415 To set the memory installed in the printer 416 Chapter 7 Tandem Print eeeeeeeee scere enne 417 To print with TWO copiers neon brevi iR RE HER Oen nd ao mi rR ERRE Kcu n a nnmnnn nnna 417 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints 421 Overview of the Printer ECM EKC eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 421 setting of Printer EGM ERG iisssisieniieiimiis aduer dda aida Supr Gad Pd dud Rs iR 422 Printing with Printer ECM ERG iieuesueuc cibaria niecie ni inna e n dk sa daa 423 iere ge A A 424 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting ccceeeeeeeeeeee 425 Basic Troubleshooting uasacssescccvadiknddERFIa da ER Ca T EE IE REEGOE C CHITI KL RR ARR RAE 425 General Problems of Printing iussisse icsenini ii kic na aii dd d ni oaa cog ka ata uiu 426 General Problems of PostScript eseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeee 429 Checking on non complete jobs eese 430 Section 3 How to Scan Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features 432 Available Scanning Features eee 432 Process of the Settings and Operations 434 Scanning Screen of t
71. To print by LPD LPR from Windows 2000 computer create a printer port and install the printer driver on Win dows 2000 Before doing Confirm the following settings e TCP IP setting to each Windows XP computer e Installation of Print Services for Unix y Important Installation of Print Services for Unix Select Network and Internet Connections from the Control Panel of Windows XP to display the Network and Internet Connections window and select Network Connections to display the LAN or High Speed Internet window Then select the Optional Networking Components in the Advanced menu to indicate the Optional Components Wizard Select the Other Network File and Print Services and then click the Details button to display the Other Network File and Print Services dialog box Make sure that the Print Services for Unix is checked If the Print Services for Unix is unchecked check it and add the service from the Windows XP CD MEMO For information regarding adding the Print Services for Unix refer to Windows XP on line help etc To add a various services to Windows XP the CD ROM for setting up Windows is required Creating a printer port To add a printer port perform the following procedure The CD ROM containing the printer driver must be on hand 1 Click the Start button and select Printers and Faxes 2 Double click Add a printer to activate Add Printer Wizard 3 Click Next button 4
72. To set the Punch Unit Punch unit gt 9393939939939939939939999939999993993939399939393939999D To set punching PCL5e Adobe PS3 Process output paper with double punching D gt p 241 To set punching 232 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set for finishing Continued 53333232323232323232323232323232323232323233232323232325929 To adjust printing position inside the paper Image Shift PCL5e Adobe PS3 Adjust the position of printing to the output paper 35 p 245 To adjust printing position inside the paper 5932332323323233233323332333233323332332323232529 To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit PCL5e Adobe PS3 Fold an output paper at the center bind it at the center fold it in a Z shape cut it or fold it into three equal for output 35 p 248 To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit 233 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set stapling AdobePS3 Compliant Staple output paper The number of staplings and their positions can be set as shown below Single Left Single Left Portrait Landscape Single Right Single Right Portrait Landscape Double Left Double Left Portrait Landscape Double Right Double Right Portrait Landscape Double Top Landscape 234 g To set stapling Continued Limitation Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Whe
73. To set the type of manual feed paper Continued 3 Click the V button beside the Media Type box to display the list Then select a paper type you want to use from the list MEMO The default is Plain paper 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 162 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set the type of manual feed paper Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 3 Limitation OHP cannot be set in the following cases e When Duplex is available in Paper tab e When Fold Stitch is available in Device Options tab Printer features e When Combination is available in Device Options tab Printer features OHP interleave cannot be set in the following cases e When Duplex is available in Paper tab e When Fold Stitch is available in Device Options tab Printer features e When Combination is available in Device Options tab Printer features e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Printer features Collate Tabbed sheet cannot be set in the following cases e When settings other than Letter Tabloid A3 A4 B4 B5 in Paper tab Paper size e When Fold Stitch is available in Device Options tab Printer features MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust
74. click Next CEs ea 5 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the printer connection will appear Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up gt Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer OA network printer or a printer attached to another computer To set up a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local printer option lt Back Next gt Cancel 101 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 6 Select the Local printer attached to this computer or the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer attached to this computer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select Local printer attached to this com puter When selecting the Local printer attached to this computer turn off the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer setting off When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network select A network printer or a printer attached to another computer rips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the ne
75. e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced Printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Combination from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display a list And then select Booklet or Booklet Right from the list MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 211 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a specific page on the front face Compliant Chapter For the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver print a specific page so that it comes on the front when printing on both sides of the paper or booklet Regular duplex printing A specified page Duplex printing when edited by chapter If a page specified as an opening page of a chapter comes to a back side the back side becomes a blank page and the specified page will silide to the next page front side um The example is long side folded but duplex printing can also be done with short side folded documents lt Regular pamphlet printing Example page 4 is the opening page of a chapter Pamphlet printing when edited by chapter If a page specified as an opening page of a chapter does not come Page 1 is printed to the first page a blank page is This is the front side inserted and the specified page will slide to the first page front side of
76. ere e eene RR n RR aadvaahia SEX EOD cat ODD RS URBE CSI 380 Finish Windows To adjust printing position inside the paper sssesem 245 To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit eessssesseseeeee enne 248 TO Set punching RERO E ENTE 241 Bises oe 234 LO Set the PUNCH Unite e Re GREEN NEERAE EUXRRE ARR ORE daaa 238 Finish Macintosh To set center binding folding and cutting Trimmer Unit eesessesssss 390 To setpunchlligi eo ee RR RAE EXTUS den cduaas FERE URRERUARAANEKE QNSE NER NR NONSE SNNEEERE SUME ARENE 387 To set stapling e ior ep aA EK EARE RT EXER ORA RAD ARES FER ER VAR AERE 383 To setthe Punch Unities ttr agree er t a pee a Fete kat lusus eee NER a X YRENA 386 Font Windows To download the font information sssssssssssssssseeeeeenen nennen 311 To print without using printer fonts ssssssseseeeennen eene 304 To replace TrueType with the printer font ssssseeeenene n 306 Font Macintosh To print without using printer fonts sssssseeeeemenenennen nennen 408 To restrict fonts that can be downloaded ssssssssssesemeeerenene 409 632 Index I Index Object Continued gt M J P Multiple pages Windows To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big sssseemRA 205 To print a specific page on the front face o oo eeeeeee eee eentee cett
77. highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 75 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PC Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes 6 No lt Back Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you are installing the first printer to your computer the Default printer setting will not appear The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users z Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must prov
78. tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE are ee r B Iv Collate Orientation Portrait m C Landscape Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 E None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper E Default z Paper Source Auto Select zl T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Hep From the list shown in the Features field select Staple Select the number of staples used and their position from the list shown when you click the V button beside the box below the Fea tures field None Single Left Single Right Double Left Double Right Double Top can be selected Click the OK button to close the Properties window 236 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set stapling Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Stapling cannot be set in the following cases e When Finisher is not available in Device Options tab e When A6 or B6 is selected in Paper size e When OHP is selected in Paper type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Fold only Fold Trim Fold Stitch or Fold Stitch Trim is e selected in Device Options tab e When Booklet is selected in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations describe
79. tion CHECK MODE BASIC amp SPECIAL ORIG 1 Eem iuro File Form PDF Normal Mode EE simplex om Sean Density ae Lens Mode 1 00 Sense as Gary 00 CHANGE RELEASE SETTING J SETTING EXIT A The LCD touch screen is covered with glass Do not drop a heavy object on the glass or put excess weight or pressure on it otherwise the glass may break or become scratched 477 Chapter 15 Control Panel Basic Screen After the power switch is turned on the Kyoceramita name displays for approximately 10 seconds until initial machine settings are established Once the copier gets ready to print copy scan the Copy Mode Basic screen will appear Copy Mode Basic screen a p EJ IDLE STATUS DUTPUT COPY MODE J COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE FUNCTION USER2 RADE USERI 1 SPECIAL 2 gt 2 A AMS wma E E as GRIGINA 2 gt 0 ZOOM e tad APPLICATION TATION i gt 2 RE PAAR E JI wha tl I PORE ON mm EUN STORE The Copy Mode Basic screen displays the status of current mode and the settings The status of each mode is also displayed with a icon as shown in the illustration below Po on orig ace up DLE 0 Suus gras COPY MODE COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE FUNCTION SER2 14 nn E BADE USERI 1 00 1 SPECIAL 2 gt 2 A AMS wma EJ as ORIGINA
80. 3 SunOS 4 1 3 Version 2 3 SunOS 5 3 Version 2 4 and Version 2 HP UX Series 700 and 800 Version 9 01 and Version 10 IBM AIX Version 3 2 5 and Version 4 0 SCO UNIX Version 3 2 AS400 MEMO e fthe systems you are using do not run Ipd refer to Installing UNIX TCP IP programs e The UNIX TCP IP Programs on accompanying CD ROM also include source code so that you can recompose host based code for configuring on other System V platforms 572 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration I UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued G Configuring IP address to the network interface card Regardless of the printing mode selected the network interface card must be given the IP address and rout ing parameters You can configure the IP address for the network interface card in one of the following ways Use DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 35 p 519 Using DHCP Use arp and ping capability 35 p 523 Using arp command UNIX Use BOOTP Internet Boot Protocol 35 p 521 Using BOOTP Lite Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Use reverse ARP rarp capability Ethernet II frame type only gt p 523 Using arp command UNIX Use arp command MAP Management Access Program or BOOTP Lite for Windows MEMO You can use the BOOTP rarp or arp and ping procedures only when the network interface card is in its default state when no IP information has been entered Depending on the topology you may need to provide the MAC address of
81. 362 To print by sets ABCD ABCD T l2 T NF RP 53232323323232333232323233232333232323233232323232329 To print page by page collectively Group Adobe PS3 Print the required number of the first page and then the required umber of the second pages the third page collectively when printing multiple sets of pages 35 p 363 To print page by page collectively ABCD ABCD T li En See eM eee MCI 359 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print multiple copies Continued 5333333232323232323232323232323232323323332323232325929 To output offset copies Job Offset Adobe PS3 Output groups of copies shifted to opposite sides D gt p 364 To output offset copies 1 gt U Oo U 7 Offset Copies 360 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the number of copies to be printed Adobe PS3 compliant Set the number of copies to be printed from the Print Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print General 3 70rc8 copies 1 O Reverse Order Pages amp All 0 From Jre Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select Q First page from Tray 1 m Remaining from Tray 1 nv Cem 2 Input the number of copies to be printed in the Copies box MEMO The default is 1
82. 6 Printing from Macintosh Displaying the Print dialog box 1 Select File Print of the application The General dialog box in the Print dialog box will appear Print General dialog box 3 7 0re3 Printer Destination copies tn O Reverse Order Pages amp All 0 From Jre Paper Source amp All pagesfrom Auto Select Q First page from Tray 1 o ele Remaining from Tray 1 A a 2 Click the V button below the Printer box to select each menu as required Print Background Printing dialog box 3 7 0re3 Background Printing 1 Print in Foreground no spool file Background Print Time Urgent amp Normal Q Print at 4 22 am E 14 12 2001 Q Put Document on Hold Save Settings A Print Cover Page dialog box 3 7 0rc CoverPage Print Cover Page None Q Before Document Q After Document Cover Page Paper Source Same as document A Ce Print Layout dialog box 3708 Printer 1B1 12345 Destination Layout j Layout direction p O Print on Both Sides Binding Ez z AI 336 Displaying the Print dialog box Continued Print Error Handling dialog box 3 7 0re3 gt Error Handling Ifthere is a PostScript error No special reporting Q Summarize on screen Q Print detailed report A eE Print PostScript Setting dialog box Printe
83. 8 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 11041 2 amp 45 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 IG Z amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 108 2 amp X ABCDEFGabcdefgO0123456789 Y G 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 9 95 amp 607 Appendix C Font 3 Font List PostScript3 Continued ITC Lubalin Graph Demi ITC Lubalin Graph Demi Oblique Marigold ITC Mona Lisa Recut Monaco a New Century Schoolbook Bold t New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic T New Century Schoolbook Italic t New Century Schoolbook Roman t NewYork a Optima t Optima Bold t Optima Bold Italic t Optima Italic t Oxford Palatino Bold t Palatino Bold Italic T Palatino Italic t Palatino Roman t Stempel Garamond Bold t Stempel Garamond Bold Italic t Stempel Garamond Italic t Stempel Garamond Roman t ITC Symbol Tekton Times Bold t Times Bold Italic T Times Italic t Times Roman t Times New Roman 1 Times New Roman Bold 1 Times New Roman Bold Italic 1 Times New Roman Italic 1 Univers t Univers Bold t Univers Bold Oblique T Univers Oblique t Univers Light t Univers Light Oblique t UniversCondensed T UniversCondensed Bold t UniversCondensed Bold Oblique t UniversCondensed Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0 1234567 89 H N amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G 4 96 amp 2 ABCDEFGathcidefjo1 2
84. A5 BAR B5 B6R F4R 11 x 17R 8 5 x 14R 8 5 x 11 5 5 x 8 5R Postcard 8KR 5 5 x 8 5 The paper sizes you can set differ depending on specifica tions in the country and trays Resolution 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Duplex Off Long Edge Short Edge Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies 1 to 9999 Override Paper Off 8 5 x 11 gt A4 AA 8 5 x 11 Password Print Refer to Chapter 5 Printin g from Windows D gt p 256 PCL Setup Point Size Pitch Font Number Refer to Appendix C Font 99 gt p 610 Font Lines Courier Style Dark Light CR LF Mapping CR LF CR Input Tray Auto Tray Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Bypass Tray Symbol Set Refer to Appendix D Symbol Set D gt p 621 Network Setup Refer to Chapter 19 Copier Setup 39 p 525 Controller Time Refer to Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner 35 p 472 482 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu I Setting up the Printer from the Control Panel Continued MEMO The setting values marked with an asterisk are the default PS Demo Page and PS Font List can be selected only when the PS3 option is installed Refer to the followings for specific procedures on setting up the printer from the Printer Mode Basic screen The setting values may vary depending on models of machine Some models of machine may not correspond to PD
85. AdobePS3 Compliant Image Shift Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper Ex When the settings are shifted to the right by 100 and down by 300 Unit 0 1 mm Shifted down by 30 mm N Shifted to the right by 10 mm Operating procedures of 1 Open POD tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties HE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About 1v Image Shift T Hold For Print A C Hod T Print Position Va Gi C Middle ig T Image Storage Store Store and Er Job ID Settings T Chapter Pages Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Turnonthe Image Shift check box If you turn on the Shift Value of Printer Driver Check box the Settings button can be used Shift Value of Printer Engine check box will be turned on when setting a binding margin on the con trol panel of the copier 245 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To adjust printing position inside the paper Continued 3 Click the Settings button The Image Shift dialog box will appear Image amp Shift Turn on the Up or Down or Left or Right button in the Front Shift field When Left is turned on data prints to the left of the normal position by the value set in Step 5 When Right is turned on data prints to the right
86. C Font I Font Number List Control Panel PCL Setup Continued Font Font Pitch Point 66 Arial Bold scalable 67 Arial Bold Italic scalable 68 Helvetica Narrow scalable 69 Helvetica Narrow Oblique scalable 70 Helvetica Narrow Bold scalable 71 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique scalable 72 New Century Schoolbook Roman scalable 73 New Century Schoolbook Italic scalable 74 New Century Schoolbook Bold scalable 75 New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic scalable 76 Palatino Roman scalable 77 Palatino Italic scalable 78 Palatino Bold scalable 79 Palatino Bold Italic scalable 80 Courier scalable 81 Times Roman scalable 82 Times Italic scalable 83 Times Bold scalable 84 Times Bold Italic scalable 85 ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic scalable 86 Courier scalable 87 Symbol scalable 88 Wingdings scalable 612 Appendix C Font Appendix C Font screen Fonts Two types of screen fonts are contained in the User Software CD PostScript Type 1 font TrueType font The PostScript Type 1 font has the same design as the internal printer font It is recommended to install this font when desiring to match the monitor display with printed results in the case of printing when using the printer font For a list of the types of fonts available refer to Appendix C Font List ye p 604 For details on the installation of
87. Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Adobe P53 Compliant Fold a output paper at the center bind it at the center fold it in a Z shape cut it or fold it into three equal for output Document Z Fold ABCDEF D gt m 7 Fold Stitch l Trim l 248 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Fold amp Stitch cannot be set in the following cases e When DF 635 Finisher is not available in Setup tab e When Tab sheet or OHP is selected in Paper tab Media Type Fold only cannot be set in the following cases e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Collate is not available in Paper tab Fold amp Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When TU 108 Trimmer Unit is not available in Setup tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Collate is not available in Paper tab Fold amp Stitch cannot be set in the following cases e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Collate is not available in Paper tab Fold Stitch amp Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When TU 108 Trimmer Unit is not available in Setup tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Collate is not available in Paper
88. Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set punching Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Punch cannot be set in the following cases e When PU 108 is not available in Device Options tab e When Tabbed Sheet or OHP is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Fold Stitch is available in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Device Settings tab is displayed Select Punch from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select the position of a punch to be used from the list None Left Portrait Left Landscape Top Portrait Top Landscape Right Portrait Right Land scape can be selected MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 244 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust printing position inside the paper
89. Click the OK button The Image Storage dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window Click Store or Store and Print When Store is turned on a print job can be saved into the hard disk of the copier The printing of the saved print job is made through the control panel of the copier as needed When Store and Print is turned on it is possible to save a print job into a hard disk contained in the copier and print it Click the OK button to close the Properties window MEMO Before printing with the application you can change Job ID and Password 35 p 263 To re set a Job ID Print with the application The operations on and after this section are made through the control panel of the copier 262 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To re set a Job ID Compliant Re set a Job ID and a Password that confirm and specify a print job saved into a hard disk when the Kyo ceramita PCL5e printer driver is used When Job ID and a Password are re set they are used to save images The Password is the same as that of the confidential output Some application softwares save the settings of the printer driver When printing with Pass word Print Settings set on shared file on the network or on a file other people may use delete Job ID and Password before saving the file Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of the Properties window When displayed from a
90. Controller Set screen without changing the setting Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 489 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu F Setting the Copier Time Out You can set the value of the copier time out setting from the control panel 3 4 MEMO The printing system receives the print data when it reaches the copier timeout value after the copy operation from the control panel of the copier Press the Mode button displays the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default J Password Pr int Ja gt Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A v J Touch the Copier Time Out key and then touch the OK key The Copier Time Out Set screen will appear Touch the key for the value that you want to set 490 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Setting the Copier Time Out Continued 5 Touch the OK key The copier time out is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Controller Set screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 491 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setti
91. Description Printer s description This field usually contains the manufacturer s name and the printer s model Flags S selected or P permanent Any printers marked with an S flag will be displayed in the Window s Port Listing When displaying the Windows port list during the process of adding or changing a printer only Selected printers will be displayed Only 30 printers may be selected at one time Any printer marked with a P flag will not be removed from the Available Printers list even if the printer is physically removed from the network or the Clear List button is selected Add Printers for IPX Peer To Peer Printing You can add printers manually whenever the program cannot find printers automatically because of router setup or hop count setting In general this should not be necessary Step 1 Use IPX P2P to Add Printers 1 Click on the IPX P2P menu item in Windows The IPX Peer to Peer Setup screen will appear 2 Alist of available IPX enabled printers is displayed after a brief pause while the program searched the network 3 Highlight the printer s you wish to have displayed in the Windows Printer Port listing and click Select This will ensure these the print ers are included in the Windows Printer Port listing You may have a maximum of 30 printers selected at any one time 4 Click OK when you have finished selecting all the printers you wish to have displayed in the Windows Printer Port list
92. Driver Windows 95 98 Me cere 120 Updating the Printer Driver Windows NTA 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenn nennen 121 Updating the Printer Driver Windows 2000 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennee nennen nnn 124 Updating the Printer Driver Windows XP eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennneeee ennt 126 Updating the Printer Driver Macintosh eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nennen nnne nnne nnn 128 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 129 Basic printing method Lice ced aedi dnoURor ra 6x Ow x xn A RERERIEDO On D e dae 129 Printer Properties window esee eere e eere nennen 130 Properties window of Windows 95 98 Me ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn nnne nnn 132 Properties window of Windows NT4 O eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene e nennen nenne nnn nennen nnn 135 Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeen 139 Properties window of Windows XP eeeeeeeeeeeee esee nennen nennen nnn nnn nnne nnn nnn 145 To set the paper related items eeseeesseeeessss 151 To set the orientation 1 cccceieec cete retinere te ore aia ce cun ener cu nauis tan nn T pape nre ra Enna 153 Toprint initot
93. Fold Stitch Change setting for Collate Sort r Installable options Sheet Feeder None Trimmer Unit None z Change setting for Finisher DF 630 Help Restore Defaults oK ces Apply MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Collate from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for boxes to display the list Then select Sort from the list MEMO The default is Sort Click the OK button to close the Properties window 190 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print page by page collectively AdobePS3 Compliant Group Print the required number of the first page and then the required number of the second pages the third page collectively when printing multiple sets of pages ABCD ABCD p we ET OUIUEENS meliiirra hA 191 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To print page by page collectively Continued G Operating procedures of 2 3 Limitation Group cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Fold amp Stitch is available in Paper tab Features field e When Front Co
94. G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 2 Limitation 2 in 1 cannot be set in the following cases e When Legal Tabloid A3 A6 B4 B6 F4 8k 16k All widesize is selected in Paper tab Paper size e When OHP OHP Interleave Blank OHP Interleave Print or Tabbed sheet is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Front Cover or Back Cover is selected in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Change setting for Combination Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced Printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Combination from the Printer features field 207 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big Continued 3 Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display then list Then select 2 in 1
95. Layout E E Pages per sheet 1 Scaling 100 E r Resolution C 400x400 600x600 TrueType options Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Click on the Rasters button of the TrueType options field e Outline soft fonts prints documents using a TrueType font which downloaded from your computer using Outline data format e Bitmap soft fonts prints documents using a TrueType font which downloaded from your computer using bitmap data format e Rasters is selected all text and font data is converted in the computer into Raster graphics and downloaded to the printer MEMO The default is Outline soft fonts 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 304 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print without using printer fonts Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Fonts tab in Printers Properties When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fons Device Options PostScript Watermarks F Gusit printer Fonts for TrueType fonts When epriceble Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Update Soft Fonts Send Fonts As Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP on the Properties window click the Advanced button e For Window NT4 0 2000 XP Graphics T
96. Mita KM 8530 PostScript Comment Location Driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript New Driver Separator Page Print Processor Print Test Page Cancel 136 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows NT4 0 Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Setup and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security and Device Settings When using the Document Defaults menu 1 2 3 Turn on the computer to start up Windows NT4 0 Select Start Settings Printers from the task bar The Printers window will appear Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Doc ument Defaults The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used For Windows NT4 0 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver i Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties Ix Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About r Copies Features PC a Offset 1 Staple ay PM T Colete 3 Fold amp Stitch LI Wait Mode 4 Er Output Order Orientation Smoothing w Portrait C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex p m J None zi Media Type Dutput Tray Plain paper feel
97. NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST y JOB JOB USER NAME PREVIOUS NONCOHPLETE PRIORITY DELETE CHECK JOB LIST JOB LIS 2 Touch the NON COMPLETE JOB LIST key The Non Complate Job List screen will appear NON COMPLETE JOB DOES NOT EXIST NON COMPLETE JOB DOES NOT EXIST NON COMPLETE JOB DOES NOT EXIST NON COMPLETE JOB DOES NOT EXIST Ed MEMO Touch ffir key and E key to display the previous screen and the following screen of the Non Complete Job List screen respectively Up to 4 screens or 16 jobs of non complete jobs are displayed 3 Confirm the canceled job 4 Touch the OK key The Job Status Display screen will appear 5 Touch the OK key The Copy Mode Basic screen will appear 509 Chapter 17 Print Job Control g Deleting a Password Print Job You can delete a password print job from the control panel in this printing system 1 2 3 4 Press the MODE button to display the Print Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt Touch the Password Print key The User ID key the Password key and numeric key etc are displayed Enter your user ID using the numeric keys and touch the OK key The ID is di
98. Nederland xl JCICICIC TC TC TE TE TE TEIL TET 4 Select your country then click the Next button The Software License Agreement window will appear 5 Click the Yes button Use of Adobe Type Manager ATM is subject to the terms and conditions of the Software License Agreement If you agree by them click the Yes button The User Information window will appear 617 Appendix C Font g Screen Fonts Continued 6 Type in user information Name Company then click the Next but ton You are asked to confirm your entry If it is OK click the Yes but ton The Select Components window will appear Select Components x Select the components you want to install ATM program files will be installed to the following directory To install to a different directory click Browse Iv Program Files 5 6 MB T Additional Language Files 5 8 MB Destination Directory Cte Type Manager Space Required 5 6 MB Space Available 2047 5 MB Disk Spsee Back Cancel Click the Next button The Select Program Folder window will appear Click the Next button The Start Copying Fils window will appear Click the Next button The file copy process starts Upon completion of the process an Adobe Type Manager window will appear Adobe Type Manager Setup is complete You may view the ATM Read Me file at this time Click Finish t
99. Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Graphics tab of Properties window from the Printers win 2 dow When displayed from Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Resolution 600dpi x Special rm Print as a negative image Print as a mirror image Layout 1 up Paper handling 1 Jv Fin pene border Help Restore Defaults MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP are not equipped with this function Turn on the Convert gray graphics to PostScript gray check box MEMO The default is OFF 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 302 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set font related items It is possible to set the printer font TrueType font and PostScript font related items 5333233323323232323232323232323232323233333332325929 To print without using printer fonts Adobe PS3 Make settings so that printing is done without using the printer font when this printing system is used D gt p 304 To print without using printer fonts 5535355252525252525 25 25 252529529529525252525252525 25 25252525252 To replace TrueType with the printer font Adobe PS3 Replace TrueType with the printer font while in printing when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used To replace a font detailed settings c
100. Original is not selected the same size of original papers the same size of original papers the same size of original papers the same resolution the same resolution the same graphic mode the same graphic mode Leave a print job resolution as 600 dpi Single tray AN When printing of shared file on the network or on a file other people may use with UserID and Password delete UserlD and Password before saving the file MEMO For some models of machine Hard Disk must be selected beforehand at Setup tab Options 260 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To save and print a print job Continued Operating procedures of 2 3 Limitation Image Storage cannot be set in the following case e When Password Print is available in Paper tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open POD tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About T ImageShit 3 Em Abid For Pint settings Settings Cle Middle Fight Restore Defaults Turn on the I
101. Outline soft fonts Bitmap soft fonts C Basters Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Heb Click the V button beside the Pages per sheet box to display a list And then select the number of pages from the list The selection of 1 2 4 6 9 or 16 is available MEMO e The default is 1 e When the Duplex is available you can use Pages per sheet and Duplex at the same time 35 p 199 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 203 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 3 Open Graphics tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Resolution E Special uw Print as a negative image g Print as a mirror image Layout 1 up bd Paper handling l Scaling 100 E x Help Restore Defaults MEMO e Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced Printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Click the V button beside the Layout box to display the list Then select the number of pages to be allocated from the list 1 up 2 up 4 up 6 up 9 up or 16 up is available When any item
102. PS3 1 Open Device Options tab of Properties window from Printers win dow When displayed from Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memo n KB io E r Printer features PrintPosition None Collate Sort x Change setting for Job Offset Off Change setting for Large Capacity Tray LT 402 Help Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP the Device Settings tab of the Properties window is displayed from the Printers window Select Large Capacity Tray from the Installable options field MEMO The default is None When None is selected it is not possible to use Tray 4 Click the V button beside the Installable options Change setting for box to display the list Then select a Large Capacity Tray you want to use from the list When the copier is provided with an optional Large Capacity Tray select either LT 402 or LT 412 When the copier is not provided with an optional Large Capacity Tray select None MEMO When do not know if the optional Large Capacity Tray installed is a LT 402 Large Capacity Tray or LT 412 Large Capacity Tray consult your system administrator 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 175 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Bypass tray Manual feed Adobe PS3 Compliant
103. Peer to Peer 3 Install Printer Driver p 553 Installation of IPX Peer to Peer 93323232323232323232323233233333332333323232323295929 Windows NT4 0 2000 XP configuration LPD LPR 1 Make TCP IP settings on the control panel of the copier g 95 p 527 TCP IP Setup 2 Make TCP IP settings on your computer Windows NT 2000 XP 3 Add Create the Printer Port and install Printer Driver gt p 557 LPD LPR Setup 516 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview I Network setting procedures Continued 2999999999999 9D9DD DD DDDDDDDDDDDDDD DDU Windows 2000 XP configuration IPP 1 Make TCP IP settings on the control panel of the copier y p 527 TCP IP Setup 2 Make TCP IP settings on your computer Windows 2000 XP 3 Install Printer Driver de gt p 564 Internet Printing 9333232323232323232323232323333333333323323232529 NetWare configuration With NetWare 3 x 1 Make NetWare settings on the control panel of the copier Novell NetWare Setup includes assigning a new name and password to the Network Interface Card Novell Print Server identifying the preferred file server connection setting up for Novell Directory Ser vices NDS identifying the Ethernet frame type and disabling Bindery Services 5 p 530 NetWare Setup 2 Using PCONSOLE configure for print server features gt p 568 Setup for NetWare 3 x By using NDS with NetWare 4 x 1 Make NetWare settings on the control panel of the
104. PostScript output format Continued 6 Click the A and V buttons beside the Job timeout box of the Post Script timeout values field to specify a value for the job timeout in the range between 0 and 999 e The unit is second e The Job timeout is the time the printer can spend on a print job If the job is not completed within the time it is aborted e Printing by a network printer set a value to avoid the computer to spend too much time of the printer e f the printing system and the computer is connected directly you can set the Job timeout to 0 to perform the print job without regard to time MEMO e The default is 0 Set to 0 if you don t want the timeout to occur e By selecting a number in the Job timeout box a value can be directly entered e Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function T Click the A and V buttons beside the Wait timeout box of the PostScript timeout values field to specify a value in the range between 0 and 999 e The unit is seconds e The default presents no problem in most cases e The Wait timeout is the maximum time for the printer to wait for data The job is aborted if it can not receive the data within the time e Ifthe printing system and the computer are connected directly you can specify high value MEMO e The default is 300 e By selecting a number in the Wait timeout box a value can be directly entered e Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP
105. Quantity 9999 Coe 1 2 Paper Size B4 Peper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode E 2tole Punch HDD PROOF PRINT EXIT Confirm the current settings Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value from the keypad on the control panel when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Duplex Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Duplex Mode Set the Duplex Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the control panel e How to change Image Shift AN Available only when On is selected in Image Shift of printer driver To show the Image Shift Screen touch the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen Touch the PROOF PRINT to print one copied set for proofreading Touch the Exit to return to the print mode basic screen Press START to resume the rest of the print job When you change the settings press STOP to cancel the print job and change the settings on the printer properties on your computer 414 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To check the version of the printer driver Adobe PS3 compliant Check the version of the printer driver from the
106. Select and set a Bypass tray Manual feed to be used from the list Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 aA Bypass tray Manual feed Tray 4 ly Important The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each tray Care should be taken when selecting a tray Feed Tray paper size that can be used Tray 1 to Tray 3 8 5 x11 Letter 5 5 x8 5 Statement 8 5 x14 Legal 11 x17 Tabloid A3 A4 A5 B4 B5 B6 F4 16K 8K 8 5 x11 W Letter wide 5 5 x8 5 W Statement wide 11 x17 W Tabloid wide A3W A4W ASW B4W B5W A4 Tabstock 8 5 x11 Tabstock Let ter Tabstock Tray 4 LT 402 8 5 x11 Letter A4 B5 F4 8 5 x11 W Letter wide A4W B5W A4 Tabstock 8 5 x11 Tabstock Letter Tabstock Tray 4 LT 412 8 5 x11 Letter 5 5 x8 5 Statement 8 5 x14 Legal 11 x17 Tabloid A3 A4 B4 F4 8 5 x11 W Letter wide 11 x17 W Tab loid wide A4W A4 Tabstock 8 5 x11 Tabstock Letter Tabstock Bypass Tray Manual feed 8 5 x11 Letter 5 5 x8 5 Statement 8 5 x14 Legal 11 x17 Tabloid A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 F4 16K 8K 8 5 x 11 W Let ter wide 11 x17 W Tabloid wide ASW A4W A5W B4W B5W A4 Tabstock 8 5 x11 Tabstock Letter Tabstock 176 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set the Bypass tray Manual feed Continued Operating procedures of 2 3 Limitation Tray 4 cannot
107. The Select Transmission Object screen will appear 0 op je P able 3 E Mail test aaaal Address manual input k44 TITLE SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK MEMO To deselect a destination storage location you have selected touch the selected destination storage location key again 3 Make sure that E Mail tab is selected If the destination Email is already registered the destination name will appear If HDD tab or FTP tab is selected change it to E Mail tab MEMO To change or delete registered Destinations Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Function of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual 4 Touch the Address manual input key The Transmission Address Input screen Email will appear and you can enter Email addresses ey eae Ez E Mail Entry Name abc f gph CUR abcekyoceramita cojp iB Bk nfof p s viEwBXx j l Capital ISmall Delete TITLE a gt ENTRY canceL __ok_ Sign 438 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings Scan to Email Continued 5 Set the necessary settings on the Transmission Address Input screen Email Input the subject on the Title in Email Input screen that is displayed when you touch the TITLE key de gt p 440 Entry Name key Enter the name of a recipient up to 18 alphanumeric characters long that
108. This process is called Reset to Factory Default It can be done with a control panel on the copier or Web Utilities e Control Panel 35 p 539 Factory Default e Web Utilities MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the Web Utilities User s Reference Guide A Resetting to factory default value means that the network interface card loses all data such as names and IP address It does not lose its serial number or MAC address 582 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network How to Diagnose Problems Use the following list to determine the cause of printing problems 1 Verify that the printing system is functioning properly e Make sure the printing system is operating properly by generating a test page For instructions on generating a test page refer to Section 4 How to Setup in this Manual de gt p 114 Test Page Print e Does the LCD Touch Screen of the main body printer display an error message Refer to the Kyoceramita User s Manual designed for your specific main body printer 2 Checkthe Status Page to see what protocols are enabled and active Refer to the appropriate chapter to confirm that you have installed and configured your network proto col correctly for the network interface card 95 p 524 Outputing the Status Page 3 Determine if other users can print If they can t and they are all on the same NOS go to the troubleshooting section for that NOS opera tion manual
109. User s Guide that comes with the fonts Non fixed size paper can not be printed correctly Macintosh The direction in which non fixed size paper is loaded in the copier may be incorrect Rotate the paper direction 90 degrees and then try printing after changing the settings of the driver and copier accordingly 429 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Checking on non complete jobs If print jobs are not output you can check them on the Non complete Job List screen To get the Non complete Job List screen to appear 1 Press the STATUS key on the printer mode basic screen to get the Job Status Screen to appear and then press the NON COMPLETE JOB LIST key The Non complete Job List screen will appear You can scroll the up down with the lir keys G Content of Non complete Job List On the Non complete Job List you can check on the mode file and application names as well as the causes of non complete jobs Here is a list of Non complete Job List content Mode Factor Description of causes PRINTER Cancel Stopped with STOP CLEAR Deleted from Joblist W O key count set Interruption request from print controller Job aborted Prohibited by Web count Copy prohibited before examination Error in memory ID Differ Job not output because User ID did not match Limit over Job not output because Printer ECM EKC reached a preset limit Mem Full Job not output because copier
110. When printing to a network printer it is suitable to send PostScript header in every prints e Ifthe printing system and the computer is connected directly you can increase the printing speed by setting the PostScript header to be sent only one time e Ifthe printing system and the computer is connected directly you can increase the printing speed by the following procedures 1 Make sure the printing system is turned on 2 Click the Send Header Now button 3 Select the Assume header is downloaded and retained button MEMO e The default is Download header with each print job e Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function Click the Send Header Now button if you want to send the PostScript header now e f you click the OK button on the Download PostScript header dialog box that appears when you click the Send Header Now button the Assume header is downloaded and retained button is turned on automatically MEMO Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function Turn on the Print PostScript error information check box if you want to set the error handler that is sent in every printing to print PostScript error information e This setting is ignored if you have selected Encapsulated PostScript EPS at step 2 MEMO e The default is ON e Set PostScript Options Send PostScript Error Handler in Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP 314 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust basic settings of
111. a printer on the Internet or on your intranet URL lt Back Cancel rips If you don t know the network printer name click the Next button and search the network printer in the window to browse printer and select available network printers Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not Click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Default No Location Comment To close this wizard click Finish Click the Finish button The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 90 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PCL5e A qualified system administrator or printer administrator should perform the installation of the printer driver in Windows XP G Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows XP 2 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer 3 Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Printers and Faxes of the Start menu The Printers and Faxes window will appear MEMO Exit from
112. a single page eee 368 To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big eese 370 To print a twofold booklet eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseeee nennen nennen nennt anne nnn n anas nnn anas anna nnn 372 To print pages in reverse order iecit r nennen tt nux pn rk xa Rae cda n RUN eR an RE acu AA Rap eiuS 374 To set the Front Cover Back Cover Thick Cover 375 To seta Front COVOGE rsrsr araire rarapna n aapa e HUI aaea AEA FR EAA A Aa aea FER RRAIR Aaaah daaa aaea AEn RR denas 376 To seta Back COVER E 378 To Set a TRICK COVCM 4 380 TO SEC 4g inem 381 TO Set Stapling Ne 383 To set the Punch Unit e 386 To set PUNCHING e 387 To adjust a printing position inside the paper ccscseecceesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneseeeeeseeeeeseneeee 389 To set center binding folding and cutting Trimmer Unit sees 390 To set a Watermark q 392 To print a Watermark 2 3 2ccccciecetsccecetscesatcccctoeetdncdeeetsaudterssnnduerdsundaesstauedececanceseecntedscacaueieceaueres 393 To create a new Watermark ncccciciccccsiticccseneseennnecsecssncececssnceeestenceeectanetcedsunescecacnenee
113. an optional Large Capacity Tray D gt p 173 To set the Large Capacity Tray Large Capacity Tray 5323232332323232332323323323233323232333232323232325929 To set the Bypass tray Manual feed PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can select and set a Bypass tray Manual feed to be used from the list 35 p 176 To set the Bypass tray Manual feed Tray 1 Bypass tray Tray 2 Tray 3 J Tray 4 5333332333323232323232323232332323232332323232325252 To set the Finisher PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize an optional Finisher D gt p 179 To set the Finisher Finisher ES j j j il j T 171 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the paper tray Continued 53932323232323232323232332323323323233232332332323232529 To set the Output tray PCL5e Adobe PS3 Select and set an output tray to be used from the list 35 p 182 To set the Output tray Sub tray Main tray IE hk 172 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set the Large Capacity Tray Adobeps3 Compliant Set the printer driver recognize an optional Large Capacity Tray if it is installed in the copier When printer driver recognizes the Large Capacity Tray it possible to select Tray 4 Large Capacity Tray m WT IR
114. as PostScript output format and PostScript header when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used D gt p 313 To adjust basic settings of PostScript output format 53333332332323232323232323232323232323332323232325325929 To adjust detailed settings of PostScript output format Adobe PS3 Adjust the detailed settings of PostScript such as PostScript language level and Data protocol format when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used 35 p 316 To adjust detailed settings of PostScript output format 312 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust basic settings of PostScript output format Adobe PS3 Compliant Adjust the basic settings of PostScript such as PostScript output format and PostScript header when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open PostScript tab in Printers Properties Opened from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper l Graphics Fons Device Options PostScript Watermarks PostScript output format Download header with each print job Assume header is downloaded and retained Send Header Now Iv Print PostScript error information PostScript timeout values Job timeout jO seconds Wait timeout 300 seconds Advanced Help Restore Defaults pcc el MEMO e Open the Advanced tab in Windows NT 4 0 e Open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced
115. button on the Printing Preferences window in Windows 2000 XP e Set PostScript Options PostScript Output Option in Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP 2 Click the V button beside the PostScript output format box to spec ify the PostScript output format from the list e When printing a normal document select PostScript optimize for speed e When printing a file that is Adobe DSC Document Structuring Convention compliant select PostScript optimize for portability ADSC Creating a file in EPS format select Encapsulated PostScript EPS e When creating and saving a file for using PostScript data at a later time select Archive format MEMO e The default is PostScript optimize for speed e f you select Encapsulated PostScript EPS select Print to file check box in the Print dialog box e Set PostScript Options PostScript Output Option in Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP 313 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To adjust basic settings of PostScript output format Continued 3 Click Download header with each print job or Assume header is downloaded and retained in the PostScript header field e The setting in the PostScript header field is ignored if you have selected Encapsulated Post Script EPS or Archive format in the PostScript output format box at step 2 e The PostScript header includes information and settings required for printout It has to be sent at least once in every job e
116. by FTP client software Refer to corresponding applications s manuals SMTP Server FTP Server PCA ie Scan to Email Scan to FTP Scanning Read In Ethernet Scan to Email Email Software Print Controller Scan to FTP FTP Client 469 Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner Cannot connect to the scanner When an error message appears when attempting to access the scanner perform the following checks 1 MEMO Consult your network administrator for problems with or questions about your network settings Check whether the correct IP address of the scanner has been entered If the IP address is not correct enter the correct one If the entered IP address is correct go on to step 2 From the DOS prompt run a ping test through the destination host to the IP address of the scanner e g C ping 192 168 101 152 If the ping test fails check whether the copier s main power is switched on and also check the net work cable for proper connection If the ping test is successful go on to step 3 Check whether the IP router is correctly set If it is not correctly set set it correctly If there is no problem in IP router setup go on to step 4 Trace the routing to the scanner to check whether there are any error conditions within the network If any error conditions are found eliminate them If no erro
117. by the Software Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in that trademark You may not rent lease sublicense lend or transfer versions or copies of the Software Licensee does not use or Software contained on any unused media except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and Doc umentation as described above In no event will Kyoceramita be liable to you for any consequential incidental or special damages including any lost profits or lost saving even if Kyoceramita has been advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim by any third party Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental con sequential or special damages so the above limitations may not apply to you Notice to Government End Users The Software is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R 2 101 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 all U S Government End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth herein NON EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT Exclusive for PostScript3 Option READ THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BY USING THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED IN THIS USER MANUAL BY OPENING A SHRINK WRAP PACKAGE CONTAINING SOFTWARE OR DOWNLOADING SOFT WARE OR P
118. character string and register it D gt p 273 e The default is None When None is selected no transparent character is set When printing a watermark on the first page only turn on the On first page only check box of the Print watermark field When the First page only check box is turned on a watermark is printed on the first page only When the First page only check box is turned off a watermark is printed on all pages MEMO The default is OFF 280 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print a Watermark Continued 4 9 To print a watermark in the background turn on the In background check box of the Print watermark field When the Background check box is turned on a background printing is available When the Background check box is turned off a background printing is not available MEMO The default is ON If the watermark is difficult to see due to the printing from the application set it to OFF To print an outline turn on the As outline only check box of the Print watermark field When the As outline only check box is turned on the outline of a watermark can be printed When the As outline only check box is turned off a complete watermark can be printed MEMO The default is OFF A watermark is difficult to see due to the printing from the application set it to OFF Click the OK button to close the Properties window Print from application When the a
119. clicking Layout Advanced Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Options x i Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Document Settings Copy Count 1 Copy iu Graphic Print Quality 600dpi Scaling 100 TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font il Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled PostScript Options E3 f Printer Features Job Offset OFF PrintPosition None Collate Sort Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None zl The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermark Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Layout and Paper Quality 144 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows XP The Properties window displayed from an application When you click the Detailed setting button after displaying the Print dialog box from an application of Win dows XP the Properties window appears as shown below For Windows XP Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver amp Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Printing Preferences Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Features T Offset Staple Combination unch M Collate s Fold amp Stitch Wait Mode ne Output Order Orientation Smoothing n Portrait Paper Size Duplex 8 5 x11 None
120. close the Properties window 159 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the type of manual feed paper Adobe P53 Compliant Set various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below Types of paper that can be selected Plain paper Thin paper This is set when printing thin paper such as airmail letter paper Thick paper This is set when printing thick paper such as a post card Tab sheet This is set when printing on index paper Trace This is set when printing the Trace paper OHP Transparency OHP Interleave Blank An interleave sheet is output each time an OHP sheet is printed OHP Interleave Print An interleave sheet is output each time an OHP sheet is printed User defined type This is set when printing the user specified paper set on the copier 160 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set the type of manual feed paper Continued Operating procedures of Limitation OHP cannot be set in the following cases e When Duplex Staple or Punch is selected in Paper tab Features field e When Fold amp Stitch or Booklet is available in Paper tab Features field OHP interleave cannot be set in the following cases When Duplex Staple or Punch is selected in Paper tab Features field When Fold amp Stitch or Combination Booklet is available in Paper tab Features field When Collate is not available in Paper
121. comment in the Location and Comment textbox 107 3 Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 17 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page A To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page lt Back Next gt Cancel 18 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver 35 p 114 19 click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Share name Not Shared Port LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Default Yes Testpage Yes To close this wizard click Finish Cancel 108 Chapter 4 How to Setup Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 20 Click the Finish button Hardware Installation window will appear Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware Printers has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is
122. details 35 p 557 LPD LPR Setup Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive cas selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from Come 74 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 3 NONA Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear Locate File 21x Look in My Documents z e agem My Pictures File name az zl Files of type My Network P Setup Information inf Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive View the English Printer WinNT_2000_Xp folder in the list Click Printer inf in the File name text box then click the Open but ton The Install From Disk window will appear Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Windows Update Have Disk pea Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is
123. displayed listing You have the option to select multiple destinations at one time The keys selected as destinations are highlighted in reverse image If necessary destinations are not previously registered you need to manually enter recipient names at this stage Touching the Address manual input key opens the Transmission Address Input screen Email and allows you to enter Email addresses 35 p 438 Scan to Email Touching the SEARCH key opens the Search Letter Input screen at which you can enter the first letter of registrant When the search result is displayed the SEARCH key is highlighted in reverse image At this stage you can touch the ALL ITEM key to have all registrants displayed as before Touching the CANCEL key brings you back to the Scanner Server Basic screen Touching the OK key and opens the Scanner Setting Basic screen 447 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation 3 Scanning Continued Scan to FTP E Mail J abc def Address manual input PORT No SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK Choose a destination from the displayed listing You can select only one FTP destination If there are no destinations registered you need to manually enter necessary destinations at this stage Touching the Address manual input key opens the Transmission Address Input screen FTP at which you can enter the host address and other information about the FTP server D gt p 441 Setting of
124. does not support this function 8 Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 315 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows F To adjust detailed settings of PostScript output format Adobe PS3 Compliant Adjust the detailed settings of PostScript such as PostScript language level and Data protocol format when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used Important Do not adjust the detailed settings of PostScript output format unless it is required G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open PostScript tab in Printers Properties Opened from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fons Device Options PostScript Watermarks PostScript output format ipt ize for speec osts cript optimize r PostScript header Download header with each print job C Assume header is downloaded and retained Send Header Now IZ Print PostScript error information r PostScript timeout values Job timeout fe z seconds Wait timeout 300 44 seconds MEMO Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function 2 Clickthe Advanced button The Advanced PostScript Options dialog box will appear Advanced PostScript Options BE These settings have been chosen to optimize printer performance You should not change them unless you have specific reasons to do so PostScript language leve 3 a Data format ASCII data Binary
125. driver at first if you want to update reinstall the printer driver The deleting procedures of the printer driver may be different depending on the type of the driver and the OS running in the computer e Updating the Printer Driver Windows 95 98 Me 95 p 120 e Updating the Printer Driver Windows NT 4 0 35 p 121 e Updating the Printer Driver Windows 2000 35 p 124 e Updating the Printer Driver Windows XP 35 p 126 e Updating the Printer Driver Macintosh only when the PS3 option is installed 95 p 128 119 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating the Printer Driver Windows 95 98 Me To update the Windows 95 98 Me compatible printer driver G Updating in the the Printers window 1 2 Turn on the computer and start Windows 95 98 Me Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will open MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Right click the icon for the printer you want to delete Then select Delete button Printers 1 Are you sure you want to delete the printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Click the Yes button Restart the computer The printer driver is uninstalled MEMO If the printer has been set as the default printer the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion Then go to Installing a Printer D
126. enter directly the number of copies to be printed in a lowercase numeral 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 347 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the printing position of the wide paper AdobePS3 compliant Set the printing position of the wide paper gt o o gt ABCD D a o E sjoous Buipeo jo uonoaJiq Front end Center Rear end G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 T Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Bras Destination Printer Specific Optio Job Offset ot PrintPosition None Fold Stitch None T Stapling None Punch _ None Wait Mode A 2 Click the V button beside the Print Position box to select the print ing position from the list Selections of Left Middle or Right are available MEMO The default is None 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 348 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the margins Adobe PS3 compliant Set the margins of the output paper Margin Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Custom Page Default 8 7 0re3 Printer IB1 12345 Paper Size Margins Width 20 99 Height 29 7 Top 0 28 Offset 0 Offse
127. font sample D gt p 607 Config Data Select Config Data to print the System Configuration data immediately Items of the Config Data are as follows Version information Set Default Default Paper Orientation Duplex Resolution Print Quality Controller Set Interpreter Banner Page Job Time Out Copier Time Out Installed Paper Bypass Tray Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Device Status Total RAM installed Hard disk free space Miscellaneous PCL5e pages printed NIC Config Select to print information on the NIC configuration Refer to Chapter 19 Copier Setup for details p 524 485 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu F Setting the Banner Page You can set whether or not to print the banner page from the control panel On a banner page as a log file of the printer the followings are shown The shown information varies depending on what printer driver you use Job A job number is shown Example JOB 45 User ID It is always shown as N A User Name A login name to the computer is shown Title An application name and a file name are shown Example Microsoft Word Test doc Source Network Card or Paralled is shown Language It is shown as PCL5 Printed A date and a time are shown Example SAT DEC 22 21 06 47 2001 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear
128. for Paper in the Page Setup When OHP OHP Interleave Blank OHP Interleave Print Trance or Tabbed Sheet is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 When Sub tray is selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options When Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Trim or Fold Stitch Trim is selected for Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Spe cific Options MEMO For detailed information on stapling and punching refer to the instruction manual of the copier 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Destination Job Offset PrintPosition Collate Combination Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None j Punch _ None Wait Moge gt Save Settings Cancel Print A 384 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set stapling Continued 2 Click the V button beside the Stapling to select the number of sta pling and their positions from the list MEMO The default is None 3 Clickthe Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 385 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Punch Unit AdobePS3 compliant Wh
129. from the keypad on the control panel when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Duplex Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Duplex Mode Set the Duplex Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the control panel e How to change Image Shift Available only when On is selected in Image Shift of printer driver To show the Image Shift Screen touch the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen Touch the PROOF PRINT to print one copied set for proofreading 10 Touch the Exit to return to the print mode basic screen 11 Press START to resume the rest of the print job When you change the settings press STOP to cancel the print job and change the settings on the printer properties on your computer 320 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To test printing to check the settings Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Wait with Proof cannot be set in the following case e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open
130. in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Back Cover Tray None Pl Tray Front None Change setting for Back Cover z Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Properties window detailed setting is displayed Select Back Cover from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select Blank or Printed from the list When Blank is selected nothing is printed on the front cover When Printed is selected the front cover is also printed MEMO The default is None Select Back Cover Tray from the Printer features field 224 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set a Back Cover Continued 5 Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select a tray that feeds a paper for the back cover from the list MEMO
131. in the length of one inch It can be said that the higher a value in dpi dot per inch the more the information that makes up an image Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 3 7 0re3 Printer Destination Printer Specific Optio Resolution 600dpi Media Type Plain Paper N C 2 Click the V button beside the Resolution box to select 600 dpi or 400 dpi from the list MEMO The default is 600 dpi 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 402 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print a curved section smoothly Adobe PS3 compliant Smoothing Print a curved section of a character and image smoothly Smoothing G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 T Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Bras Destination Printer Specific Optio Job Offset ot PrintPosition None Fold Stitch None T Stapling None Punch _ None Wait Mode A 2 Click the V button beside the Smoothing box to select Type 1 Type 2 or Type 3 from the list Type 1 normally provides processing suitable to a slanting line of a character and graphic Type 2 normally provides processing suitable to a curved section of a character Type 3 norma
132. it is replaced with the default printer fonts usually Courier 4 Click the OK button The Send Fonts As dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window 5 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 309 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To add the Euro currency mark to the font Adobe PS3 Compliant Add the Euro currency symbol to PostScript fonts when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used ly Important The settings made in the Printers Properties are applied to all applications Make sure to set fonts in the Printers Properties The settings made in the Properties window that is opened from an application are valid only while the application is being used Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 3 Open Fonts tab in Printers Properties Opened from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks IV Substitute printer fonts for TrueType fonts when applicable I Do not use printer fonts Update Soft Fonts Send Fonts As Help Restore Defaults MEMO Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function Turn on the Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts check box MEMO The default is OFF Click the OK button to close the Properties window 310 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To download the font information Ado
133. make printer connections This printer will be managed by My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator lt Back Cancel Click the Add Port button Select LPR Port from Available Printer Ports in the Printer Port dia log box Click the New Port button Printer Ports 21 x Available Printer Ports AppleT alk Printing Devices Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Type the IP address assigned to the network interface card for Name or address of server providing Ipd in the Add LPR compatible printer dialog box Type PORT1 upper case for Name of printer or print queue on that server and click the OK button 558 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP LPD LPR Setup Continued 8 Inthe list of available ports put a checkmark next to the LPR port you created and click Next button 9 You come to the step of installing the printer driver Follow the wizard information D gt p 55 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e G Creating a printer port on Windows 2000 To print by LPD LPR from a Windows 2000 computer create a printer port and install the printer driver on Windows 2000 Before doing Confirm the followi
134. mm A4W 210 x 297 mm A5W 148 x 210 mm B4W 250 x 354 mm B5W 182 x 257 mm A4 Tabstock 8 5 x 11 Tabstock Letter Tabstock MEMO e The paper with W at the end of the document size represents Wide paper gt p 167 e f there is no space for displaying Wide in the driver it is replaced gt with For example Tabloid wide gt Tabloid e The paper size that can be used vary depending on print controller 157 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the size of the output paper Continued Operating procedures of 1 Display the Paper tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l Copies F my Punch F Collate 3 Fold amp Stitch TN vak Mo MA Dutput Order pores Smoothing n Portrait C Landscape of Duplex None zi Phera ter Output Tray Paper Source Auto Select hd T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Zee Help 2 Click the V button beside the Paper Size box to display a list Then select a paper size from the list MEMO e The default is 8 5 x 11 in the U S A e The Default is A4 in the other countries 3 Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 158 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To s
135. mode for times when the copier is inactive or activates timer interrupt mode when weekly timer function is active 9 START Activates scanning or copying Restarts the printing after Wait Mode Wait or Proof 10 C CLEAR QTY Allows resetting of print quantity 11 P COUNTER Displays the Counter Screen or accesses programming modes for set ting special functions 12 HELP Displays a screen with help for the currently selected function 13 AUTO RESET Restores copier to automatic mode settings or to key operator settings 14 JOB MEMORY Displays screens for selecting job store job recall functions 474 Chapter 15 Control Panel g Switching Between Modes The main body of the copier has following three modes e Copy Mode e Printer Mode e Scanner Server Mode If you press the MODE button the basic screens for each mode appear in the LCD touch screen sequentially Copy Mode Basic screen Position original in the RADF face up S wi RESERVE JOB QO ORIGINAL COUNT uer 5g COPY MODE COPY DENSITYI LENS MODE RADF USER2 usen Sp BD E dem Tv STR To Pr Scan Server setting menu Select one of following modes Printer Mode Basic screen SERYER 2 Print Menu Controller Set Set Default Password Print J P IMAGE IMAGE STOREIDELETE RECALL This chapter describes how to operate the copier from the basic screen of the Printer mode and th
136. mode or in NDS mode The print server set up for NDS mode will also service the file server of an old version operating in Bindery mode If NDS is not set up properly for the print server and Bindery Service mode is not operating the print server can not find the file server and Novell NetWare protocol will be indicated as inactive in the Status Page G Setup information NDS Novell Directory Service NDS offers a different more advanced approach to network management than previous NetWare versions Generally it stores and tracks all network objects All 4 x servers must have NDS loaded in order to function In this way every NetWare 4 x server is a Directory server because it services named Directory objects such as printing systems print server and print queues With the appropriate privileges you can create a print server object which once configured in its context or location on the network eliminates the setup of print servers on every network server NDS provides true enterprise networking based on a shared network database rather than individually defined physical sites The result is a greatly improved print server setup and management Bindery Emulation NetWare 4 x also provides backward compatibility for 3 x and 4 x print service through Bindery emula tion The Directory Information Base DIB is used to store information about servers and services users printing systems gateways etc It is a distributed databa
137. more memory is in the print controller the more pages can be rasterized while waiting for a job to print When A4 size paper is used approximately 4 345 KB memory is required to print 1 bit data at 600 dpi The E RDH memory in the copier is used for the print process which can be expanded MEMO E RDH memory varies depending on models of machine For details refer to the Copier s User s Guide The memory capacity of the print controller may be insufficient if e Print data for a page to be rasterlized by the print controller is too complicated If this is the case expanding the memory capacity is recommended For printouts using features such as Multiple copies the Booklet mode and the Wait mode all data about the entire set of pages rasterized by the print controller one job must be stored in the E RDH memory first Therefore there are occasions when attempting to produce a large number of pages using those features will not produce the correct printouts If such is the case install additional E RDH memory in the copier PostScript3 option Installing the PostScript3 option in the print controller you can print data from the application on Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP or Macintosh with your copier as the PostScript3 printer Before printing data with PostScript you must set up attached Adobe PS3 printer driver in your system 28 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller Chat g Parallel Connection You can connect y
138. network What do you want to do Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer Nme C Connect to a printer on the Intemet or on your intranet 83 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Local printer 1 If you have selected the Local printer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the port connecting the printer and click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation C disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript lt Back Cancel MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network select the LPR port For details see your net work administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for more details 35 p 557 LPD LPR Setup Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive ca selected and then click OK Copy manufacture
139. network administrator for the IP address assigned to the network interface card To find the network MAC address of the network interface card press Printer Mode Basic Network Setup Unit Info on the copier s control panel or refer to the Status Page network setup list that is output when turning ON the copier MEMO Depending on the network interface card settings the Status Page cannot be output Using DHCP When assigning an IP address to the network interface card from the DHCP server set up reserve to enable the IP address of the network interface card to be used continually on the DHCP server Other wise the same address might be given to other hosts The network interface card is set to use DHCP by default In this case the network interface card gener ates a DHCP request when you reset turn on the network interface card When the network interface card is set to use DHCP the option Enable DHCP is ON and no specific IP address is assigned to the network interface card or the option Enable IP address defined is OFF Using Control Panel For information about setting an IP address and others from the copier s control panel D gt p 527 TCP IP Setup 519 Chapter Chapter 19 Copier Setup I General Description of the Network Setup Continued Using MAP By using MAP Management Access Program included the accompanying CD ROM that comes with the network interface card you can automatically ident
140. of the normal position by the value set in Step 5 Enter a value to specify the shift distance in a value from 0 to 2500 The unit is 0 1 mm Set each item for the Front Shift and the Back Shift in the same man ner as in Steps 4 and 5 Click the OK button The Image Shift dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window Click the OK button to close the Properties window 246 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust printing position inside the paper Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Front Cover None Front Cover Tray None x Change setting for Image Shift Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Device Settings tab is displayed Select Image Shift from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select ON from the list When ON is selected the printing is made at the printing position set on the control panel of the copier MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 247
141. on the control panel and the Check Mode screen will appear CHECK MODE BASIC amp SPECIAL ORIG 1 Eem Auto File Form PDF Normal Mode Geen Foxe sirplex Sean Density ae Lens Mode 1 00 Scan Size APS Qual ity 400dpi CHANGE RELEASE SETTING J SETTING EXIT This screen shows the current settings for scanning CHANGE SETTINGS key Tocuhing an item key opens the Scanner Setting Basic or the Application Selection screen at which you can change the settings concerned CANCEL SETTINGS key If advanced features are configured you can disable any of them by choosing the corresponding items on the screen 459 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data chapte Reading In From HDD To read scanned data sitting on the hard disk of the print controller to a computer you need either of the follow ing These are also used to delete scanned data from the hard disk e Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver and TWAIN compliant software The following provides an information of how to use the Network Scanner Driver G Network Scanner Driver When the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver is installed you can upload scanned data from the hard disk of the print controller to a computer using TWAIN compliant applications The scanner driver can be used on the following OS e Windows 95 98 Me e Windows NT 4 0 e Windows 2000 XP For the printing system to be used as a scanner you need the network interface card The paralle
142. other than 1 up is selected it becomes possible to use the Print page border check box MEMO e The default is 1 up e When the Duplex is available you can use Paper handling and Duplex at the same time D9 gt p 199 e Inthe Graphics tab of the Properties window shown from the Printers window the Print page border check box under the Layout box is e To print boundaries between pages allocated view Properties window from Printers window e When any item other than 1 up is selected it becomes possible to use the Print page frame check box The default is ON Click the OK button to close the Properties window 204 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big AdobePS3 Compliant 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper set in the output paper Example 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper 2 in 1 i 2 2 in 1 Repeat dE mE CC EGRE U O U gt iss O U Bul hil 205 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big Continued Operating procedures of 2 3 4 5 Limitation 2 in 1 cannot be set in the following cases e When 8 5 x14 11 x17 11 x17W A3 A3W B4 B4W 8K 16K is selected in Paper tab Paper size e When OHP Int
143. output room on paper as a result of enlargement printing is made starting at the upper left corner of the paper 164 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Continued Operating procedures of When the document size is A3 B4 11 x17 Tabloid or 8 5 x14 Legal and the OS is Windows 95 98 Me the maximum enlargement ratio is 30096 Limitation Scaling cannot be set in the following case e When setting other than 1 in Options tab Pages per sheet MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About r Resolution C 400x400 600x600 r IrueType options Outline soft fonts Bitmap soft fonts C Basters Restore Defaults Cancel Appy Heb Click the A V buttons beside the Scaling box to specify a value between 10 and 400 MEMO e The default is 100 e The setting can be made in increments of 1 e tis possible to select a numeral in the range given in the Scaling box and e
144. pair in the internal hard disk in this printing system and print the data as required gt 32933939393993993993993939393939399999939939939939939399393999909 To set the Large Capacity Tray PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional Large Capacity Tray in the Properties Setup tab in this printing system 39 p 173 To set the Large Capacity Tray 53333333332323232323232323233333233323232325252 To set the Finisher PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional Finisher in the Properties Setup tab in this printing system 35 p 179 To set the Finisher 5332333232333232333232333232332323332323232323252 To set the Cover Sheet Feeder PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional cover sheet feeder in the Properties Setup tab in this printing system 39 p 229 To set a Thick Cover 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 2525 25252 To set the Punch Unit PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional punch unit in the Properties Setup tab in this printing system 39 p 238 To set the Punch Unit 53333323232332323232323233323232333332323232323252 To set the Trimmer Unit PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional trimmer unit in the Properties Setup tab in this printing system
145. panel before printing when this printing system is used D gt p 323 To check the current settings before printing 533333333232323232323232323232323232323332323232325929 To check the version of the printer driver PCL5e Adobe PS3 Check the printer driver version from the Properties window when this printing system is used D gt p 327 To check the version of the printer driver 318 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To test printing to check the settings AdobePS3 Compliant Wait with Proof Check test printing output and check current setting from the control panel Use this when printing a large volume such as multiple sets of pages PRINTER CHECK MODE BASIC MODE Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Gupte ree 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Trayl Paper Type Recycle Output Mode E 2toe Punch 3c Coat J ex G Operating procedures of Limitation Wait with Proof cannot be set in the following case e When Collate is not available in Paper tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL
146. platen glass the Non Image Area Erase is automatically selected can be deselected Limitation This feature cannot be used in combination with the Mixed Original 456 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Application Continued IMAGE EDIT Non image Area Erase key Allows you to enable disable the Non image Area Erase Original sizes loaded on the platen glass are automatically detected and the scan is limited to the printable area This feature does not work with originals loaded in the RADF You need to press the START button without closing the RADF This feature cannot be used in combination with Mixed Original Z Folded original SDF Reverse Image Full image Area or RADF If lights are present directly above the machine the original size may not be correctly identified e IMAGE EDIT Reverse Image key Allows you to enable disable Reverse Image mode This feature cannot be used in combination with the Non image Area Erase or Full image Area e IMAGE EDIT Frame Fold Erasure key Allows you to enable disable Frame Fold Erasure setting Use this feature when a thick original such as a book is loaded on the platen glass Then the scanned data does not take on the black shadow which otherwise develops along the outer edge or at the center of a duplicated original This feature works with originals loaded in the RADF as well Limitation The Fold Erasure mode cannot be used in
147. print controller s hard disk There are several TWAIN capable applications on the market In this manual Adobe Acrobat 4 0 is used to illustrate how to read in scanned data Reading in Scanned Data To read in scanned data you should follow these steps 1 Run the TWAIN compliant application Adobe Acrobat 4 0 2 Select File Import Scan Adobe Acrobat Scan window will appear Adobe Acrobat Scan Device Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver Format 1 Single sided r Destination Curent Document New Document Cancel Choose Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver from the Device pull down menu From the Format pull down menu choose Single sided or Double sided as required Also choose Current Document or New Document into which scanned data to be taken in Click the Scan button Scanner Box No Set up window will appear Scanner Box No Set up m Scanner Set up Scanner Name Scanner Server name IP address m Box No Set up Box No E Cancel Help 463 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data J Reading In From HDD Continued 5 In the Scanner Box No Set up window enter the server name IP 6 address of the scanner you want to connect to the scanner name for the driver to identify the scanner and the box number you entered when scanning the document Then click the OK button Once the Scanner set
148. printer Network printer Back Cancel 5 Choose Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet Add Printer Wizard Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the network What do you want to do C Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer Name Connect to a printer on the Internet or on your intranet teca 565 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP J Internet Printing Continued 6 Enter the copier s URL in the URL field like this http printer s IP address 631 ipp In the printer s IP address column enter the IP address assigned to your Network Inteface Card Alternatively you can enter the host name of the copier s NIC s host name A If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer you cannot access the your printer over IPP For more information see your network administrator Click Next The Add Printer Wizard will appear The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer driver of the Add Printer Wizard p 71 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e 566 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP Internet Printing Continued G Settings on Windows XP Complete the steps shown below to add the copier to the existing installation on your computer running under Windows X
149. scalable 29 Univers Medium Italic scalable 30 Univers Bold scalable 31 Univers Bold Italic scalable 32 Claredon Condenced scalable 610 Appendix C Font I Font Number List Control Panel PCL Setup Continued Font Font Pitch Point 33 Coronet scalable 34 Garamond Antiqua scalable 35 Garamond Kursiv scalable 36 Garamond Halbfett scalable 37 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett scalable 38 Marigold scalable 39 CG Omega scalable 40 CG Omega Italic scalable 41 CG Omega Bold scalable 42 CG Omega Bold Italic scalable 43 SymbolPS scalable 44 Times New scalable 45 Times New Italic scalable 46 Times New Bold scalable 47 Times New Bold Italic scalable 48 Helvetica scalable 49 Helvetica Oblique scalable 50 Helvetica Bold scalable 51 Helvetica Bold Oblique scalable 52 Univers Medium Condensed scalable 53 Univers Medium Condensed Italic scalable 54 Univers Bold Condensed scalable 55 Univers Bold Condensed Italic scalable 56 ITC Avant Garde Book scalable 57 ITC Avant Garde Book Oblique scalable 58 ITC Avant Garde Demi scalable 59 ITC Avant Garde Demi Oblique scalable 60 ITC Bookman Light scalable 61 ITC Bookman Light Italic scalable 62 ITC Bookman Demi scalable 63 ITV Bookman Demi Italic scalable 64 Arial scalable 65 Arial Italic scalable 611 Appendix
150. screen fonts refer to the ReadMe file in the Mac or Windows folder on the User Software CD The User Software CD includes two ReadMe files one in the Mac folder and the other in the Windows folder They are distinguished as follows ReadmeE txt in the Windows folder Readme E in the Mac folder Screenfonts Installation procedure A How to install PostScript Type1 fonts under Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 In order to use PostScript Type 1 fonts in Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 you must first install Adobe Type Manager ATM and then install the fonts through ATM ATM version 4 0 or higher is required for Win dows 98 Me NT and 3 02 or higher for Windows 95 If ATM is not installed you will need to install an ATM compliant to your OS using the User Software CD 35 p 617 If ATM version is lower than which mentioned above you must first uninstall the lower ATM and then install adequate ATM To Install Type1 fonts in Windows95 98 and NT 4 0 using ATM Light 4 1 1 Choose Start Programs Adobe Adobe Type Manager Adobe Type Manager 4 1 Adobe Type Manager n x Ele Help Fonts Settings Destination Source gl Browse for Fonts j p 011olded 304 304_2nd 304 0208 My Documents New Folder Pageover Program Files Temp unzipped sz Aan T Add without copying files 2 In ATM click the Font tab 613 Screen Fonts Continued Appendix C Font
151. set the size of output paper PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set various sizes for the output paper D gt p 157 To set the size of the output paper 533333333232323232323232323232332323233232323232325929 To set the type of manual feed paper PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set various types of paper as output paper 35 p 160 To set the type of manual feed paper 151 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the paper related items Continued 533332332332323232323232323232323232323233232323232325929 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print by specifying a value of enlargement or reduction 35 p 164 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Enlargement ABCD H ABCD m ud e Document Reduction 5333323333323232323232323232323232323233232323232325929 To set the printing position of the wide paper PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set a printing position for the wide paper D gt p 167 To set the printing position of the wide paper gt Ww 8 E 3 ABCD o y o D s S Buipssy jo uonoaJiq Left Middle Right 5323232332323233323233323232333232323332323232323259 To set the margins Adobe PS3 Set the margins of output paper when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used D gt p 169 To set the margins Margin 152 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To s
152. tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About m Copies WE Iv Collate 38 Orientation Portrait C Landscape Paper Size 8 5 x11 hd None x Media Type Output Tray Plain paper fe Default z Paper Source Auto Select d T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Click the V button beside the Duplex box to display the list Then select Flip on long edge or Flip on short edge MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 200 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set to print on both sides Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Duplex cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP or Tabbed sheet is selected in Paper tab Paper Type e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Ch
153. than Off is selected for the Offset Stapling Punch or PI Tray Back in the Back Cover Fold Trim and Fold Stitch Trim cannot be set in the following case e When Off is selected for Trimmer Unit in the Installable Options field of the Configure Z fold A3 B4 11 x 17 8k and Z fold 8 5 x 14 cannot be set in the following case e When Sub Tray is selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options MEMO e You can select On for Trimmer Unit only if the trimmer unit is installed on the copier Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0ro3 Printer 151 12345 Destination Printer Specific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition Collate Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch None WaitMode _ None A Click the V button beside the Fold Stitch to select binding cutting you want to use from the list MEMO The default is Off Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 391 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Watermark A watermark or a transparent character can be set and printed on the output paper 533323323323323323323323333333332332323252529 To print a Watermark Adobe PS3 Set a transparent character and print it on the output paper D gt p 393 To print a Watermark AB
154. the Back Cover Tray box to select a tray to feed a paper for the Back Cover from the list MEMO The default is None Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 379 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Thick Cover Adobe PS3 compliant Output thick paper as a cover which is different from the output paper set To set a cover options have to be selected as shown in the illustration below Output Tray Sub Tra Sheet Feeder i Y y JLS The copier shown in the illustration has been provided with all options E JL TR G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation PI Tray Front and Pl Tray Back cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When Sub Tray is not selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition None Collate Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait Mode None o a A 2 Click the V button beside the Pl Tray Front box when setting a Front Cover and the PI Tray Back
155. the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen 9 Touch the PROOF PRINT to print one copied set for proofreading if necessary 10 Touch the Exit and then press Start to resume the rest of the print job 326 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To check the version of the printer driver AdobePS3 compliant Check the printer driver version from the Properties window Operating procedures of 1 Open About tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Kyocera Mita Printing System 2 Version 1 7 6 3 3 Build 3355 Copyright 1994 2002 Peerless Systems Corp Available memory 261168 KB Cancel Apply Help 2 Check for the notation Version V Build 3 Click the OK button and close the Properties window 327 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To check the version of the printer driver Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Papersize Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in 4 Statement Lett
156. the Page Setup Paper e When any item other than OFF is selected for the Print Layout Print on Both Sides e When any item other than None is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Collate Fold only Stapling Punch Front Cover Back Cover Pl Tray Front or PI Tray Back e When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Combination Trace cannot be set in the following cases e When A5R W BBRW B6 Statement R W or Custom is selected for the Page Setup Paper e When any item other than OFF is selected for the Print Layout Print on Both Sides e When any item other than None is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Fold Stitch Stapling or Punch Tabbed Sheet cannot be set in the following cases e When any item other than A3 A4 R B4 B5 Letter R or Tabloid is selected for the Page Setup Paper e When any item other than OFF is selected for the Print Layout Print on Both Sides e When any item other than None is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Fold Stitch Stapling or Punch e When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Combination 345 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To s
157. the job O to 9999 The number exceeding 9999 GO will be displayed as 99994 MINUTE s Displays the time in minutes required for completing the job TO GO 1 to 999 Exceeding 999 minutes 999 Shorter than 1 minute lt 1 Other The following message will be displayed on the bar when the reserved job does not exist RESERVED JOB DOES NOT EXIST 480 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Chapter Setting up the Printer from the Control Panel You can set up the printer from the control panel on the copier in this printing system OG Printer Mode Basic Screen When the printing system starts properly the Printer Mode Basic screen can be displayed on the LCD by pressing the MODE button When the MODE button is pressed again the LCD changes to the Copy Mode Basic Screen and the nor mal copy settings become available Printer Mode Basic Screen E3 IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default Password Print Ja G Settings can be selected The following settings can be selected from the Printer Mode Basic screen Item Contents Test Print Menu Display the Test Print Setup screen You can print a test print by selecting an item Controller Set Display the Controller Set screen You can perform various settings related to the print controller Set Default Display the Set Default screen You can return various settings to factory default by s
158. the network interface card The MAC address is the 12 character code that is printed on the Status Page each time the print controller and the main body printer is turned on After the network interface card has an IP address you must use the MAP utility or other dedicated utilities for Windows or Macintosh to change an IP address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway 573 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration I UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued ipd UNIX Printing lpd is an implementation of the standard UNIX line printer daemon that lets you print across a TCP IP net work without the need to install software on your workstation with all filtering and banners done by the net work interface card Remote printing uses the same commands lpr Ipq Ipc as local printing The process begins when the Ipr call finds the printer on a remote system by looking at the remote rm entry in the etc printcap file for that printer Ipr handles a print job for a remote printer by opening a connection with the Ipd process on the remote sys tem and sending the data file followed by the control file containing control information for this job to the remote system The printer based Ipd then filters the data and prints the job according to information contained in the control file and its own printcap file The network interface card Ipd recognizes the format of a certain printer emulation and filters the data if pos sible so it can be printed
159. the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size _Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in a Letter Legal Tabloid A3 Jn Portrait Adobe C Landscape I Rotated Online Paper control Duplex None T Orientation D Paper source AutoSelect Tray Dutput bin Default El Means About Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Paper Quality tab is displayed Click the V button beside the Paper type box to display the list Then select a paper type you want to use from the list MEMO e The default is Plain Paper e The name of the setup item for Windows NT4 0 2000 XP is Paper type gt Media Click the OK button to close the Properties window 163 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio PCL5e AdobePS3 Compliant Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25 to 400 ABCD K Document ABCD A ABCD fa NM D Reduction Enlargement Any sheet size for printing can be set freely MEMO If printing runs out of the
160. the values will not be changed 549 I Installation of Printer Driver Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me When all settings are completed install the printer driver When you are using IP Peer to Peer specify the con nection type as Local and the printer name set in IP Peer to Peer to the Printer Port 1 2 O Oo N O a A W MEMO For more information on installation and setting of the printer driver refer to Section 2 How to Print in this Manual 3 p 37 Turn on the computer and start Windows Exit from all active Windows applications if required Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will open MEMO Shut down all open Windows applications Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard will appear to set the printer Click the Next button The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Select Local and click the Next button The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Click the Browse button The Open window will appear Set the User Software CD on the CD ROM drive Change Drive to the CD ROM drive From the Folder list double click on English Printer Win9x_Me folder If S
161. to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e To install the printer driver to Windows 95 98 Me perform the following steps Please keep the User Software CD on hand it is required to install the printer driver G Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows 95 98 Me MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required 2 Clickthe Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear 3 Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear for setting the printer This wizard will help you to install your printer quickly and easily To begin installing your printer click Next 4 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear How is this printer attached to your computer lf it is directly attached to your computer click Local Printer If it is attached to another computer click Network Printer Network printer If your computer does not have the network setting go to step 6 43 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e Continued 5 Select Local printer or Network printer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer When personal computers are connected to a network and you want t
162. to close the Properties window 239 To set the Punch Unit Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 1 Open Device Options tab of Properties window from the Printers window When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memory in KB 14000 E r Printer features Wait Mod None Output Order FaceDown d Sheet Feeder None al Trimmer Unit None zi Changeselingfor Finisher DF 630 Help Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP open Device settings tab of the Properties window from the Printers window Select Punch Unit from the Installable options field Click the V button beside the Installable options Change setting for box to display the list Then select a Punch Unit you want to use from the list When the copier is provided with an optional punch unit select either PU 108 or PZ 108 When the copier is not provided with an optional punch unit select None MEMO e The default is None e When it is not known whether a punch unit optionally loaded to the copier is PU 108 or PZ 108 contact the administrator 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 240 To set punch
163. watermark is deleted Click the OK button to close the Properties window 286 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set an image and shade Set a shade of color when outputting an image and a method for processing graphic data 53323232332323233323232333232333323233323232323259 To set Halftoning Halftoning PCL5e Set printing mode of a graphic image for printing when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used D gt p 290 To set Halftoning 53323232332323233323232333232333323233323232325325929 To set a printing density Brightness Contrast PCL5e Set a printing density in 3 levels when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used 35 p 291 To set a printing density Standard 533232323323232333232333323233332323332323232325929 To save toner consumption by controlling print density PCL5e Adobe PS3 Save the consumption of toner by controlling print density when this printing system is used D gt p 292 To save toner consumption by controlling print density Normal Toner Save Draft ABCD ABCD ABCD 5233323232323333232323333232323233323232323232323252 To set a resolution PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set a resolution to 400 dpi or 600 dpi when this printing system is used 35 p 294 To set a resolution 287 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set an image and shade Continued 5323232332
164. while the copier is printing jobs or receiving print data the print controller can receive print jobs from an application This printing system can continuously print A4 Letter paper at the maximum print speed of 85 ppm 400 dpi 600 dpi MEMO Print speed and resolution vary depending on models of machine The system supports the duplex function and the finisher function which enables the use of five paper trays stapling folding stitching and hole punching Scanning features You can store original image data scanned data scanned from the copier s RADF or the platen glass in the hard disk in the print controller as TIFF PDF files and use it in a TWAIN compliant application such as Adobe Acrobat The scanned data can be transmitted as an attached data via Email or uploaded to an FTP server When scanning an original image you can configure image quality scaling resolution scan size Scan mode and so on The scanning features fall into three categories Scan to HDD Scan to Email and Scan to FTP 26 Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller I The Print Controller Functions Continued Network features The network card optional can be installed in this print controller The copier can work as a network printer with this option The network features Select 100Base TX Fast Ethernet 10 Base T automatically Support multi protocol TCP IP IPX SPX AppleTalk EtherTalk Support peer to peer printing o
165. with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properti Paper Cover Graphics POD Options p Hal toning Solid Black and white Restore Defaults 2 By shifting the slider of the Brightness field to the left or right set a printing density from 100 to 100 MEMO The default is 0 d By shifting the slider of the Contrast field to left and right set a print ing density from 100 to 100 MEMO The default is 0 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 291 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To save toner consumption by controlling print density PCL5e Adobe PS3 Compliant Save the consumption of toner by controlling printing density when this printing system is used Normal Toner Save Draft Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies r Eeatures ry Iv Collate E r Orientation Portrait C Landscape Toner Save Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 i None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper E Default z Paper Source Auto Select Ri T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Heb 2
166. x 13 copier for details Paper size 8K 267 x 390 mm The paper with W atthe end of O O O the document size represents 16K 195 x267 MM ma ii X s m Wide paper If there is no 5 5 x 8 5 W oc itn S f space for displaying Wide in 8 5 x 11 W the dri iti laced ith Paper tab 41 x17 W ti E river it is replaced gt wi A3W 297x420mm A4W 210 x 297 mm A5W 148 x 210 mm B4W 250 x 354 mm B5W 182 x 257 mm A4 Tabstock 8 5 x 11 Tabstock Plain paper Thin paper Thick paper ue This function is used to specify Media Type OHP Transparency ed gous ang te printed O O O OHP Interleave Blank yP y OHP Interleave Print User defined type Auto Select Bypass tray Paper Source Tray 1 This function is used to specify o o o Tray 2 the paper tray Tray 3 Tray 4 595 Appendix B Function List Function List Print Controller Continued 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP None T Duplex Flip on long edge M a seithe O O 9 Flip on short edge PRSE 9 Default P Output Tray Sub Tray This function is used to specify o o o the output tray Main Tray Password Print Off On This function is used to set the o o o password print Press this button to open Pass word Print dialog Sentings Enter your User ID and pass 9 a 9 word Restore This function is used to return o o o Defaults the setti
167. you do not know if the optional Finisher installed is a DF 630 Finisher or DF 635 Finisher consult your system administrator 180 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Finisher Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of the Properties window from the Print ers window When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memory n KB f400 E r Printer features PrintPosition None Collate Soit x Change setting for Job Offset Off E Installable options n Sheet Feeder None Trimmer Unit None zi Change setting for Finisher Help Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP the Device Settings tab of the Properties window is displayed from the Printers window Select Finisher from the Installable options field MEMO The default is No Finisher When No Finisher is selected it is not possible to set an Finisher tray Click the V button beside the Installable options Change setting for boxes to display the list Then select a finisher you want to use from the list When the copier is provided with an optional Finisher select either DF 630 or DF 635 MEMO e When you do not know if the optional Finisher installed is a DF 630 or DF 635 cons
168. you want to print a test page 18 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes recommended to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver de gt p 114 Test Page Print 19 click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Shared as lt Not Shared Port LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Default No Test page No To close this wizard click Finish 78 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 20 Click the Finish button Digital Signature Not Found window will appear Digital Signature Not Found x The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has been tested with Windows and that the software has not been altered since it was tested The software you are about to install does not contain a Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works correctly with Windows Printers If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed software visit the Windows Update Web site at http windowsupdate microsoft com to see if one is available Do you want to continue the i
169. 000 PS3 Continued 10 ciick the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to check change the printer name will appear Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Printer name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes No lt Back Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you are installing the first printer to your computer the Default printer setting will not appear The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select whether to share the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name lt Back Cancel 14 Select whether to share the printer or not Select Share
170. 260 To save and print a print job 53333333323232323232323232323232332323332323232252 To re set a Job ID PCL5e Re set a Job ID and a password that specify a print job saved into a hard disk when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used D gt p 263 To re set a Job ID 259 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To save and print a print job Compliant Image Storage When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used it is possible to save a print job into the hard disk of this printing system as a password protected job file The saved job file can be printed through the control panel of the copier as needed When the conditions listed in the table below are met the saved job file can be overlaid in combination with other job files such as copy data Copier Printer note P JOB is not selected P JOB can not be performed on printer Sheet Cover Insertion is not selected Sheet Insertion is not selected Chapter is not selected Chapter is not selected Combination is not selected Combination is not selected Repeat is not selected Repeat is not selected Booklet is not selected Booklet is not selected OHP Interleave is not selected OHP Interleave is not selected Image Insert is not selected Image Insert can not be per formed on printer Dual Page is not selected Dual Page can not be per formed on printer Mixed
171. 3 Choose Browse For Fonts from the Source pop up menu 4 Select to English Screenfonts folder on the User Software CD D Select the fonts you want to install 6 T Adobe Type Manager File Help Fonts Settings Destination Bemove BEE Source ll Browse for Fonts E H English PS Screen Fonts Type 1 Fonts INFs A Albertus MT Albertus MT Italic Albertus MT Lt A Antique Olive Compact Antique Olive Roman Antique Olive Roman Italic A Antique Olive Roman Bold AvantGarde A AvantGarde Italic AvantGarde Bold AvantGarde Bold Italic sz zx noa Add without copying files Add You can click to select one font Ctrl click to select several fonts or Shift click to select a contiguous group of fonts Press the Add button to install the fonts Adobe Type Manager File Help Fonts Settings Destination Albertus MT Albertus MT Italic Albertus MT Lt Antique Olive Compact Antique Olive Roman Antique Olive Roman Italic Antique Olive Roman Bold Exit ATM lolx Source ll Browse for Fonts E H English PS Screen Fonts Type 1 Fonts OTe Fonts gt amp at amp vantGarde AvantGarde Italic AvantGarde Bold AvantGarde Bold Italic FF Dadi smi 614 B 1 2 3 4 o O Appendix C Font Screen Fonts Continued How to install T
172. 32323332323333232333232333323233323259 To print a curved section smoothly Smoothing PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly when this printing system is used 93 p 296 To print a curved section smoothly Smoothing To print an image by reversing white and black PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print a negative image by reversing white into black when this printing system is used 33 p 298 To print an image by reversing white and black Reversing white into black ABCD ABCD 5 ABCD ABCD 9332323232323232323232323232323333333333232323252529 To print an image by reversing image Adobe PS3 Print an image by reversing it in a horizontal direction like a reflection in the mirror when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used 93 p 300 To print an image by reversing image gt Ww O Jg a o cn gt 288 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set an image and shade Continued 593232323233233323333332323233333232333323232529 To print a text in gray or black more clearly Adobe PS3 Print a text in grey or black more clearly when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used 35 p 301 To print a text in gray or black more clearly 533333323232323232323232323232532532323333333232325929 To print an image in gray or black more clearly Adobe PS3 Print an image in grey or black more clearly when the Adobe PS3 printer
173. 325929 To print without using printer fonts Adobe PS3 Set the printer to print data without using the printer font D gt p 408 To print without using printer fonts 5233233232323233332323232333232323233332323232323252 To restrict fonts that can be downloaded Adobe PS3 Set the restriction on downloadable fonts D gt p 409 To restrict fonts that can be downloaded 407 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print without using printer fonts Adobe PS3 compliant Set the printer to print data without using the printer font When the printer font is not used the print data is increased but the same print result can be obtained G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup PostScript Options 74 PostScript Options Visual Effects O Flip Horizontal O Flip Vertical Invert Image a Image amp Text 4 Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text A Smooth Graphics O Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts 2 Turn off the Substitute Fonts check box MEMO The default is ON 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup ly Important Also when sending PostScript output to the other printer any trouble due to the difference of the print fonts can be avoided by turning off the Substitute Fonts check box 408 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To restrict fonts that can be downloaded Adobe PS3 compliant Restrict downloadable fonts
174. 329393939939939939939999393999939399399939393993939999D To print a twofold booklet Booklet PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print output paper so that they become a book when they are folded in two D gt p 209 To print a twofold booklet 53232323323232333232323332323332323233323232323232529 To print a specific page on the front face Chapter PCL5e When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used print a specific page so that it comes on the front espe cially when printing on both sides of the paper D gt p 212 To print a specific page on the front face 1 st page of a chapter 5323232332323233323232323232323332323232332323232323295929 To print pages in reverse order Face up PCL5e Adobe PS3 Output paper in reverse order when printing multiple pages D gt p 214 To print pages in reverse order Face down Face up 198 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set to print on both sides Adobe ps3 Compliant Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides Flip on long edge and Flip on short edge are available Flip on Flip on long side short side 199 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set to print on both sides Continued Operating procedures of 3 Limitation Duplex cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP or Tab sheet is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper
175. 345678911 1 at lt gt ABCD EF Gabedefu 123456799 1848 a7 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 3 To amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdef80123456789 OG 5 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 9 S96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 e 2 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg01 23456789 0 6 2 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 96 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 Q Gt 95 amp e ABCDEFGabcde 0 123456789 Q 4 90 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 G3 965 amp lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G8 6 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 I 96 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 a 96 G2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 93 96 amp 2 lt gt ABXAEGTD0y6 0 0123456789 z 366 L amp V5 ABCDEFGabcdefg0122456789 M 04 L 8 7 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 96 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 To amp 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 9 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 A amp I2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg01234567
176. 492 Setting the ScanDataAutoDel G Cautions Print jobs will not be printed if the required disk space is not available If a scan job is transmitted when the required disk space is not available an error message appears and the job is cancelled automatically Cancelled scan jobs are listed on Non complete Job List that appears when NON COMPLETE JOB LIST is pressed in the Non Complete Job List screen D gt p 430 Checking on non complete jobs 471 Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner Scan ErrorList When scanned image files sitting on the hard disk of the print controller are deleted without being output from the print controller by course except user operations relative information is displayed as a scan error list Listing Objects Listed are image files and the corresponding management data stored on the hard disk of the print controller as a result of the scan using the Scan to FTP the Scan to Email or the Scan to HDD feature Causes of Error e The automatic deletion feature ScanDataAutoDel was activated in the Scan to HDD process e The file was not successfully sent to an FTP server in the Scan to FTP process because for example of connection timeout or login error e The Email relay was not completed on the part of the SMTP server in the Scan to Email process Remember however the print controller does not identify the cause of errors developed after the SMTP relay has been completed M
177. 5 p 367 To set to print on both sides Flip on Flip on long edge short edge 53232323233332323233232323232333233232323233323232529 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Pages per sheet Adobe PS3 Allocate a document of 2 pages 4 pages 6 pages 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing D gt p 368 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page 2 up ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 365 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print multiple pages Continued 5323232323232332323232333323232333323233332323232529 To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat Adobe PS3 Print a 2 pages document on a single piece of paper twice as big as the original documents D gt p 370 To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat ABCD ABCD j ABCD 532323232323232333232323323232333232323332323232323229 To print a twofold booklet Booklet Adobe PS3 Print output paper so that they become a book when they are folded in two 35 p 372 To print a twofold booklet m3 5323232332323232332323233232323332323233323232323232529 To print pages in reverse order FaceUp Adobe PS3 Output paper in reverse order when printing multiple pages 35 p 374 To print pages in reverse order Face down Face up 366 Chap
178. 5 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT 2000 XP Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN TrueType Screen Fonts Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for non USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Printer Driver for Windows 95 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT 2000 XP Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN Printer Driver for Windows 95 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT 2000 XP Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN Printer Driver for Windows 95 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT 2000 XP Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN Printer Driver for Windows 95 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT 2000 XP Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 Network Utilities Printer Driver Scanner Driver Screen Fonts User s Manual Adobe Acrobat Reader 4 0 Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for non USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Adobe Acrobat Reader 4 0 User s Manual 19 Folder structure on the CD ROM PS3 Option The folders included on the accompanying CD ROM for PostScript 3 option are structur
179. 6 Perform the following steps to delete a scanned data file from the hard disk Run the TWAIN compliant application Adobe Acrobat 4 0 Select File Import Scan Select Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver in the Device on the Adobe Acrobat Scan window Click the Scan button The Scanner Box No Set up window will appear On the Scanner Selection window enter the server name IP address to access the scanner the scanner name to be identified by the driver and the box number you entered when scanning the original docu ment and then click the OK button The Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window will appear Kyoceramita Scanner Driver Box No Scanner Name i 234 Box No Selection Kyoceramita 10 11 62 Scanner Selection Desc wakes T Fue c Ges liee tea 2 14 87 2000 3 15 5 1 EIER x 200 300 4 14 07 2000 3 21 44 1 6592x 4800 600 5 14 07 2000 3 22 01 4 2240x 3200 200 Page Selection E All pages C Specify page mI p mi Delete Refresh Option Close Help From the file list shown in the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window select a file you want to delete and then click the Delete button The selected scanned data is deleted 468 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data Images Scanned to FTP or E mail Scanned data sent as an attached file to an e mail can be read by Email applications Scanned data uploaded to FTP servers can be downloaded on computers
180. 789 Q 9 82 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 93 26 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456789 J Qt 96 amp 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 96 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0 1 23456789 08 5 96 amp 5 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Q 8 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 92 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 76 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 9 8 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 1 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdetg0 123456789 I amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefgor23456789 H 9 2 90 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefpor234567891 1 95 90 d7 ABCDEFGabcdefgo123456789 1 937 00 6 ABCDEFGabcdefgor123456789 3 90 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0 12 3456789 1 DR 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 H S amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 95 amp Y amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 894
181. 802 3 Ethernet II IEEE 802 3 SNMP 100Base TX 10Base T RJ 45 TCP IP BOOTP ARP RARP ICMP DHCP SNMP HTTP SMTP FTP IPP IPX SPX AppleTalk EtherTalk Novell NetWare 3 x 4 x Windows 95 98 Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP UNIX MAC OS 7 x or more Automatic selection Peer to Peer TCP IP for Windows 95 98 Me Pserver IPX SPX Ipd Ipr TCP IP for Windows NT 4 0 2000 Ipd Ipr TCP IP for UNIX AppleTalk EtherTalk IP P2P IPX P2P MAP Management Access Program NWSetup UNIX TCP IP Programs Web Browser Netscape Navigator Internet Explorer 0 to 50 C 5 to 80 RH Green LED Yellow amber LED one each Stored in nonvolatile memory 592 UTP cable specifications Use the following universal Ethernet standard when configuring your 10 100BaseT UTP cables to connect to the RJ 45 connector on the Network Interface Card The cable should be Category Type 5 or better depending on length Pin No Color Ethernet 8 Blue White 7 Blue 6 Orange White Receive 5 Green White 4 Green 3 Orange Receive 2 Brown White Transmit 1 Brown Transmit 593 Appendix A Product Specifications Factory Default Settings NIC Appendix A Product Specifications Data transfer speed Automatic recognition Password sysadm TCP IP IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 Base Port Number 10001 DHCP Enabled IP Address
182. 89 9 amp 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 a3 96 amp 2 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 38 95 d ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 9 9 6 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 9 4 90 amp amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 99876 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 1 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Qt 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 97 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 lt gt ABCDEFGabcdetg0123456789 H 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G 95 amp 2 608 Appendix C Font 3 Font List PostScript3 Continued UniversExtended t UniversExtended Bold t UniversExtended Bold Oblique t UniversExtended Oblique t Wingdings ITC ZapfChancery Mediumltalic ITC ZapfDingbats ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 B amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 f S amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 B amp ABCDEFGabcdefgO123456789 99 96 amp eR oo sre 84 fp o Ye ET BE HY EDS ABCDE TGabcdefq0123456789 Q amp R 05 er 2 Dipp t o RR o0 V X XX ero xo S mt Dr to Adobe PostScript the Adobe logo and the PostScript logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated which may be registered in certain jurisdictions
183. ABCD ABCD Left Top Landscape Landscape ABCDEF ABCDEF Right Landscape ABCDEF e 387 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set punching Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 3 Limitation When used in the combination of Stapling and Punch the combinations listed below are not allowed Position of stapling Position of punching Left Top Right Single O O X SingleRight X O O Double Side O X X Double SideRight X X O Double Top X O X Punch cannot be set in the following cases e When None is selected for Punch Unit in the Installable Options field of the Configure e When the B6 Wide paper W or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup e When OHP OHP Interleave Blank OHP Interleave Print Trace or Tabbed Sheet is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When Sub Tray is selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Trim or Fold Stitch Trim is selected for Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Spe cific Options MEM
184. Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear After your printer is installed Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel 14 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes recommended to perform the test print or select No to not 15 Click the Finish button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation If you have selected Yes recommended at step 15 printing of the test page starts 16 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 15 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the Yes button 17 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 47 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Network printer 1 If you have selected the Network printer at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the Network path or queue name text box and click the Next button C Tips If you don t know its name click the Browse button to view available network printers If the printer driver for Windows 95 98 Me is saved in the server the window to check change the printer name will appear In this case go to step 12 of When s
185. Adobe PS3 Create a new Watermark printed on the output paper when this printing system is used 33 p 273 To create a new Watermark ABCD Ll 5333232332333233323332333233323332323323232529 To print a Watermark PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set a transparent character and print it on the output paper when this printing system is used de gt p 277 To print a Watermark ABCD ABCD CONFID Ai ENTIAL x 533333332323232323232323232323232323232332323232325325929 To change a Watermark PCL5e Adobe PS3 Edit and change a registered transparent character printed on the output paper when this printing system is used D gt p 282 To change a Watermark Editting ABCD ABCD M Ll 266 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Watermark Continued 53333232323233323232323232332323233232332323232323252 To delete a Watermark PCL5e Adobe PS3 Delete an unnecessary transparent character when this printing system is used D gt p 285 To delete a Watermark 267 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To create a Overlay Compliant Overlay Create a watermark to be printed on the output paper in the Properties window of an application when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used Operating procedures of 1 Open Overlay tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530
186. Basic screen Touching the RECALL STANDARD key resets every configuration to default setting ORIG DIRECTION Allows you to choose which direction to load the original ENHANCE Use to select image quality The default is the same as that in the copy mode Auto mode MEMO For the default setting of the copy mode Key Operation mode refer to the Copier s User s Manual AUTO key Automatically distinguish between text and photo and select the appropriate image quality Increase Contrast key Darken light images e g pencil without changing background exposure Photo key Reproduce halftone photo images Text key In this mode text is improved in comparison to the Auto mode 454 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Special Original Continued SPECIAL ORIG Set this feature depending on originals Normal mode key Choose this mode when originals are the same size normal paper neither folded nor pasted Mixed Original key Choose this mode when loading originals of varying sizes in the RADF Limitation This feature cannot be used in combination with the Non image Area Erase Dual Page Z Folded Original key Choose this mode when loading Z folded originals in the RADF This mode ensures paper size is detected correctly This feature cannot be used in combination with the Non image Area Erase SDF key Choose this mode when scanning cardboard originals and pasted o
187. CD ABCD CONFID i ENTIAL co 5333332323233323232323233323232323323232323233232952 To create a new Watermark Adobe PS3 Create a new transparent character printed on the output paper D gt p 395 To create a new Watermark ABCD Ll 5333232332332323323232323232323232323232332323232325325929 To change a Watermark Adobe PS3 Edit and change a registered transparent character printed on the output paper D gt p 397 To change a Watermark Editting ABCD ABCD M Ll 392 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print a Watermark Adobe PS3 compliant Watermark Set a transparent character and print it on the output paper ABCD ABCD G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Watermark 7 None Q First QAI PICT Watermark JEPS rma um gt TEXT Foreground Edit O Save With Document When printing a watermark on the first page only click on the First button When printing a watermark on every page click on the All button MEMO The default is None Select PICT EPS or TEXT as the file format for a watermark MEMO The default is PICT Select a watermark to be used from the Watermark field five Water mark have been registered in advance Selecting PICT at step 3 you can select a watermark the name of Adobe PICT2 or Confiden tial pict Selecti
188. CEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 493 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setting the PDL You can set the PDL from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A J v J 3 Touch the PDL Select key and then touch the OK key The PDL Select Set screen will appear Postscript 4 Touch the key for the PDL that you want to set MEMO PostScript can be selected only when the PS3 option is installed 494 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu I Setting the PDL Continued 5 Touch the OK key The PDL is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Controller Set screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 495 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu F Setting the Default Paper size You can set the default paper from the control panel MEMO The default paper that is set here is used if the print job does not request the specific paper 1 Press the Mode button t
189. Create a new Watermark to be printed on the output paper ABCD M IIK I G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Watermark 8 7 0re3 None O First QAI PICT Watermark D EPS Adobe PICT2 gt TEXT e O Foreground O Save With Document Edit Click on the First or All button Turn on the TEXT radio button as the file format for the new transpar ent character watermark MEMO The default is PICT Click the Edit button The Watermark Specification dialog box will appear Watermark Specification 8 7 0ret Watermark File Cancel erat ij Watermark Font Size Style Helvetica Watermark Text Draft Color v Move mouse over document Click and hold mouse down at start of Watermark Drag mouse in the direction for the proper orientation of the Watermark Release the mouse Enter a character string to be used as the new watermark in the Water mark Text box Click the V box to select the color for the watermark from the color palette 395 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To create a new Watermark Continued T Click the A and V button beside the Watermark Font Size Style box to select the font size and style for the watermark from the list MEMO The default is Helvetica 8 Drag the character string on the preview screen at the left side of the dialo
190. Default bal Paper Source Auto Select ual Password Print Settings Restore Defaults For Windows NT4 0 Adobe PS3 printer driver 21x Paper Size Letter bd Paper Source 3 Automatically Select zi Eopy Count 1 a Copy 1 999 r Orientation A Pomat A C Landscape Rotated Print on Both Sides Duplex Printing l4 None ala C Long Side a C Short Side Color Appearance a es os C Monochrome 3 Color 137 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows NT4 0 Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Page Setup and Advanced 138 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 The Properties window displayed from an application When the Print dialog box is displayed from an application of Windows 2000 the following Properties win dow will appear For Windows 2000 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver f Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Advanced Document Properties 21x Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About r Features Offset Staple Combination Punch Fold amp Stitch Wait Mode SEEN Output Order Orientation Smoothing w Portrait C Landscap
191. Default z Paper type Plain Paper About Help Restore Defaults Click the Margins button The Margins dialog box will appear Margins ME in C Millimeters Top p13 2 013 550 Left 013 0 13 4 25 Bottom 013 24 0 13 550 Right 013 10 13 4 25 OK Cancel Help Restore Defaults Click Inches or Millimeters in the Units field MEMO The default value may be different depending on the environment of your computer and the specifications of each country Click the A V buttons beside the Top Bottom Left and Right boxes to set a value for each margin The range of values that can be set as each margin is displayed on the right side of the box However this range varies depending on the paper size selected MEMO e The default is 0 13 e The setting can be made in increment of 0 1 e tis possible to select a numeral in the range given in the box and enter type the number Click the OK button The Margins dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Properties window Click the OK button to close the Properties window 170 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the paper tray For the paper trays such as the feed tray and the output tray the following settings are available 532323233232323332323333232333323233323232332325929 To set the Large Capacity Tray PCL5e Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize
192. Destinations FTP Touching the SEARCH key opens the Search Letter Input screen at which you can enter the first letter of a registered destination for search When the search result is displayed the SEARCH key is highlighted in reverse image At this stage you can touch the ALL ITEM key to display all regis tered names Touching the CANCEL key brings you back to the Scanner Server Basic screen without regis tered your settings Touching the OK key saves your settings and opens the Scanner Setting Basic screen 5 After specifying storage locations destinations touch the OK key The Scanner Setting Basic screen opens If necessary go to the Special Original Selection screen or the Application Selection screen to configure the setting details PO on origina e RAD EJ IDLE
193. Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP on the Properties window click the Advanced button Select Wait Mode in the Printer features field Click the V button besides the Printer features Change settings for box to display the list Then select Wait with Proof from the list MEMO The default is None Click the OK button and close the Properties window Print form the application The Printer Check Mode Screen will appear on the LCD Touch Screen and one set of copy for proofreading will be printed 321 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To test printing to check the settings Continued T Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value from the keypad on the control panel when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Duplex Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Duplex Mode Set the Duplex Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the control panel e How to change Image Shift A Available only when On is selected in Image S
194. E COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE FUNCTION USER2 4 nn B BADE USERI 1 00 1 t SPECIAL A AMS wma EJ A3 ORIG N ERU NORMA ZOOM irum APPLICATION 3 4 AA ROTATION RE AAHR S JE noema El OFF ER MEMO You cannot reserve a job if the FREE tab is dimmed Wait until the dimming is canceled 2 Press START button This copying job will be performed after the print job in progress is completed 506 Chapter 17 Print Job Control Canceling a Print Job You can cancel the printing print job or the reserved job from the control panel in this printing system Cancel Canceling means clearing the print job in the copier and forcefully terminating the print job or the reserved job MEMO The job is deleted in the different way if it is a password print job Reference 9 gt p 510 Limitation If the job is still on your computer first delete the job from your computer and press the STOP button on the control panel You can not stop the remaining job completely by only pressing the STOP button The STOP button can clear the memory of the print controller and E RDH in the main body printer but can not clear the remaining job on your computer Procedure for the printing print job 1 Press the Stop button to cancel the job The confirmation screen will appear COUNT SET
195. EMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 624 Appendix D Symbol Set g Symbol Set List Continued o9 ue o o D oO u d i Symbol Set Code ISO 69 French ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF i y i la lb cidle g hji j kl jm n o amp lol lolol x o 90 0 0 U p S 4 4 4 a aj el co 4 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 718 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P Q R SITIU VIW XI Y Z 70 plalr sit lu viwixi v z 13 138 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I U K M N O 50 Plo RIS T U V WIx v Z c 8 60 a b c d e ghjij k l1 m n o 70 p a r s t u v w x y z u e x Fo j56 6j6 6 6 Lor j jaj y b Symbol Set Code Symbol Set Code ISO 8859 9 Latin 5 ISO 8859 2 Latin 2 0123456789 ABCDEF 012345678 9ABCDEF Jaj b cejdje f g h ijjik limjnjo 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P olR S T U V W X Y Z LN J 70 plalr s t ulviwixviz TR Ed
196. EMO When a job is interrupted in the process of uploading from the engine the job is handled on the scan error list on the part of the engine and is not displayed on the print controller Accessing the List The scan error job list is shown on the Scan Error List in the Printer Mode Basic screen Content of the List The list shows the following one line for each error developed destination If FTP and Email were both enabled one line is assigned to one error in each of them Destination For the destination an FTP server name an Email address or a HDD Box No is shown There are occa sions when only the first few characters are shown because of the display space limits If multiple Email addresses were specified only the first few characters of a string of comma separated addresses are shown File Name This refers to a file name managed by the FTP server in the Scan to FTP mode or to an attachment file name in the Scan to Email mode Factor The cause of an error is displayed within the display space limits sometimes in the form of error codes Deleting List Data A maximum of 16 line list of data is kept in memory As an additional non output scan job is detected the oldest one is deleted from the list in sequence 472 Section Control Panel for Administrator Chapter 15 Control Panel 474 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu 481 Chapter 17 Print Job C
197. Enabled LPD Banner Enabled Ethernet Frame Type Ethernet II Novell NetWare NetWare IPX SPX Enabled Print Server Name xxx serial number Print Server Password No Value Scan Rate Print Queue 1 Sec Ethernet Frame Type Disable Bindery Auto Search Enabled Preferred NDS Context No Value Preferred NDS Tree No Value AppleTalk AppleTalk iia Printer Name Ethernet Frame Type xxx serial number 802 2 On 802 3 Peer to Peer Peer to Peer Printer Name Ethernet Frame Type Enabled xxx serial number Auto Search 2 selected xxx varies depending on models of machine 594 If the Network Interface Card cannot find the frame type when starting 802 2 On 802 3 must be Appendix B Function List Function List Print Controller 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP This function is used to specify Copies 1 to 9999 the number of copies to be O O O printed Collate On Off This function is used to specify o o o how to output multiple pages Orientation Portrait This function is used to specify o o o Landscape orientation 55x EUS amp 5x11 8 5 x 14 T1 x du A3 297 x 420 mm A4 210 x 297 mm X21 MM the paper sizes you can set dif BOE ASM ror P Eur B cification eee MM Cepending on specifications in the country and trays Refer Boece eee GNN to the operating manual of the B6 128 x 182 mm eee manu F4 0
198. F eo el c z vin ms w u 1 ny sto m s 4 vJ AJA E 8 s j1 m HE o gt nu Gl OH s7 tS o o mx m2 Lr roO e t olal gt a el al inm p mH o OB m n mou a t qmm Be HRB e Ol 255 4 o A zu 4 828 888 o9 ue o o E o9 u rd u Symbol Set Code 8 Turkish PC 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z L V lalbicidie g h ijj k l m injo Jj m SETHH Ul to a h 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F GHH I J K L M N O 50 P Q RI S TJU V W X Y ZI NV MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 627 Appendix D Symbol Set g Symbol Set List Continued oO o o o D oO u d i 012345678 9 ABCDEF 2 wieis lale v ia S 30 7
199. Function Staple Function Wait Mode Function Image Shift Function Front Back Cover Function Watermark Punch Function Tandem Print etc Portrait and Landscape Printing System 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Scanning System 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 600 dpi 1 bit 1 to 9999 85 ppm A4 8 5 x 11 See Note 1 Standard Top and Bottom Margins 2 5 mm Right and Left Margins 2 5 mm Wide Size Margins 0 mm unlike standard size s Max Printable Area 303 x 458 mm Same as the copier Intel Pentium IIl 866 MHz 64 MB Standard Expandable up to 512 MB Option MB 4A MB 4B 588 Appendix A Product Specifications I Product Specifications Printing System 2 Continued Host Interface Network Interface Printer Description Language Built in Fonts Compliant OS Printer Driver PCL5e Printer Driver PS3 Compliant Host Computer Options Dimensions Weight Power Working Environment Restrictive Conditions Parallel port Centronics IEEE 1284 amphenol 25 pin male connector Ethernet 100Base TX 10Base T PCL5e Adobe PS3 optional PS3 kit required 80 Agfa Microtype fonts 136 Adobe PostScript fonts Windows 95 98 Me Windows NT 4 0 NT Service Pack 3 or more Windows 2000 Windows XP Mac OS 7 1 to 9 x Mac OS X is not supported at September 2002 optional PS3 kit required There are 2 types of PCL drivers each supported by the follow ing Windows 95 98 Me Windo
200. GE S MINUTECS CONTROLLER NO MODE STATUS PAGE fo G TO GO INFORMATION RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST y JOB JOB USER NAME PREVIOUS NONCOHPLETE OK PRIORITY DELETE CHECK JOB LIST JOB LIST 2 Confirm the status of a print job 3 Touch the OK key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 479 Chapter 15 Control Panel I Confirming the Status of a Print Job Continued G Contents of the Job Status Screen Contents of the Job Status screen are as follows Item Contents NO Displays the No 1 99 for each job print copy scan assigned to the copier MODE Displays the current operation mode of the printing system COPIER Current mode is the Copier mode PRINTER Current mode is the Printer mode SCANNER SERVER Current mode is the Scanner Server mode STATUS READY Ready to use in each mode ERROR Error in each mode PRINTING Output in each mode RESERVE Ready to reserve NO PAPER No paper in paper tray in Copy Print mode STOP Stop in each mode JAM Jam in each mode INTERRUPT Interrupting the previous job TOTAL Displays the number of print originals for each job 0 9999 PAGE s PAGE s TO Displays the remaining print count of
201. Iama PagelAipaces Iren Count M E Bottom Sepectonf E p Font Name aria T Color Light Gray Daknss sz T Bold Sis T fic ize 72 B Adjustment Position Move C Rotate Automatically C User defined New 0 0 g g Delete Angle mf mi 40 Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Click the V button beside the text box in the Watermarks tab to display the list Then select a transparent character to be deleted from the list 3 Click the Delete button Delete Specified Watermark Request dialog box will appear 4 Click the Yes button The selected watermark is deleted 5 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 285 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To delete a Watermark Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Select a watermark New Delete p Print watermark T On first page only IV In background As outline only MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP are not equipped with this function Select a watermark to be deleted from the Select a watermark box Click the Delete button Delete watermark dialog box will appear Click the OK button The selected
202. If you upload scanned data to FTP servers follow the next steps to register destination FTP servers 1 Press the MODE button on the control panel to display the Scanner Server Basic screen SERYER cx hd ME IMAGE IMAGE STOREIDELETE RECALL MEMO Up to 12 can be registered 2 Touch the SCAN key on the Scanner Server Basic screen The Please select transmission object screen will appear 0 opje P able J E Mail test aaaall manual input k44 TITLE SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK 3 Choose FTP tab on the Select Transmission Object screen If the destination FTP is already registered the profile name is displayed Please sele a on obje E Mail J abc def Address manual input PORT No SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK MEMO To change or delete registered Destinations Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Function of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual 441 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings Setting of Destinations FTP Continued 4 Tocuh the Address manual input key The Transmission Address Input screen FTP will appear and you can enter the host address and other information about the FTP server Profile Name abc cfd ffgfh Host Address f aba bmb kyoceramita co jp ipjipkpl npofp File Pass sft VEWEBX Login abc 7p
203. Information Frame Type 802 2 On 802 3 Network ID O h TCP IP Network Information Frame Type Ethernet II Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 DNS Address 0 0 0 0 WINS Name Not Registered IB1 123456 IPP Network Information Internet Printing Protocol AppleTalk Network Information Frame Type 802 SNAP On 802 3 Protocol Address Net Number 65384 Preferred AppleTalk Zone Preferred AppleTalk Type Novell inactive Peer to Peer Connection Information Printer Name IB1 123456 AppleTalk Connection Information AppleTalk Printer Name IB1 123456 TCP IP Connection Information Port Number 10001 524 Version XX XXX Connector RJ45 enable enable enable Protocol Address Not Configured Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 enable http 0 0 0 0 631 nic Print enable Node Number 224 Socket Number 129 LaserWriter Chapter 19 Copier Setup Setups on the Control Panel Steps for Network Setup A broad outline of the network setup is shown below For setups performed on the copier s control panel for functions other than network functions refer to the Section 4 Control Panel for Administrator in your User s Manual p 473 1 Press the MODE button on the control panel to get to the Printer Mode Basic screen 2 Touch Network Setup key Print on Startup TCP IP Setup CANCEL A v Jx 3 Select the necessary option from the menu and configure the setting The Network Setup men
204. L select Resolution Copies and Override Paper The setting of PCL Setup may vary depending on models of machine Test Print Menu D gt p 484 Controller Set D gt p 486 Set Default 35 p 496 483 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g Printing the Test Print You can print the test print from the control panel 1 ed Press the Mode button displays the Printer Mode Basic Screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear EJ IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default J Password Pr int Ja gt Touch the Test Print Menu key The Test Print Setup screen will appear PCL Font List PS Demo Page PS Font List Conf ig Data NIC Config Touch the key for the list you want to print the test print Touch the OK key The selected list will print The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear MEMO You can return to the Printer Mode Basic screen without printing the test print by touching the CANCEL key 484 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu I Printing the Test Print Continued The following table shows the descriptions of the selectable lists and the printed lists Item Contents PCL5e Demo Page Select to print the PCL5e Demo Page PCL5e Font List Select to print the PCL5e Font List 99 gt p 604 PS Demo Page Select to print the PS Demo Page PS Font List Select to print the installed PS
205. L5e Language HP PCL clone and includes the 80 built in Agfa Microtype fonts For a complete list refer to Appendix C Font Note e A part or all of this User s Manual may not be used or copied without permission e Kyoceramita will have no liability for any influences caused by using the printing system and this manual e Information written in this User s Manual is subject to change without notice e Kyoceramita Corporation maintains the copyright of this printer driver SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT This package contains the following materials provided by Kyoceramita Corporation Kyoceramita software includ ed as part of the printing system the digitally encoded machine readable outline data encoded in the special format and in the encrypted form Font Programs other software which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing Software Host Software and related explanatory written materials Documentation The term Software shall be used to describe Printing Software Font Programs and or Host Software and also in clude any upgrades modified versions additions and copies of the Software The Software is being licensed to you under the terms of this Agreement Kyoceramita grants to you a non exclusive sublicense to use the Software and Documentation provided that you agree to the following 10 11 You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for imaging to the licen
206. M 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in Dn O D Legal Tabloid A3 Statement 4 3 Paper source AutoSelect Tray A Output bin Default Paper type Plain Paper X Meri About Help J Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Page Setup tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Layout tab is displayed Click on the button for Portrait or Landscape of Orientation Rotated becomes available MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Step 2 is not required e For Windows 2000 XP Step 2 is not required In Step 3 click on the button for Rotate in landscape Turn on the check box of Rotated Click the OK button to close the Properties window 156 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the size of the output paper Adobe ps3 Compliant Print various sizes of documents as shown below Document size that can be selected 5 5 x 8 5 Statement 8 5 x 11 Letter 8 5 x 14 Legal 11 x 17 Tabloid A3 297 x 420 mm A4 210 x 297 mm A5 148 x 210 mm A6 105 x 148 mm B4 250 x 354 mm B5 182 x 257 mm B6 128 x 182 mm F4 8 0 x 13 8K 267 x 390 mm 16K 195 x 267 mm 5 5 x 8 5 W Statement wide 8 5 x 11 W Letter wide 11 x 17 W Tabloid wide A3W 297 x 420
207. N After having downloaded fonts turn the copier off wait 10 seconds at least then turn it back on If you don t do so you cannot use the downloaded fonts dependably For details on how to download fonts refer to the User s Guide that comes with the fonts 620 About Symbol Sets By setting the symbol set the print controller can be adapted to various character codes Appendix D Symbol Set Before changing the symbol set the symbol set now being set to the print controller should be identified G Symbol Sets List Control Panel PCL Setup SumbotsstD SY Webutiinies Printer LCD panel 7J Desktop DESKTOP 0S ISO 11 Swedish ISO 11 ol ISO 15 Italian ISO 15 2S ISO 17 Spanish ISO 17 1G ISO 21 Germany ISO 21 1E ISO 4 United Kingdom ISO 4 OU ISO 6 ASCII ISO 6 oD ISO 60 Danish ISO 60 1F ISO 69 French ISO 69 oN ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 ISO L1 2N ISO 8859 2 Latin 2 ISO L2 5N ISO 8859 9 Latin 5 ISO L5 1U Legal LEGAL 8M Math 8 MATH 8 12J MC Text MC TEXT 6J Microsoft Publishing MS PUBL 10U PC 8 PC 8 11U PC 8 D N Danish Norwegian PC 8 D N 9T PC 8 Turkish PC8 TK 12U PC 850 PC 850 17U PC 852 PC 852 15U Pi Font PI FONT 5M PS Math PS MATH 10J PS Text PS TEXT 8U Roman 8 ROMAN 8 13J Ventura International VN INTL 6M Ventura Math VN MATH 14J Ventura US VNUS 9U Windows 3 0 Latin 1 WIN 3 0 19U Windows 3 1 Latin 1 ANSI WIN L1 621
208. O For detailed information on stapling and punching refer to the instruction manual of the copier Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Job Offset Collate Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None sj Punch _ None Wait Mode c none N Click the V button beside the Punch box to select the punching positions from the list MEMO The default is Off Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 388 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To adjust a printing position inside the paper Adobe PS3 compliant Image Shift Adjust the details of the printing position to the output paper Ex When the settings are shifted to the right by 100 and down by 300 Unit 0 1 mm j ABC Shifted down I by 30 mm by 10 mm G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0ro3 Printer 151 12345 Destination Printer Specific Optio sop onset n s PrintPosition None Combinatom None Fold Stitch None T Stapling None Punch None T watMese Nene 5 A 2 Click the V button beside the Image Shift to select ON from the list When ON is selected the prints are made at the position s
209. On is selected prints documents with the binding mego eno Oft On margins set up from the LCD 9 a o 9 Panel of copier Inserts a paper on the top of Front Cover None Printed Blank each set of copies as a front Oo Oo o o Oo cover by the selected method None Manual Feed Front Cover Use the paper of a selected Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 tray as a front cover Oo Oo Oo o Oo Tray 4 Inserts a paper on the bottom of each set of copies as a Back Cover None Printed Blank back cover by the selected Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo method When Printed Blank is set up None Manual Feed in Back Cover Manual Feed nnd Cimon Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 oe rus S esca is automatically selected as Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo y Tray 4 y Back Cover Tray if you set up None in Back Cover Tray Pl Inserts a sheet from the PI Tray Front None On Tray to the top of each set of o Oo Oo o Oo y Copies Inserts a sheet from the PI Pl Tray Back None On Tray to the bottom of each set Oo Oo Oo Oo 9 of copies None Type Type2 Smoothing Type3 Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Toner Save Normal Toner Save Draft Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo i rint at th Tandem Print Off On Two copiers printatthe EMEN o NAME o E same time 601 Function List PostScript3 Option Continued Appendix B Function List Paper Output 95 NT win Win Setting Items Set Value Desc
210. P 545 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me F Using IP Peer to Peer Continued 3 Click the Yes button Choose Destination Directory window will appear Choose Destination Directory xi Setup will install IP P2P in the following directory To install to this directory click Next To install to a different directory click Browse and select another directory You can choose not to install IP P2P by clicking Cancel to exit Setup Destination Directory C Program FilesXP P2P Browse Cancel MEMO The default destination directory is C Program Files IP P2P To change this click the Browse button to select a destination directory 4 Click the Next button Select Program Folder window will appear Select Program Folder x Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the Existing Folders list Click Next to continue Program Folder IP P2P Existing Folders Accessories Internet Explorer KRDSV5 MAP Online Services Scan Direct It Snag 32 zl bark in lt Back Cancel 5 Click the Next button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation G Uninstallation of IP Peer to Peer When uninstalling the IP Peer to Peer perform the following procedure 1 Change the printer port or delete the p
211. P TCP IP settings must have already been set up on your computer You need the accompanying CD ROM which includes the printer driver T Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Printers and Faxes of the Start menu Double click Add a printer to run Add Printer Wizard Click Next button Choose Network printer and click Next button Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use Local printer attached to this computer To set up a network printer that is not attached to a print server use the Local printer option lt Back Nest Cancel Choose Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet Enter the copier s URL in the URL field like this http printer s IP address 631 ipp In the printer s IP address column enter the IP address assigned to your Network Inteface Card Alternatively you can enter the host name of the copier s NIC s host name A If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer you cannot access the your printer over IPP For more information see your network adminisrator Click Next The Add Printer Wizard will appear The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer driver of the Add Printer Wizard 90 p 91 Installing to Windows XP PCL5e 567 Chapter 23 NetWare Conf
212. PCL on LPT1 Properties Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overy About p Watermark Test None No watermar Adjustment Move Rotate New TE Restore Defaults ma 2 Click the Select Bitmap button in the Symbol field The Open overlay file dialog box will appear Open overlay file BE File name Folders ok Em Qr windows Network C alluse 1 E appli E catroot C command gt List files of type Drives Bitmap Files bmp E ec M ly Important In advance create a file which will be an overlay and save it as a bitmap 3 Selecta bitmap file to save overlay data from the folder field and click the OK button File name selected in the File box of the Symbol field is shown 4 f you do not use the transparent design immediately for printing select None from the list shown when you click the V button beside the File box in the Symbol field 268 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To create a Overlay Continued 5 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 269 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a Overlay Compliant Overlay Set a watermark and print it on the output paper when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used ABCD Operating procedures of 1 Open Overlay tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Wind
213. Position Bue 20 3 grin Choose Color Position relative to center 000 4 yoo 4 lin Lox Cancel Help Enter the text to be used as a watermark in the Text box MEMO The default is Helvetica Click the V button beside the Font box to display the list Then select a font to be used by watermark from the list Click the A V button beside the Size box to specify the point size of a watermark in a value from 7 to 600 MEMO e The default is 72 By selecting a number in the Size box a size can be directly entered 274 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To create a new Watermark Continued 6 Click the V button beside the Style box to display the list Then select a style to be used by watermark from the list Regular Bold Italic Bold Italic can be selected MEMO The default is Bold Click the A V button beside the box in the Angle field to specify the angle of a watermark in a value from 90 to 90 The angle can be also specified by shifting the slider beside the box in the Angle field to the left and right MEMO e The default is 0 e By selecting a number in the box in the Angle field a angle can be directly entered To automatically position a watermark at the center turn on the Auto matically center button MEMO The default is ON To specify the position of a watermark turn on the Position relative to center button MEMO
214. Print Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup dialog box or the Print The Page Setup dialog box will appear 8 7 0re3 Printer E Paper Ad Orientation m El Scale eie O Booklet a 4 Ni 2 Checkan expression at the upper right of the screen 3 Press the Cancel button to close the Page Setup 415 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh J To set the memory installed in the printer Adobe PS3 compliant Set the printer driver to recognize the memory installed in the printer from the Print AN Ask your system administrator to set the value for the installed memory properly G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Configure iz Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Installable Options Memory Configuration 64MB RAM Finisher Sheet Feeder Trimmer Unit Punch Unit None 6 E C3 2 Click the V button beside Memory Configuration the Memory Con figuration box to select the value for the installed memory from the list MEMO The default is 64MB 3 Click the OK button to close the Configure 416 Chapter 7 Tandem Print To print with two copiers AdobePS3 Compliant Using two copiers master copier and sub copier prints can be made at the same time under the same printing conditions When printing a large number of copies time required to complete the job can be shortened
215. Printing System 2 Print Controller UG 1 PostScript3 Option IB 1 Network Interface Card Option User s Manual Thank you very much for purchasing the Print Controller This User s Manual includes instructions for printing handling the machine correctly and safety precau tions Please read this manual before performing any printing operations or using the equipment in any way In order to maintain satisfactory printing performance Please read this manual before printing or using the equipment in any way COPYRIGHT 2002 by Kyoceramita Corporation ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Microsoft MS and MS DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Inc in the United States Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation HP and PCL are registered trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company Agfa Microtype font is a registered trademark of Agfa Corporation PEERLESS is a registered trademark of PEERLESS SYSTEMS CORPORATION Apple Macintosh and Mac are registered trademarks or trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Adobe Adobe Logo Acrobat Acrobat Logo PostScript and PostScript Logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc Other company names and product names used in this manual are the registered trademarks or trade marks of their respective companies MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT The Print Controller will give you many years o
216. RINTER DRIVERS TO YOUR COMPUTER YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE The computer programs embedded in the equipment and User Documentation are licensed not sold to You by Kyoceramita Corporation Kyoceramita or LICENSOR The term Software shall be used to describe accompanying Printer Drivers software included as part of the printing system including PostScript software and other Adobe software Printing Software digitally encoded machine readable outline data encoded in the special format and in the encrypted form Font Programs and or other software which runs on a com puter system for use in conjunction with the Printing Software Host Software and related explanatory written materials Documentation Upgrades Modified Versions Additions and Copies of the Software the Software This license agreement represents the entire agreement concerning the Software between You and Kyoceramita and it supersedes any prior proposal representation or understanding between the parties Kyoceramita reserves any rights not expressly granted to You This package may contain third party software provided by Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe or other suppliers in which case Kyoceramita grants to you a non exclusive sublicense to use the Software and Documentation provided that you agree to the following 1 LICENSE GRANT You do not receive title to the Software or User Documentation Licensor grants to You and You acce
217. Script Type 3 font e When Type 42 is selected font that is a TrueType font Type 42 that can be used by the Post Script printer is sent e When Don t send is selected a font is not sent This is set when a font can be provided by the net work spooler 5 When Outline is selected in Step 4 click the A V button beside the Threshold to switch between downloading bitmap or outline fonts measured in pixels in pixel size at the current resolution box and specify a font size to change when the Printer driver sends the True Type font as bitmap font or sends outline font When 0 is specified outline is always sent MEMO e The default is 100 By selecting a number in the box a value can be directly entered 6 Click the OK button The Send Fonts As dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Properties window T Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 307 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set a method for sending PostScript Adobe PS3 Compliant For Adobe PS3 printer driver you can specify how to send PostScript fonts in the computer to the printer ly Important The settings made in the Printers Properties are applied to all applications Make sure to set fonts in the Printers Properties The settings made in the Properties window that is opened from an application are valid only while the application is being used Operating procedures of Ado
218. Select X Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cx For Windows XP Adobe PS3 printer driver E Kyocera Mita KM B530 PostScript Printing Preferences PR Layout Paper Quality Orientation Portrait O Landscape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides None O Flip on Long Edge O Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back O Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 v emen 149 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window of Windows XP Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Layout and Paper Quality 150 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the paper related items The size and direction of the paper can be set as shown below 523333323232333232323232323323232323323232323232323252 To set the orientation PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set the orientation to output paper in Portrait or Landscape 35 p 153 To set the orientation gt BC U ABCDEF Portrait Landscape 59323323233233323332333233323332333233323232529 To print in rotation Adobe PS3 Print in rotation when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used 35 p 155 To print in rotation Rotation ABCDEF 3aqosv 53233232333333333333232323232323232323232323232529 To
219. Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A v JX 3 Touch the Resolution key and then touch the OK key The Resolution Set screen will appear 400 x 400 dpi 4 Touch the key for the resolution that you want to set 5 Touch the OK key The resolution is set according to your selection The Set Default screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 498 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setting the Default Value for the Duplex You can set the default printing direction at the duplex printing from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A v JX 3 Touch the Duplex key and then touch the OK key The Duplex Set screen will appear Long Edge Short Edge 4 Touch the key for the printing direction at the duplex printing that you want to set MEMO e Off set Duplex off Default e Long Edge set Long Edge Duplex e Short Edge set Short Edge Dup
220. Set this item if the printer does not print fonts properly G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup PostScript Options PostScript Options Visual Effects O Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical O Invert Image a Image amp Text M Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text 4 Smooth Graphics Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts 2 Turnon or off the Unlimited Downloadable Fonts check box MEMO The default is ON 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 409 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To check the printer driver setting You can check the settings before print or perform the test printing to check the current settings gt c dvdd000809999393339393939393393908388 83939333399 To test print to check the settings Wait with Proof Adobe PS3 Check the test printing output and the current settings from the control panel D gt p 411 To test print to check the settings 5535355295252525295 25 25 2525252952952952952952525252525 25 252525225252 To check the current settings before printing Wait Adobe PS3 Check the current settings from the control panel before printing D gt p 413 To check the current settings before printing 5535359595252525255 25 2525252529529529529525252525252525252525252 To check the version of the printer driver Adobe PS3 Check the version of the printer driver from the Print D gt p 415 To
221. Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Right click the icon for the printer you want to delete Then select Delete button The confirmation message will appear 1 Are you sure you want to delete the printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Click the Yes The printer is uninstalled MEMO If the printer has been set as the default printer the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion Select the Server Properties from the File menu of the Printers window The Print Server Properties window will appear Open the Drivers tab of the Print Server Properties window Select the printer driver you want to delete from the Installed printer drivers Then click the Remove The confirmation message will appear 124 Chapter 4 How to Setup F Updating the Printer Driver Windows 2000 Continued 8 Click the Yes The printer driver is deleted uninstalled 9 Restart the computer ly Important To avoid the system failure make sure to restart the computer after deleting the printer driver 10 Then go to Installing a Printer Driver D gt p 42 125 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating the Printer Driver Windows XP To update the Windows XP compatible printer driver ly Impo
222. TION This License Agreement is effective upon the purchase and acceptance of the Equip ment by You or the downloading of any Software or Printer Driver from Kyoceramita S Website or other authorized electronic medium and shall continue until terminated This License Agreement will termi nate upon Your sale transfer or disposal of the Equipment having the Software embedded therein Licensor may terminate this License Agreement upon the breach by You of any term hereof Upon such termination by Licensor You agree to delete the Software and Printer Drivers from the hard drive of the Product destroy all copies of the Software and Printer Drivers from the hard drive of the Equip ment and destroy all copies of the Software and Printer Drivers and User Documentation LICENSE FEES The license fees of 250 00 included in the purchase price of the Equipment paid by You are paid in consideration of the license granted under this License Agreement LIMITED WARRANTY Licensor warrants for Your benefit alone for a period of 90 days from the date of commencement of this License Agreement referred to as the Warranty Period that the Software and Printer Drivers shall operate substantially in accordance with the functional specifications in the User Documentation Kyoceramita specifically does not warrant that the Software or Printer Drivers will operate uninterrupted or error free If during the Warranty Period a defect in the Software or Printer Drivers a
223. The default is 21 FTP Timeout Lets you enter an FTP timeout value between 1 and 60 sec The default is 15 sec 535 Chapter 19 Copier Setup g Setups on the Control Panel Continued GO Email Setup Lets you set up settings for sending scanned image data by way of Email SMTP Server Name Lets you enter the name of an SMTP server e A maximum of 239 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL SMTP Port Number Lets you enter an SMTP port number between 1 to 65535 The default is 25 SMTP Timeout Lets you enter an SMTP timeout value between 1 to 60 sec The default is 15 sec 536 Chapter 19 Copier Setup g Setups on the Control Panel Continued Max Message Size Lets you enter a maximum SMTP message size between 10 to 1000 x 100 KB The default is 999 x 100 KB MEMO This sets the maximum capacity that the SMTP server can receive for one email From Lets you enter the system administrator s Email address All returned mails from the system are sent back to the system administrator at this address e A maximum of 239 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Subjects Lets you enter the subject of an Email within the length of 45 characters alphanumeric CAPITAL Message Body Lets you enter an Email body text up to 239 characters alphanumeric
224. The default is Off 10 when the Position relative to center button is clicked click the A V button beside the x and y boxes to specify the relative position from the center in a numeric value The unit of specified value is cm MEMO e The defaults are 0 00 0 00 e By selecting a number in the x and y boxes a value can be directly entered 11 Click the A V button beside the Red Green and Blue boxes to specify the color of a watermark Color can also be specified in the Color dialog box displayed by clicking the Choose Color button MEMO e The defaults are 120 120 120 e By selecting a number in the Red Green and Blue boxes a value can be directly entered 12 Confirm a newly created watermark on the preview display 13 Click the OK button The New Watermark dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Properties window In the Select a watermark box a newly created watermark is displayed MEMO Newly created watermarks can be selected from the list displayed 14 Select None from the Select a watermark box 275 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To create a new Watermark Continued 15 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 276 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a Watermark AdobePS3 Compliant Watermark Set a watermark and print it on the output paper when this printing system is used
225. Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any reproductions thereof shall remain with the owner of the third party software and Kyoceramita TRADEMARKS Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of the trademark owner s name Trademarks can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership to that trademark LICENSOR S RIGHTS You acknowledge and agree that the Licensed Articles including but not lim ited to the Software and the Documentation are owned by Licensor and its suppliers and its structure organization and code are proprietary and valuable trade secrets of Licensor or its suppliers United States Copyright Law and International Treaty Provisions also protect the Licensed Articles and Docu mentation including but not limited to the Software and the Documentation You further acknowledge and agree that all right title and interest in and to the Licensed Articles including associated intellec tual property rights are and shall remain with Licensor or its supplier Licensor s suppliers may protect their rights in the Licensed Articles in the event of a violation of this License Agreement This License Agreement does not convey to You an interest in or to the Licensed Articles but only a limited right of use revocable in accordance with the terms of this License Agreement TERMINA
226. Window Windows 2000 displayed by clicking the Detailed setting that has been displayed by clicking the printer icon Window displayed by selecting Print setting Window displayed by selecting Properties Window displayed by clicking the printer icon Window Windows XP displayed by clicking the Detailed setting that has been displayed by clicking the printer icon Window displayed by selecting Print setting Window displayed by selecting Properties The name and the details of these windows vary depending on the type of the OS and the printer driver used Refer to the following for the difference due to the OS and printer driver e For Windows 95 98 Me o gt p 132 e For Windows NT4 0 p 135 e For Windows 2000 de gt p 139 e For Windows XP gt p148 In this section these Windows are collectively called the Properties window The following explanation will be given by using the Properties window corresponding to those encircled a bold line in the table above displayed from the Print dialog box that is frequently used The OS is Windows 98 in this manual as an example Supplementary explanation are given when differences arise due to Operating System PCL5e is mentioned in the explanation of the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver related matters Adobe PS3 is mentioned in the explanation of the Adobe PS3 printer driver related matters 130 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows
227. Windows 95 98 Me MS DOS prompt or at Windows NT 2000 command prompt you can use the arp command to assign the IP address to the network interface card It is necessary that TCP IP is set up correctly on the computer to execute the arp command Perform the following procedure At Windows 95 98 Me select Start Programs MS DOS prompt At Windows NT 2000 XP select Start Programs Accessories Command prompt Execute the arp command For example if the MAC address of the network interface card is 00 11 22 33 44 55 and the IP address to assign is 192 168 0 128 then input as shown below and then press Enter Example C gt arp s 192 168 0 128 00 11 22 33 44 55 Turn off the main power supply to the main body printer then turn it back on A Status Page will be output Check that the IP address is correctly set in the list Or when about 5 minutes have passed after having restarted the print controller and the main body printer using the ping command check that the network interface card responds correctly The ping command is also executed at Windows 95 98 Me MS DOS prompt or Windows NT 2000 Command prompt An exam ple of executing a ping command is shown below Example C gt ping 192 168 0 128 Open the prompt window as in 1 Execute the ping command for the assigned IP address In this case no response is returned from the network interface card Example c gt ping 192 168 0 128 522 Cha
228. X 4 0 system Run SMIT Printer Select Print Spooling Select Add a Print Queue Select Remote Use Standard Processing Assign a queue name Use the host address of the Network Interface Card for the Remote System Use PORT1 for the queue on the remote system Add a description optional 10 Press Enter to generate Installation is complete Test your printer by executing the following command lp d lt queue_name gt lt file name gt 575 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up an HP UX Remote Printer to Use Ipd Ou Rh WN T 8 9 Set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card using the Ipd of the net work interface card To do this At the prompt type sam When a window appears select Printer Plotter Manager When the menu appears select List printer and plotters When a list appears select Actions in the title bar From the pull down menu select Add Remote Printer When a window appears add values to configure the network interface card See example below Data Requested Example Description of Input Data Printer Name myprinter name to be used in lp command Remote System Name fastprint Network Interface Card hostname as in etc hosts Remote printer Name PORT1 lpd queue name At the bottom of the screen select Remote Printer is on BSD system from the three choices availabl
229. a printer attached to another computer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer attached to this computer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select Local printer attached to this com puter When selecting the Local printer attached to this computer turn the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer setting off rips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting Local printer attached to this com puter step 1 MEMO gt gt gt p94 92 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued T Clickthe Next button If you have selected the Local printer attached to this computer at step 6 the window to select the printer port will appear In this case go to When selecting the Local printer attached to this com puter D gt p 94 Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port EZB ER ce IE RR v Note Mast computers use
230. a system error G Connection without a print server peer to peer LL Windows 95 98 Me I 100Base TX 10Base T H bi m X v Uv n N Copier The flow of the print job Ipd Ipr AppleTalk Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Macintosh MEMO The PS3 option is required to print data from Macintosh You can use the copier as the network printer without a print server on the network If such is the case the print ing protocol is different depending on your OS Each computer treats the copier as the local printer Windows 95 98 Me The IP peer to peer is used for the connection from Windows 95 98 Me To connect use the program IP P2P and IPX P2P is stored in the attached CD ROM 35 p 544 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Use Ipd Ipr the standard print server protocol for TCP IP to print data from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP 99 p 557 Macintosh Mac OS X is not supported Use AppleTalk EtherTalk to print data from Macintosh the PS3 option must be installed in the computer to print from Macintosh 95 p 581 30 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller I Ethernet Connection Continued G Connection using IPP Internet Printing Protocol Internet IPP Windows 2000 XP IPP Internet Printin
231. age setting Page Attributes t Orientation a Scale m O Booklet v2 a Ni mcm 91 0rc Print dialog box This dialog box is opened from an application You can set various functions 370rc8 copies 1 O Reverse Order Pages All Omm Jre LA Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select Q First page from Tray 1 o e Remaining from Trayi ay e 333 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Displaying the Configure dialog box Select Chooser from Apple Menu Make sure that Active is selected in the AppleTalk box T 2 3 Click the AdobePS icon 4 Click the printer name for your PS3 printing system from the Select a PostScript Printer list H Chooser B Select a PostScript Printer ie Se ATALK_PS 1BFESD 1 AdobePS pee ATALK PS TBFEFG 1 is S 1B1_123456 PRB53070 P2 FaxPrint icr oe PRBS3070 S1 Active Q Inactive 762 AppleTa k 5 Click the Setup button if you are using the printing system for the first time A dialog box will appear ie Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Auto Setup Select PPD Printer Info Configure Cancel 6 Click the Configure button The Configure dialog box will appear iz Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Instal
232. ages in reverse order Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Punch None Wait Mode None Change setting for Output Order Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced Printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select the Output Order from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select Face up from the list For the Output Order box Face up or Face down is available When Face up is selected paper is output with its front up When Face down is selected paper is output with its front down MEMO The default is Face down Click the OK button to close the Properties window 215 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Front amp Back amp Thick Cover Insertion Sheet Make settings to print not only pages but also a front cover back cover insertion sheet and thick cover 53323232323333232332323232323232323232323323232323252529 To set a Front Cover PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set a front cover for which paper i
233. ait C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 hd None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper fed Default Paper Source Auto Select hd P PassmodPint Se For Windows 98 Adobe PS3 printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks ize Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in Legal Tabloid A3 H Orientation N 6 Botta Adobe C Landscape J Boteted Online Paper control Duplex None Fe oe 1 gj 3j Paper source AutoSelect Tray Dutput bin Default Paper type Plain Paper zj ulansin About Help J Restore Defaults cmt J The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript and Watermarks 132 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows 95 98 Me Continued The Properties window displayed from the Printers window By clicking the Properties button with the Printers window displayed from an application of Windows 95 98 Me the following Properties window appears T 2 3 Turn on the computer to start up Windows 95 98 Me Select Start Settings Printers from the task bar The Printers window will appear Right click the printer icon of t
234. alk network e A maximum of 32 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Limitation You cannot use the following symbols colon at mark asterisk tilde equal sign left parenthesis right parenthe sis hyphen Zone Name Lets you enter the zone in which the Network Interface Card sits Leave the field blank if there are no zones to specify on networks without seed routers No prints can be produced without specifying the correct zone e A maximum of 32 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL 533 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued GO WINS Setup Lets you set up settings for printing over a NetBIOS network NetBIOS Name Lets you enter the NetBIOS name of the copier e A maximum of 15 bytes of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Primary Server This is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots Example 192 168 0 1 Secondary Server This is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots Example 192 168 0 1 534 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued FTP Setup Lets you set up settings for sending scanned image data to FTP servers FTP Port Number Lets you enter an FTP port number between 1 and 65535
235. all active Windows applications if required 4 Click the Add a printer icon of the Printers and Faxes window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer E Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections i If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects through a USB part or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue click Next 7 ae 5 Click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard window to select the printer connection will appear Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use v Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer To set up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 91 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 6 Select the Local printer attached to this computer or the A network printer or
236. allOn ciiin ironic tesa auia secu uo ua 5a eoa a ecu r t kh tror TEE e dasasaanccettideastusbusccestivedssnaeetess 155 To set the size of the output paper esseeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeee nnne nennen nnn nnn nn nnn nnn annnm nnns 157 To set the type of manual feed paper ueeeeeeesseeeeeseeeeeeeeen nennen nnne tnmen nn nnn nnn 160 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio ceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne 164 To set the printing position of the wide paper 1 eeeeeeeeeeeeeseee eene 167 I2uorSurgnpnfeee vc M 169 To set the paper tray ie oassxadscsuss pnus adi da dad ccu IER Dax E DE nEDUNHDUGE QR QUSE MEN EAE QS 171 To set the Large Capacity Tray sscecccssciascccsasciccscanneessnceecenenteecansontedansceredancseredanccerenasceennatacees 173 To set the Bypass tray Manual feed eeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeseee eene nennen nnns 176 IDr2su Ads 179 To S t the Qu tp t tray aem araia EEn 182 To print multiple copies ssssnnssnnnnnnnennnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn nnmnnn nnna 185 To set the number of copies to be printed essent 187 Contents Continued ICXsungrxdxeee 189 To print page by page collectively lleeeeeeee ess
237. alled in the print controller from the computer in which Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP It is recommended that you register the destination from the control panel of the copier before sending the scanned data via Email or upload it to an FTP server The following shows the outline of the preparation procedures of the network scanner MEMO Refer to Section 3 How to Scan for detailed information on the network scanner features 95 p 431 Connect the print controller to Ethernet with a UTP cable Configure computers that are connected to the LAN first Set up the network configuration such as the IP address for the print controller and so on Configure the IP address from the control panel of the copier for the first time Register the destination Register the SMTP server or the FTP server to which the scanned data is sent from the control panel of the copier Install the network scanner driver in the computer C Tips The network scanner driver is required to use your computer to retrieve or delete the scanned data stored in the hard disk of the print controller lh Important When scanning large amount of drafts print data will not be printed while the scanned data is transferred to the hard disk of the print controller Wait until the transfer completes 36 Section How to Print Chapter 4 How to Setup 38 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows
238. ame If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select whether to share the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users If you want to share this printer you must provide a share name You can use the suggested name or type a new one The share name will be visible to other network users 14 Select whether to share the printer or not Select Share as or Do not share this printer checkbox MEMO When you select Share as you can input the shared name in the textbox 96 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 15 click the Next button If you have selected Do not share this printer at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear In this case go to step 18 gt gt gt p 98 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page z Do you want to print a test page Yes O Na lt Back Next gt Cancel If you have selected Share as at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window to enter location and comment will appear In this case
239. ame of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to assign a port will appear Click the port you want to use with this printer and then click Next Available ports Configure Port lt Back Cancel Select the port to which the printing system is connected Select LPT port when the printing system is used as a local printer 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to specify the printer name will appear You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below When you have finished cli Printer name kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer lt Back f e Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you are installing the first printer to your computer the Default printer setting will not appear The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer 46 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e Continued 13 Click the Next button The next
240. an also be made 35 p 306 To replace TrueType with the printer font 5333332323232323232323232323232325323233333323232325929 To set a method for sending PostScript Adobe PS3 Set a method for sending the PostScript font of the computer to the printer when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used D gt p 308 To set a method for sending PostScript 532323232323232323332323333232333232323332323232325929 To add the Euro currency mark to the font Adobe PS3 Add the Euro mark to the PostScript font when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used 35 p 310 To add the Euro currency mark to the font 53333323232333232323332332323233323232323232323252 To download the font information Adobe PS3 Make the printer driver recognize the PostScript information of the printer as needed when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used D gt p 311 To download the font information 303 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print without using printer fonts Adobe PS3 Compliant Make settings so that printing is done without using the printer font when this printing system is used When the printer font is not used the printing data is increased but the same printing result is obtained Operating procedures of 1 Open Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties WE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About r
241. and Paper Quality 146 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows XP Continued The Properties window displayed from the Printers and Faxes window When the Properties window of Windows XP is displayed from the Printers and Faxes window the two Properties windows appear as shown below The following procedures are used When using the Properties menu 1 Turnon the computer to start up Windows XP 2 Select Start Printers and Faxes from the task bar 3 The Printers and Faxes window will appear Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Prop erties The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used For Windows XP Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver E Kyocera Mita KM B530 PCL Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Setup About Location Comment Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Features Color No Paper available Double sided Yes Staple Unknown Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 600 dpi Printing Preferences __ Print TestPage _ For Windows XP Adobe PS3 printer driver General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings Location Comment Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Features Color No Paper available Double sided Yes Letter Staple No Speed 85 ppm Maximum resolution
242. annacimennenne 498 Setting the Default Value for the Duplex eese 499 Setting the Default Orientation eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 501 Setting the Number of Pages to Copy eene 503 Setting the Override Paper eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenn nennen 504 Chapter 17 Print Job Control suus 505 Using the Forced Output Function eeeeeeeeeeeeenerneen 505 Reserving a Print JOD sccssssscisscissatinascecscectcctnvaninansawewetiwascwasavasesssvsieracscabanice 506 Canceling a Print Job 1 acini nnn tn tna dkd kn aduana CH hand nsc d dox uera i cupa 507 Confirming the Canceled Print Job eere 509 Deleting a Password Print Job 1ueee eee eeeee erre nennen 510 Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator Chapter 18 Network Function Overview 513 Network Function of Print Controller ceres 513 Accompanied Utilities ccn 514 Network setting procedures cccccccceccssssssssseenennenneceneneneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 515 Chapter 19 Copier Setup ssssssssssuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 519 General Description of the Network Setup 519 Outputing the Status Pa
243. aper source used for back cov O O O Tray Tray 3 ers Tray 4 Off On ym Sheet Insertion Blank This function is used when inter o o o sheets are used Printed Sheet Insertion _ This function is used to specify o o o Cover tab Pages the page to be inserted Bypass tray Tray 1 This function is used to select a Sheet Insertion Tray 2 paper source used for inter O O O Tray Tray 3 sheets Tray 4 Sheet Insertion Off On This function is used to perform o o o Advanced advanced settings Press this button to open Sheet Sheet Insertion _ Insertion Advanced Settings o o o Settings dialog Specify the page to be inserted per each tray PI Cover Sheet Off On This function is used when PI o o o cover sheets are used None Specify the tray you intend to PI Front Cover On use with PI Front Cover Sheet E None Specify the tray you intend to PI Back Cover On use with PI Back Cover Sheet p Restore This function is used to return o o o Defaults the settings to default settings This function is used to show About tab version information of the O O O printer driver 600 Function List PostScript3 Option Printer Special Functions Appendix B Function List 95 E 3 men NT Win Win Setting Items Set Value Description Note ue 40 2000 XP Mac When On is selected every Job Offset Off On set of copies is offset upon Oo O
244. aper type is fed from Manual feed Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo leave Blank OHP with Manual Feed f Interleave Print User For paper type settings o defined type each tray except Manual typ feed sets up from the copier For details see the Copier User s Manual Units Inches Millimeters Prints with the margins set Mos Top Bottom Left Right using the specified unit E f Prints the selected page s Layout 1 2 4 6 9 16 Booklet GS dct Oo Oo Oo o Oo Prints the page border when es the check box is checked in o 9 over 2 up Layout printing Ge Graphic 95 h F E NT Win Win Setting Items Set Value Description Note PN 40 2000 XP Mac Resolution 400 dpi 600 dpi pini wii gpeviteel stelle fe gt z Oo Prints the document image Scaling 25 400 reduced or enlarged to the 1 1000 WindowsNT 2000 Oo Oo Oo o 0 specified value Special Print i 1 Prints with black and white Negative Output Psa negative reversed under selection WindowsNT 2000 7 9 9 9 image Special Print 3 A Prints with left and right Mirrored Output BS a mior reversed under selection WindowsNT 2000 9 9 Q image Convert gray Prints the image after con text to Post verting gray text to Post Oo Script gray Script gray Convert 5 graphiosto SEE ff BE PostScript Scri 3 A P gray pt gray 602 Appendix B Function List Function List PostScript3 Option Continu
245. apter 15 Control Panel ccccccsssssssseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenssenseeeeeees 474 Names and Functions of the Control Panel 474 Switching Between Modes ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne 475 LGD TOUCH Scree iocos onini i ERU VD eB L NU aane 476 Basic Screen 478 Confirming the Status of a Print Job eere 479 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu 481 Setting up the Printer from the Control Panel 481 Printing th Test Print iouis sin Gro cie pbenani ses LoUd evi SEEN KEeCCEECKEEKR ECCO DER 484 Setting the Banner Page ccccsesseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesneeneeeeeeeeesseeneeeees 486 Setting the Banner Page Tray cccssssseescesessesseeeeeeeessseeeeeeesenneeeeneeeees 488 Setting the Job Time Out nisi rina neni ed anui aar inu axsk vain Radon iE Ve eV aa ans nnmn 489 14 I Contents Continued Setting the Copier Time Out s ssssnnnsennnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nn 490 Setting the ScanDataAutoDel ccccseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 492 Setting the PDL c 494 Setting the Default Paper size s nsssunsssnnnnrnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenna 496 Setting the Resol ti n sii sssicsinsicicncasunesmnanncacuepeianmuseecnmnadeienenaswenc
246. ar E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A v JX 3 Touch the Override Paper key and then touch the OK key The Override Paper Set screen will appear 8 5x11 gt A4 A4 gt 8 5x1l 4 Touch the key for the override papaer that you want to set 5 Touch the OK key The override paper is set according to your selection The Set Default screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 504 Chapter 17 Print Job Control Chane Using the Forced Output Function You can use the forced output function from the control panel in this printing system Forced Output When the tray runs out of preset size papers or when the tray does not contain papers whose size meets the demand from the printer driver the printing system displays a message prompting the user to load addi tional papers The process by which the user selects a different size paper on the operation panel and lets printing con tinue is referred to as Force Output MEMO When you choose not to use Forced Output delete the print job and change the setting concerned on the applica tion or set the re
247. ard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows 2000 2 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer 3 Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings of the Start menu and click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required 4 Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Cancel 71 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 5 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer ally detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer Select the Local printer or the Network printer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select Loca
248. aring Ports Advanced Security Device Settings d Kyocera Mita KM 8530 Posts crip Location Comment Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Features Color No Paper available Double sided Yes Letter a Staple No Speed 85 ppm Maximum resolution 600 dpi zi Printing Preferences Print Test Page Cancel Apply MEMO By clicking the Printing Preference button of the General tab you can display the same window as the one dis played by using the Printing Preference shown on the next page Do p 143 141 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Setup and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security and Device Settings 142 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 Continued When using the Printing Preference menu 1 2 3 Turn on the computer to start up Windows 2000 Select Start Settings Printers from the task bar The Printers window will appear Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Print ing Preference The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be chang
249. arks Overlay About l Li Eeatures 3 a Iv Collate 3 Fold amp Stitch ait Mode A Dutput Order joe Smoothing n Portrait u Paper Size Duplex gr m J None zi Media Type Output Tray Plain paper s Default z Paper Source Auto Select hd T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help Click the A V button beside the Copies box to set the number of copies to be printed MEMO e The default is 1 e The maximum number of copies to be set is 9999 e tis also possible to select a numeric value in the range given in the Copies box and enter directly the number of copies to be printed Click the OK button to close the Properties window 187 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set the number of copies to be printed Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 When the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used printing is made in the number of copies set in the Print dialog box of an application Using Windows 98 Properties Status Default printer Ready Type Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Where LPT1 I Print to file r Print range All C Pages from fi to Selection 188 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print by sets Adobe PS3 Compliant Collate Print the first one set of copies in one lot and then the second set of copies the third set of copies
250. as or Do not share this printer checkbox 86 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued 15 Click the Next button If you have selected Do not share this printer at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window to per form the test print will appear In this case go to step 18 gt gt p 88 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page lt Back Cancel If you have selected Share as at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window to enter location and comment will appear In this case go to step 16 Add Printer Wizard Location and Comment You have the option of supplying a location and description of this printer You can describe the location and capabilities of this printer This information may be helpful to users Location Comment Hm _ _ A _ _ _____ _ _ 16 1 you have selected Share as at step 14 enter the location of the shared printer and comment in the Location and Comment textbox 87 g Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued 17 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page ii To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page gt Do you want to print a test page 18 Select Whether to perf
251. ation Directory window will appear Choose Destination Directory MEMO By default setting the destination folder is C Program Files MAP To change this press the Browse button to specify a folder 4 Click the Next button Select Program Folder window will appear Select Program Folder lt lt ON 5 Click the Next button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation 541 Chapter 19 Copier Setup Using MAP Continued G Setting up MAP As a result of executing the MAP setup program two programs MAP Setup and MAP are installed The MAP Setup is a program to set up a necessary environment for MAP which identifies the network interface cards To use the MAP it is necessary to execute the MAP Setup program first To start the MAP Setup program select Start Programs Map MAP Setup When the program starts the following display will appear E MAP Setup IV Search for IPX based printers V Search for IP based printers Help Max Hops for IP Search p At the MAP Setup stage you need to specify protocols used by the network interface cards and a maximum IP hop number To do this indicate check mark next to Search for IPX based printers for IPX based net work interface cards and Search for IP based printers for IP based network interface cards When using an IP protocol specify Max Hops for IP Search in which ca
252. aving no valid password MEMO The writing may be different depending on the specification of each country e USA market Printer ECM e Other Printer EKC The term Printer ECM EKC is used for the description here e Adopts E RDH Electronic Recirculating Document Handler The E RDH system temporarily stores print data in the E RDH memory in the copier and prints it as the selected setting The copier has 128 MB of memory as standard and can be expanded to 512 MB MEMO E RDH memory varies depending on models of machine For details refer to the Copier s User s Guide 25 Chapter Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller The Print Controller Functions The main functions of this print controller fall into three broad categories e Print controller features e Scanning features e Network features ly Important The network interface card is an optional Print controller features These features allow you to use the copier as a printer When a print job is executed from an application on a computer the print data is sent to the print controller via a parallel interface IEEE 1284 or a network The interpreter in the print controller rasterizes the print data to image data the bitmap extracting process The image data is sent to the print engine in the copier via the PCI bus The print engine in the copier receives the image data from the video interface card through the PCI bus and starts printing Even
253. be PS3 1 Open Fonts tab in Printers Properties Opened from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Iv Substitute printer fonts for TrueType fonts when applicable Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Update Soft Fonts Restore Defaults MEMO Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function 2 Click the Send Fonts As The Send Fonts As dialog box will appear Send Fonts As MES r TrueType fonts Send TrueType fonts as i AA Threshold to switch between downloading bitmap or outline fonts measured in pixels in pixel size at the current resolution o a r PostScript fonts Send PostScript fonts as In Native Format hd n Pad Cancel J Help Restore Defaults 308 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a method for sending PostScript Continued 3 Click the V button beside the Send PostScript fonts as box of the PostScript fonts field to specify how to send the PostScript fonts from the list e f you specify In Native Format the PostScript font is sent to the printer in native fonts Type 1 e f you select Don t Send the fonts will be not sent to the printer however it will not substitute printer fonts for PostScript Select this setting if the network spooler can provide the fonts If the PostScript fonts are not available
254. be PS3 Compliant Set the printer driver to recognize the PostScript font information in the printer when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used ly Important The settings made in the Printers Properties are applied to all applications Make sure to set fonts in the Printers Properties The settings made in the Properties window that is opened from an application are valid only while the application is being used Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Fonts tab in Printers Properties Opened from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Iv Substitute printer fonts for TrueType fonts when applicable T Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Update Soft Fonts Restore Defaults Send Fonts As MEMO Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function 2 Click the Update Soft Fonts button The list of the PostScript fonts downloaded in the printer is updated 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 311 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust settings of PostScript output format For Adobe PS3 printer driver you can adjust the settings about PostScript 555 5 295 252525252525252525252525252525252525 252525 25252525252 To adjust basic settings of PostScript output format Adobe PS3 Adjust the basic settings of PostScript such
255. be highlighted in the Text box under the Watermark field 3 4 Overwrite the text to be highlighted in the Text box with the text used for the watermark After the text is entered the Text Change amp New Image Request dia log box will appear when some action is made such as clicking other buttons e The window asks you if you replace Custom watermark 1 with the text just entered e Click the Yes button to replace and the dialog box is closed e Click the No button not to replace and the new watermark will be created and the dialog box is closed e Click the Cancel button for no changes and dialog box is closed 5 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 273 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To create a new Watermark Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 3 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper pbics Devi a e Options PostScript Watermarks Select a watermark CONFIDENTIAL 0 DRAFT p Print watermark 3 Ghirstp MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP is not equipped with this function Click the New button The New Watermark dialog box appears New Watermark 2 xj Watermark Text Test Font Helvetica x Size 72 3 ste Bod pane D zi r Color Bed 120 m MS Green 120
256. be set in the following case e When LT 402 Large Capacity Tray or LT 412 Large Capacity Tray is not available in Setup tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies r Eeatures 5 Staple am Punch Col P Iv Collate 3 auis Orientation Smoothing w Portrait C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 hd None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper ie Default z Paper Source Auto Select d T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults MEMO The default is Auto Select When Auto Select is set a tray set with paper specified in Properties of this printing system is automatically selected from an application Click the V button beside the Paper Source box to display the list Then select a tray you want to use from the list Click the OK button to close the Properties window 177 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set the Bypass tray Manual feed Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 3
257. bol Set List Continued Symbol Set Code Symbol Set Code ANSI 0123456 78 9 A B C D E F d a d D 4 d m n z o 9 BH ES Windows 3 0 Latin 1 0123456 78 9 A B C D E F K sou stx ETx or zxo ACK 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B CID E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P Q RI SITIU VIW X Y Z V la b c d e g h i j k l min o 70 pla z s tlu v wix viz T rs as Rs vs SoH stx ETx zov zxo ACK 10 DLE pci pncz pcs Dea wax syn ETB can zx sue 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 50 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z V 70 pelairz s t u v w x v z II amp Symbol Set Code Windows 3 1 Latin 5 Symbol Set Code Windows 3 1 Latin 2 K Fs as Rs vs 0123456 78 9 AB C D E F 012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F sou stx etx zov eno acr sx 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 G A B C D E F G H I U JR M N O 50 P Q R SIT IUV WI X Y Z N a bi c d e g h i j k 1 m n o K Fs es Rs vs Sox sx ETX or exo ACK 10 DLE pei pc2 pcs nca xax sy
258. canner Operation 3 Scanning Continued G Set the Originals Set the originals to be scanned on the copier s platen glass or RADF Depending on the direction you set the originals the direction in which the applications read images will differ ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE MEMO Paper sizes acceptable for scanning and the method of loading the original are the same as in the copy mode For details refer to the Copier s User s Manual 445 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation 3 Scanning Continued Select the storage locations destinations of scanned data Before scanning the originals select the storing transmitting destinations 1 Press the MODE button on the control panel to display the Scanner Server Basic screen SERVER gt Hon E E m IMAGE IMAGE STOREIDELETE RECALL 2 Touch the SCAN key on the Scanner Server Basic screen 3 4 The Please select transmission object screen will appear 0 op je P able amp E Mail test aaaal Address manual input k44 TITLE SEARCH ALL ITEM CANCEL OK Select storing transmitting destinations of scanned data from E Mail HDD or FTP Storing Transmitting Destinations screens for each will appear Select a registered storage location destination From the
259. ceaneneesecneeee 395 To change a Watermark eerie rne noon ente e nece ee eats ro nurr enia nnne eei 397 To set an image and shade ceceeee eee eeeeeeeeee 399 To save toner consumption by controlling a print density sese 401 Toseta Res l ti r EM 402 To print a curved section smoothly s ssssssunssennnenunnnnnunnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnana 403 To print an image by reversing white and black cessere 404 To print an image by reversing image cccesecccseseeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeeeesseeeeensseeeeeneseeeees 405 To print a bitmapped image more clearly eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnne 406 TO Set font related items ous acuvasa pir R Ox EUdu n cuS aui iS CR ERExECHNN USE HUE EKRE EEG 407 To print without using printer fonts eeeeieeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeennn nennen nannte nnn nnns 408 To restrict fonts that can be downloaded eese 409 12 I Contents Continued To check the printer driver setting eese 410 To test print to check the settings leeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene n nennen nnne nnne nnns 411 To check the current settings before printing esee 413
260. ceramita service representative First check the following ordinary causes of abnormalities 1 2 Check the power of the main body printer copier computers and cable connections Check the LCD touch screen of the main body printer to find informa tion concerning the current trouble If possible perform Test Print from the LCD of the main body printer to check that the settings are correct 9 p 484 Printing the Test Print Check the current status of the print controller e Check the current status shown on the LCD of the control panel e Touch the STATUS key on the Basic Screen to check the job status D9 gt p 479 Confirming the Status of a Print Job e When your job is being processed or waiting to be printed Windows The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double clicking Start Settings Printers printing system currently used Macintosh The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double clicking the currently used printer icon on the desktop ly Important Mac OS X is not supported at September 2002 425 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting General Problems of Printing The Print Controller does not respond to the Print command 1 2 3 4 Check that the printing system is selected as the current printer The printing system must be selected as the current printer on Windows before printing Check that the power switch of the copier is turned
261. check the version of the printer driver 410 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To test print to check the settings Adobe PS3 compliant Wait with Proof Check the test printing output and the current settings from the control panel Use this function before print ing multiple sets of copies PRINTER CHECK MODE BASIC MODE Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 mere 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray PeperTupe Recycle Output Mode 1 E 20 Punch EE Cem G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Wait Mode cannot be set in the following cases e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0res Printer Specific Optio gt Job onset PrintPosition None j Coltate Sort 2 Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait mode enone 5 A 2 Click the V button beside the Wait Mode box to select Wait with Proof from the list MEMO The default is None 3 Click the OK button to print Perform the operation from the control panel on the main body copier after the step 3 411 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To test print to check the settings Continued 4 The Printer Check Mode will appear on the LCD touch screen and no printing is performed
262. combination with the Full image Area 457 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation 3 Application Continued e IMAGE EDIT Full image Area key Normally the scan is made with an image data erase margin of 2 mm width at the top bottom left and right edges In this mode the document is scanned completely to the edges Limitation This feature cannot be used in combination with Non image Area Erase Reverse Image or Frame Fold Erasure 458 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Check Deciphering and Settings for Scanning G Tag Display of Operation Status The following tags are displayed to show the scanning process SCANNER READING JOB A scan job is being read SCANNER OUTPUTTING JOB A scan job is being output to the print controller SCANNER WAITING JOB A scan job has been read in but is waiting to be output because a print job is being output SCANNER INTERRUPTING JOB The reading of a scan job is stopped SCANNER JAM JOB A paper jam has been produced in the process of the reading in of a scan job MEMO When the copier s operation panel is in the scanner mode no print jobs are sent and therefore no output is pro duced You are advised to put the operation panel into the Printer mode or the Copy mode when you don t need any scanning features When Auto Reset is activated the operation panel automatically shifts to the Copy mode when a predetermined time is up G Check Settings for Scanning Press the CHECK button
263. communications protocol C Tagged binary communications protocol C Pure binary data T Send CTRL D before job M Send CTRL D after job T Display alert for applications incompatible with driver features CL aa Cancel Help Restore Defauts 316 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To adjust detailed settings of PostScript output format Continued 3 6 T Click the A and V buttons beside the PostScript language level box to select either 2 or 3 for the language level used MEMO e The default is 3 e Set PostScript Options PostScript Language Level in Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Set each button and check box in the Data format field if you have to change the data format e When you turning on the ASCII data button data is sent in ASCII format e When you turning on the Tagged binary communications protocol button all data except data of special characters is sent in binary 8 bit format via the parallel port e When you turning on the Pure binary data button all data is sent in binary format e When you turning on the Send CTRL D before job check box the reset memory code CTRL D is sent before the print job Turning on the Pure binary data radio button you cannot turn on this check box e When you turning on the Send CTRL D after job check box the reset memory code CTRL D is sent after the print job Turning on the Pure binary data radio button you cannot tur
264. copier p 527 TCP IP Setup 2 Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE configure for print server features de gt p 569 Setup for NetWare 4 x By using bindery emulation with NetWare 4 x 1 Make NetWare settings on the control panel of the copier 35 p 527 TCP IP Setup 2 Using PCONSOLE configure for print server features de gt p 570 PCONSOLE 555 5 25 25 25 525252525 25252525252525 25252525 25 252525252525252 UNIX configuration lpd Ipr 35 p 514 UNIX TCP IP Programs 95 p 527 TCP IP Setup de gt p 571 UNIX Printing through TCP IP 517 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview I Network setting procedures Continued 2999999999999999 9 D DD DD DD DDDDDDDDDDDD AppleTalk configuration MEMO To print from Macintosh you need the PostScript3 option 1 Make AppleTalk settings on the control panel of the copier AppleTalk Setup includes identifying the AppleTalk zone where the print server resides and assigning a new name to the print server 3 p 527 TCP IP Setup gt p 533 AppleTalk Setup 2 Make AppleTalk settings on your computer Macintosh o gt p 581 Preparation to print from Macintosh 3 Install Printer Driver de gt p 111 Installing to Macintosh PS3 59323232323232332323232323332323333332323233332532529 Network Scanner feature configuration 1 Make TCP IP settings on the control panel of the copier y p 527 2 Make DNS Email and FTP settings on the control pa
265. creen FTP without registering what you have entered OK key Touching this key opens the Scanner Setting Basic screen FTP Port No Input screen 3 FTP Port No Here you can enter the port number for an FTP server using the touch panel Any number can be up to 5 digits long RESET key Touching this key clears the entered numbers restoring the display to the default port number 21 CANCEL key Touching this key brings you back to the Select Transmission Object screen FTP or the Transmission Address Input screen FTP without registering what you have entered OK key Touching this key stores in memory the port number you entered bringing you back to the Select Trans mission Object screen FTP or the Transmission Address Input screen FTP 443 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Scanning To scan the originals and to either store scanned data on the HDD of the print controller attach the data to Emails or upload the data to FTP server follow the steps shown below MEMO Operation status is displayed on the control panel s tag de gt p 459 1 Select Storage Locations Destinations Set the Originals Set the Various Settings Press the Start button Nm N MEMO You can check the current settings on the Check Mode screen that appears when you press the CHECK button 35 p 459 Each step is explained on the following pages 444 Chapter Chapter 12 S
266. d Y axis position up and down of the overlay on the page by clicking the A or V button or by directly entering the values from the keyboard 0 100 Click the OK button The Properties window is closed 10 Print from the application A document printed with the overlay data is printed and placed on the overlay data 11 when the application of an overlay is discontinued after printing go to step 14 When an overlay is applied to all printing the operations after Step 13 is not required 1 2 Open Properties window Overlay tab 13 Select None from the list shown when you click the V button beside the File box in the Symbol field 14 Ciick the OK button to close the Properties window 271 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To delete a Overlay Compliant Overlay Delete an unnecessary watermark from the Properties window when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used Operating procedures of 1 Delete or move the original bitmap file from the current location Move the bitmap file of the transparent design you want to delete to the Recycle Bin on Desktop e You cannot remove registration from the File box in the Symbol field Delete the original bitmap file e f you do not want to delete it move it to an other folder 2 Open Overlay tab of Properties window e The name remains in the File box but it will not be printed as a transparent design When disp
267. d double click on Setup exe in the English NetUtil IP P2P folder Welcome window will appear Welcome x Welcome to the IP P2P Setup program This program will install IP P2P on your computer lt is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have tunning Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and intemational treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law 2 Click the Next button Installation Notes window will appear Installation Notes x aa PeerToPeer IP Installation Notes README for IP Peer to Peer Software Version 2 70 December 1999 This disk contains the Microsoft Windows 95 98 and Microsoft Windows Windows NT 4 0 and Microsoft Widows 2000 This capability will work even if there is no File Server on the network however your PC must have the TCP IP protocol installed in its Network Configuration This program has been developed and tested using Microsoft network protocol stacks supplied with Windows 95 98 Windows NT 4 0 and Windows 2000 Operation in conjunction with third party network stacks is not guaranteed ez Do you wish to Install PeerToPeer I
268. d of the remote host name Enable local printername gt Accept local printername gt Printing on Linux 1 2 3 4 5 Start x terminal At the command prompt enter the printtool command The Red Hat Print System Manager window opens Click the Add button The Add Printer Entry window opens Choose Remote Unix Ipd Queue and click OK The Edit Remote Unix Queue Entry window opens Specify the following e The printer name e The spooler directory typically usr spool lpd prntr name e The IP address of the Network Interface Card in the Remote Host field e PORT1 in In the Remote Queue field e An input filter optional e When you finish click OK Restart the daemon by choosing Ipd gt Restart Ipd in the Print Server Manager 580 Chapter 25 Apple Talk Configuration Chapa I Preparation to print from Macintosh G Configuration for Apple Talk The AppleTalk protocol must be enabled before printing can be performed Use the Control Panel MAP utility or Web Utilities for Windows to check or to enable the AppleTalk protocol ly Important Macintosh OS X is not supported 32 p 533 AppleTalk Setup D gt p 533 Printer Name d gt p 533 Zone Name e Print to the printing system by using Chooser to select the network and printer e The network interface card is found in Chooser as IB1_ serial number 1 where 1 stands for the print con troller OG How To Access The HTTP Se
269. d that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device options tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks None None Stapling Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Device Settings tab is displayed Select Stapling from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select the number of staple to be used and their position from the list None Single Portrait Single Landscape SingleRight Portrait SingleRight Landscape Double Side Portrait Double Side Landscape Double SideRight Portrait Double SideRight Landscape Double Top Portrait Double Top Landscape can be selected MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 237 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set the Punch Unit AdobePS3 Compliant When the copier is loaded with an optional punch unit it is possible to make the printer driver recognize the unit When the punch unit PU 108 is recognized by the printer driver the output paper can be processed wi
270. displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced button on the Printing Preferences window Turn on the Print as a mirror image check box MEMO The default is OFF Click the OK button to close the Properties window 300 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a text in gray or black more clearly Adobe PS3 Compliant Print a text in gray or black more clearly when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Graphics tab of Properties window from the Printers win 2 dow When displayed from Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Resolution 600dpi x Special rm Print as a negative image Print as a mirror image Layout 1 up Paper handling l I Print page border Help Restore Defaults MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP are not provided with this function Turn on the Convert gray text to PostScript gray check box MEMO The default is OFF 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 301 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print an 1mage in gray or black more clearly Adobe PS3 Compliant Print an image in gray or black more clearly when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used G
271. dobe PS3 printer driver 338 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the paper related items The size and direction of the paper can be set as shown below 5233332323232333232323232323323232332323232323232323252 To set the orientation Adobe PS3 Set the orientation to output paper in Portrait or Landscape D gt p 341 To set the orientation ABCD ABCDEF Portrait Landscape 29999999999999 D DD DDD DDDDDDDDDDDD To set the size of output paper Adobe PS3 Set various sizes for the output paper D gt p 342 To set the size of the output paper 533333323323232323232323232323232323232333323232325929 To set the type of manual feed paper Adobe PS3 Set various types of paper as output paper D gt p 344 To set the type of manual feed paper 5333233233323232323323232323232323232323332323232325929 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Adobe PS3 Print by specifying a value of enlargement or reduction 35 p 347 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Enlargement ABCD x ABCD m di r m lt an p Document Reduction 339 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the paper related items Continued 533332332323232323232323232323232323232323332323232325929 To set the printing position of the wide paper Adobe PS3 Set a printing position for the wide paper 35 p 348 To set th
272. dow Scanner Box No Set up m Scanner Set up 10 11 32 151 Scanner Server name IP address xm Scanner Name Box No Setup 1234 Box No Cancel Help Scanner Selection button Click this button when establishing a connection to another scanner registering new scanner settings or performing editing copying and deleting The Scanner Selection window is displayed In the window you can establish a connection to another scanner register new scanner perform editing copying and deleting Scanner Selection m Kyoceramital1 11 62 kyoceram Connect Cose He Page Selection This button is used to select a page or pages when reading in a scanned data file Enter the number of start page and end page Default is All Pages With applications that cannot handle files containing multiple pages Specify page is set to 1 If you select Specify page you limit pages by changing the total page number of scanned files Reading button This reads a selected scanned data file from the scanner Delete button This deletes selected scanned data file Refresh button This updates information in a scanned data file in the selected box number field so it reflects all changes you made most recently Option button This is used to change various settings of the scanner driver Close button This button is used to close the scanner driver Help bu
273. dow will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will be managed and configured on this computer Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Back Crw Cancel Select My Computer or the Network printer server When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select My computer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select My computer When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network select Network printer server C Tips When using the network printer server it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting My computer step 1 Do p 65 63 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued
274. dpi from the list MEMO The default is 600 dpi 3 Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 295 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a curved section smoothly AdobePS3 Compliant Smoothing Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly when this printing system is used Smoothing JE Operating procedures of 1 2 3 Open Paper tab of Properties window Select Smoothing from the Features field Click the V button beside the box below the Features field to display the list Then select Type 1 Type 2 or Type 3 from the list MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 296 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a curved section smoothly Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks inter features Pl Tray Back None a Smoothing Type 1 Toner Save Change setting for Smoothing Help Restore Defaults ER MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced button on the Printing Preferences window Select Smoothing from the Print
275. driver is used D gt p 302 To print an image in gray or black more clearly 289 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Halftoning Compliant Halftoning When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used it is possible to it is possible to set Halftoning for print ing Operating procedures of 1 Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics Poo Options Watermarks Overlay About p Halftoning 4 Solid Black and White Patterned Grays Diffused Grays Brightness hh as Contrast m ml mo I Negative Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help J 2 Select optional radio button from the Halftoning field Solid Black and White Patterned Grays or Diffused Grays are available MEMO The default is Patterned Grays 3 Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 290 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a printing density Compliant Brightness Contrast When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used it is possible to set a printing density Standard gt Light CIEJEJEIERERINUME Operating procedures of 1 Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application
276. e Click on the OK button Ping the unit to test communications Type ping IP address of the network interface card 1 0 Ping should confirm your IP address with the message lt IP address of the network interface card gt is alive 11 it the connection is confirmed you can now print 576 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up an AS 400 System to Use Ipd When working with the output queue description WORKOUTOD there are several fields that must be defined for the network interface card to function properly as a remote printer device Use the following procedure to define fields for the network interface card to make it function as a remote printer 1 When prompted for the remote system type INTNETADR so the AS 400 recognizes the device as an IP device Port must be PORT 1 Connection type must be IP Internet address must be the IP address of the network interface card Destination type must be OTHER Ou kh WON When prompted for transforming SCS to ASCII type YES to allow the AS 400 do the character translation N Manufacturer type and model must be the print driver that goes with your print controller 577 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up a DEC ULTRIX 4 3 RISC or OSF1 Remote Printer 1 2 3 Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to th
277. e Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will be managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Back C Cancel Select My computer or Network printer server When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select My computer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select My computer When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network select Network printer server rips When using the network printer server it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting My computer step 1 p 57 55 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued 6 Click the Next button If you have selected My Computer at step 5 the window to select the printer port will appear In this case go to Wh
278. e Custom Page Default dialog box you can select the paper as Custom from the Paper box in the Page Attributes 350 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the paper tray For the paper trays such as the Feed Tray and the eject tray the following settings are available To set the Large Capacity Tray Adobe PS3 Set the printer driver to recognize an optional Large Capacity Tray for this printing system D gt p 353 To set the Large Capacity Tray Large Capacity Tray H MA To set the Manual Feed Tray Adobe PS3 Select and set a Manual Feed Tray to be used from the list for this printing system D gt p 354 To set the Manual Feed Tray Bypass tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 4 To set the Finisher Adobe PS3 Set the printer driver to recognize an optional Finisher for this printing system D gt p 356 To set the Finisher Finisher an ACE e Lum ll 351 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the paper tray Continued 3232323232323232323232332323323323233232332332323232529 To set the Output Tray Adobe PS3 Select and set an Finisher tray to be used from the list 35 p 357 To set the Output tray Sub tray Main tray 352 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh J To set the Large Capacity Tray Adobe PS3 compliant Set the printer dr
279. e Copy mode Select the target mode with the MODE button when you perform the operation described in this chapter 475 Chapter 15 Control Panel g LCD Touch Screen You may be required to operate the copier from the LCD touch screen when using this printing system Make sure to understand the following basic operations for using the system G Selecting an item Touch button shaped item displayed on the LCD touch screen to select the item Selected items are high lighted when touched OG Inputting information Touch alphabet characters and numbers displayed on the LCD touch screen to input the setting value 6f 7b S49 MEMO There may be cases where you must input information from the numeric keypad on the control panel Moving a page If items are too many to display on a page there may be cases where the items are shown across multiple pages Touch easily the W A key on the LCD touch screen to move between pages mx J a J v e 476 Chapter 15 Control Panel 3 LCD Touch Screen Continued Displaying subsequent screen Touch lt gt keys or 8 9 keys displayed on the LCD touch screen to display the remainder of the selection item list or the menu E3 IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default J Password Pr int J gt Choosing an operation Touch OK Cancel or Exit key displayed on the LCD touch screen to choose the selection or the opera
280. e Dif Paper Size Duplex 85x11 mp Wee z Media Type Output Iray Plain paper 7 Default bd Paper Source Auto Select fod Password Print Settings Restore Defaults For Windows 2000 Adobe PS3 printer driver f Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Document Properties x Layout Paper Quality l f Orientation Landscape C Rotated Landscape j Print on Both Sides Duplex None C Flip on Long Edge C Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 For Windows 2000 Adobe PS3 printer driver the window displayed by clicking Layout Advanced Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Options x Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Advanced Document Settings i Lg PaperjOutput Copy Count 1 Copy E n Graphic Print Quality 600dpi Scaling 100 TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font E fg Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled PostScript Options 5 4 Printer Features Job Offset OFF PrintPosition None Collate Sort Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None MEMO The window displayed by clicking the Advanced tab is referred to as the Properties window in this section 139 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 Continued The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Pap
281. e When Group is selected in Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 Collate 35 p 336 Displaying the Print dialog box 417 Chapter Chapter 7 Tandem Print J To print with two copiers Continued y Important When the sub copier is under the following conditions a corresponding message is displayed on the control panel of the master copier and the tandem printing is discontinued In this case printing with the master copier is normally performed e When before starting operation under the tandem master condition USA Tandem mode unavailable Tandem mode is released Other Tandem mode is not available Tandem mode is released e When in INTERRUPT mode or interrupt copy under the tandem master condition Tandem mode is released e When reserved jobs have reached 5 USA Please wait Reserve is not available in Sub machine Tandem mode is released Other Please wait Reserve is not available in Slave unit Tandem mode is released e When SC call is issued USA Sub machine error Tandem mode is released Other Slave unit error Tandem mode is released e When the front door is open key counter is removed or the sub copier is in other condition that the printing is impossible USA Please check sub machine Tandem mode is released Other Please check slave unit Tandem mode is released G Operating procedures of PCL5e 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window Wh
282. e ease ee ee eaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaa 212 To print a twotold booklet rtr e re v t ett Re e Ug 209 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page eesessess 202 To set to prin on both ld6s oo t c E HERE ree tex Ote a enu ERR dE 199 Multiple pages Macintosh To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big ssssseI 370 To print a twofold booklet eere ete trm eue Ee eR REF e ERR Re XN ORA Ne EE EREVER ER YEARS 372 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page esses 368 To set to print on both sides essere eene nennen nnns sns 367 Multiple sets of copies Windows To xoutput offset CODIGOS iri errem erbe ERU A 194 To print Dy Sets accen e rt etr trie te t HE pet te rp etude ERR d 189 To print page by page Collectively ssseeeeeenennm n 191 To set the number of copies to be printed ssseseeeenneen 187 Multiple sets of copies Macintosh To output offset copies ssssssssssssssesssseseeenenen nene eerte n nnn enne n entretien sns 364 TO print Dy Sets iiie rrr e ERE E EXE ARX ERRORS UE EAE GRE einen 362 To print page by page collectively sssssssssssssseeeeenen eene 363 To set the number of copies to be printed sssesseeeene e 361 Paper related items Windows To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio
283. e must be within the range of 1 to 999 When specifying page numbers no duplication is allowed Click the OK button to close the Properties window 213 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print pages in reverse order Adobe PS3 Compliant Face Up Output paper in reverse order when printing multiple pages Ex When printings 8 pages FaceDown FaceUp Page that is printed first Operating procedures of PCL5e 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l Copies 3 a IV Collate 33 Orientation 4 Portrait C Landscape Face Up Paper Size Duplex 85 amp 11 m J None zi Media Type Output Tray Plain paper m Default E Paper Source Auto Select E T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Select the Output Order in the Features field 3 Select the Face Up in the pull down menu under it For the Output Order box Face Up or Face Down is available When Face Up is selected paper is output with its front up When Face Down is selected paper is output with its front down MEMO The default is Face Down 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 214 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print p
284. e network inter face card At the prompt type Iprsetup then select add Enter a name for your printer then press Enter Do you want more information on specific printer types Press Enter A list of ULTRIX supported printers is listed Type remote and press Enter Enter a printer synonym alias and press Enter Designate a spooler directory and press Enter or accept the default spooler directory displayed and press Enter Designate a remote system name and press Enter Designate PORT1 as the remote system printer name and press Enter You are asked to enter the name of a printcap symbol from a displayed list Type Q and press Enter 10 vour configuration is displayed You are asked whether these values are final Type Y or N and press Enter An example is shown below Printer 7 Symbol Type Representative Value lp line printer STR rm remote host STR Network Interface Card host rp remote printer STR PORT1 sd spooler directory STR usr spool lpd7 11 Add comments to the printcap file For example you can type Lois printer down the hall Enter 12 Select exit to save your configuration then press Enter You are now prepared to print 578 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration J UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up a SCO UNIX Remote Printer to Use Ipd 1 Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the net
285. e printing position of the wide paper gt 9 o gt gt o o o Sjoous BHulpssy jo uona Frontend Center Rear end 532323332323233323233332323332323233323233323259 To set the margins Adobe PS3 Set the margins of output paper D gt p 349 To set the margins Margin 53333233233323232323232323232323323232332323232325325929 To set custom size paper Adobe PS3 Set custom size paper 9 gt p 350 To set a custom size paper 340 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To set the orientation Adobe PS3 compliant Set the orientation to output paper in Portrait or Landscape ABCDEF Portrait Landscape When the paper direction set for the document created by the application is different from the paper direction or orientation of the Print dialog box displayed from the application the setting in the Print dialog box takes precedence over the other for printing Set the paper direction or orientation set in the Print dialog box to the paper direction of the document if necessary G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Page Attributes Printer Ceras e Eum Page Attributes Orientation A Erg Scale 100 gt O Booklet Wy i Adobe 2 Click on the button for Portrait left or Landscape right of Orien tation MEMO The default is Portrait 3 Click the OK butt
286. e remaining disk space reaches less than 20 MB attempts to store scanned data are automatically rejected Scan to Email This feature transmits scanned data to recipients at specified Email addresses as attachments to Email Scan to FTP This feature uploads scanned data to specified FTP servers 433 Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features Process of the Settings and Operations To make use of the network scanning features of the print controller for the first time the following settings and operations must be done Necessary Settings By registering destinations storage locations of scanned data before using the network scanning features you can specify a destination storage location by selecting it on the control panel You can enter destina tions storage locations in the following ways Scan to HDD 3 p 436 Scan to HDD Scan to Email p 438 Scan to Email Scan to FTP e 3 p 441 Setting of Destinations FTP Scanning Process The process of scanning originals storing transmitting and loading scanned data may be summed up as fol lows 1 Select a destination on the control panel and set originals on the copier D gt p 444 Scanning 2 Runascan job Scanned data is stored transmitted depending on your settings Reading scanned data already stored transmitted Data stored in HDD to be imported from the Windows supported computers You need to install the dedi cated network scan
287. e setting of available paper sizes may vary depending on models of machine 451 I Scanner Basic screen Continued Oe QUALITY Use this feature to select the resolution The default can be configured in the Key Operator mode MEMO Chapter 12 Scanner Operation For information about the Key Operator mode refer to the Copier s User s Manual The scanned data is read into the copier s memory E RDH If scanned data exceeds the E RDH capacity which translates into an error you cannot continue with scanning The following table shows how many Letter A4 size originals can be scanned with the copier s standard memory 128 MB Resolution Original Data Size No of Originals Text only About 70 KB About 1780 200 dpi Text and Picture About 130 KB About 860 Text only About 120 KB About 1050 addc Text and Picture About 210 KB About 600 400 dpi Text only About 200 KB About 620 Text and Picture About 480 KB About 260 i Text only About 430 KB About 280 TAE Text and Picture About 1 43 MB About 80 MEMO e Basic memory of copier vary depending on models of machine For details refer to the Copier s User s Guide e Data Size and No of Originals available to be read depend on data actually scanned Understand that the num bers in the table are intended only to serve as a rough guide for you OG SPECIAL ORIGINAL key Touching the SPECIAL ORIGINAL key at the Scanner Sett
288. eck the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in A oO D Statement Legal Tabloid Ag 4 r Orientation Portrait A C Landscape M Boteted p Paper control Rc 3j 1 3j Paper source AutoSelect Tray T Dupubm Defut OOOO x Paper type Plain Paper Marais About Help Restore Defaults o ce o MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Page Setup tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Layout tab is displayed Click the V button beside the Duplex box to display the list Then select Flip on long edge or Flip on short edge MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 201 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Adobe P53 Compliant Pages per sheet Paper handling Allocate a document of 2 pages 4 pages 6 pages 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper
289. ed Installable options 95 m NT Win Win Setting Items Set Value Description Note PN 4 0 2000 XP Mac m No Finisher DF 630 DF Lets printer recognize the intishor 635 selected finisher EMO EMO E Lets printer recognize the Sheet Feeder None PI 108 elles leen eret enr Oo 9 Oo Oo 4 T Lets printer recognize the Trimmer Unit None TU 108 celer uitia i o o o 9 9 Punch Unit None PU 108 PZ 108 Lets printer recognize the om o Rom o Re selected Punch Unit Lets printer recognize the None LT 402 LT 412 selected Large Capacity O Oo Oo Oo Oo Tray Tray 4 Large Capac ity Tray Lets printer recognize the 64 512 MB RAM selected value as available o Oo o Oo 9 printer memory Memory Con figuration 603 Appendix C Font g Font List Print Controller Internal Fonts list Courier ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CG Times ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 CG Times Bold ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CG Times Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CG Times Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CG Omega ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CG Omega Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 CG Omega Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq1 2345 CG Omega Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Coronet ABCDEFGH Sjhlmnopg 12345 Claredon Condensed ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Univers Medium ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Univers Bold ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Univers Medium Italic ABCDEFGHljklmnopq 12345 Univers Bold Ita
290. ed as shown below This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files e n this manual folder names and file names are not preceded by the root directory e You may use the files in the English folder User Software CD English Acroread Driver AdobePS Win9x Me WinNT Win2000 Xp Screenfonts ATM Light PS Screen Fonts UserGuide Others iphigh int vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf A US iphigh us vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf French jobspl e vxxx pdf L_ Driver Italian L Driver German L Driver Spanish L Driver Japanese Acroread Driver Screenfonts UserGuide English Acroread Driver L OS8 xto9 x Screenfonts ATM Light PS3 TrueType PS3 Type1 UserGuide Others E iphigh int vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf USA iphigh us vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf French 4 aoe p L Driver Italian Driver German L Driver Spanish L Driver Japanese Acroread Driver Screenfonts UserGuide Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 Printer Driver for Windows 95 98 Me Printer Driver for Windows NT Printer Driver for Windows 2000 XP Adobe Type Manager 4 1 PS3 TrueType Type1 Screen Fonts Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Maual for non USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Maual for USA Web Utilities User s Reference Gu
291. ed by conditions and settings used For Windows 2000 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver f Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Printing Preferences x Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Features m Offset E Staple Combination Punch I Colate EEN Wait Mode Output Order Orientation Smoothing zl n Purtait Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex fes 11 m J None zl Media Type Output Tray Paper Source JautoSelect Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help For Windows 2000 Adobe PS3 printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Document Properties x Layout Paper Quality Orientation ape C Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides Duplex None C Flip on Long Edge Flip on Short Edge Page Order Front to Back C Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 bd Advanced Cancel MEMO e The window displayed by clicking Printer Preference is referred to as the Properties window Printer Prefer ence in this section e Also the window displayed by clicking Advanced tab is referred to as the Properties window Printer Prefer ence Advanced in this section 143 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 Continued For Windows 2000 Adobe PS3 printer driver The window displayed by
292. ed on 1 A3 size paper 2 in 1 O 2 2 in 1 Repeat dE mE CC EGRE U O U gt iss O U Bul hil 370 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 T 2 Limitation 2 in 1 and 2 in 1 Repeat cannot be set in the following cases e When A3 W B4 W B6 Tabloid W Legal or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Spe cific Options e When any item other than Off is selected for Front Cover Back Cover PI Tray Front or PI Tray Back in the Printer Specific Options Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition None 4 Collate Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait Mode None o a A Click the V button beside the Combination box to select 2 in 1 or 2 in 1 Repeat from the list For 2 in 1 contin
293. ed that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law 2 Click the Next button Installation Notes window will appear El MAP Installation Notes README for IP IPX Management Access Program Version 3 72 Janurary 2000 This CD ROM contains IP IPX MAP software which is an P mritelivo tool It generates a list of compatible network printers which displayed using the default browser installed on the PC se network adminstrator can use URL links in the page to access the printer s HTML configuration menus To use this software package your PC must have the Microsoft TCP IP compatible protocol s installed in the Network Configuration This program has been developed and tested using Microsoft network protocol stacks supplied with Windows 95 98 Windows NT 4 0 and Windows 2000 Operation in conjunction with third party network stacks is not guaranteed x Do you wish to Install MAP 540 Chapter 19 Copier Setup E Using MAP Continued 3 Click the Yes button Choose Destin
294. eeenen 164 TO MMU Mero oe 2s E eh ow ticadea cancun cai A A E dene 155 To set thie WM AQIS i 3 one enr EXE OUTRE ERE betans Se eesiage dad gave SPHERE RE dE 169 To set the orientatiori cic reed ende ited FER RERR RR ETE hades 153 To set the printing position of the wide paper seeseeenmmm 167 To set the size of the output paper esessessseseeeeeeeenne enne 157 To set the type of manual feed paper ssssssssssssseeeeereenennnne 160 633 Index I Index Object Continued Paper related items Macintosh To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio nm n 347 TO S t the MarQinS E 349 To set thie orieritatlon oc i et ea te ora Rho coner ERR Av Vos bc ER RR Pes Ra cR Re NN RR RRNR 341 To set the printing position of the wide paper sseeeme 348 To set the size of the output paper sssessseeeeene eene 342 To set the type of manual feed paper sssssssssssssseeeee eene 344 W Watermark Windows To change a Watermark cpssun oianean Rx que aE od e CORR ARR E XR eA en Tee R Ra EAE 282 To create a new Watermark sss rere enhn nnne nenerei sss snnt 273 To print a Watermark ssssssssssssssssessesese eene nennen rnnt nsn Ennn annann nares nnns nens 277 Watermark Macintosh To change Watermark eite terere be EE ERE TEE E iin 397 To create a new Watermark
295. ei seen nennen nnne nnne nennen nn nnn nnn 191 To output offset CODIGS 5 1 csacscetsinacactvenssecsotatiewscssasesaacuacoutsesasenaadeaaszeacczacnaiceasavaseccesesss 194 TO print multiple pages 5 m p bnnpat re xwad E iuCECREREE INIM SRI A NER AEKEUCENMxE dad cMK nO 197 To set to print on both sides iicet rtr reni echa iere IRRRMSRERRR AMA REAA ATAARE Aaa 199 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page ee 202 To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big eeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnne 205 To print a twofold booklet isisisi tetra e een ae ni Ee et ena aaa ions natus ad xen nanc Ena 209 To print a specific page on the front face eeeeeeseeeeeeeee esses serene nennen nennen nnne nnne 212 To print pages in reverse order eeeeeseeeeeee esses eene nennen nnn n nnn n nnnm nn nnns nana nnnm neni 214 To set the Front amp Back amp Thick Cover Insertion Sheet 216 Hfilcddpehuegc c R M 218 Hc2wdg nelgegglgee a a 222 To set an Insertion Sheet sc ii cice cee cececsnineesttecscsstcecedacten cecactenes sectenensececvense cececsebereecsdbersectcnenes 226 TOS t a mde lg e 229 To Set for MNS cT 232 TO SetstaplNE c
296. elected in Paper tab Media Type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Fold only Fold amp Trim Fold amp Stitch or Fold Stitch amp Trim is selected in Paper tab Features field Fold amp Stitch e When Booklet is selected in Paper tab Features field Combination MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Ontions Watermarks Copies p Features 1 Fold amp Stitch Wait Mode Danae Output Order Diis Smoothing Paper Size 85 x11 i None x Media Type Output Tray Plain paper bd Default z Paper Source Auto Select hal T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Hep From the list shown in the Features field select Punch Select the position of a punch to be used from the list shown when you click the V button beside the box below the Features field None Left Top Right can be selected MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 243
297. electing the Local Printer Do p 46 Add Printer Wizard Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name yocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Browse Do you print from MS DOS based programs C Yes sae D ce If the printer driver for Windows 95 98 Me is not saved in the server the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear In this case go to step 1 of When selecting the Local Printer de gt p 45 ESAN Add Printer Wizard ah Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Ca installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 1500 AGFA AccuSet 15005F v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet ANNSF v2013 108 E am lt Back Cancel 48 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 To install the Adobe PS3 printer driver to Windows95 98 Me perform the following steps Please keep the User Software CD on hand it is required to install the printer driver G Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows 95 98 Me MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required 2 Clickthe Star
298. electing the item Password Print Display the Password Print screen Refer to Chapter 5 Printing from Windows for more information 35 p 256 PCL Setup Display the PCL5e Setup screen You can perform various settings related to PCL5e Network Setup Display the Network Setup screen Refer to Chapter 19 Copier Setup for more information 35 p 525 Scan Error List Display the Scan Error List screen Refer to Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner for more information Reference 9 gt p 472 481 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Setting up the Printer from the Control Panel Continued G Setting Items The following table shows the items that can be set from the Printer Mode Basic screen Item Contents Test Print Menu PCL5e Demo Page PCL5e Font List PS Demo Page PS Font List Config Data NIC Config Controller Set Banner Page On Off Banner Page Tray Auto Tray Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Bypass Tray Spool On Off Job Time Out 5sec 10sec 15sec 20sec 30sec 60sec 120sec 180sec 240sec 300sec Copier Time Out 15 sec 30 sec 60 sec 90 sec ScanDataAutoDel Off 12 hour 24 hour 2 days 4 days 6 days 8 days 10 days PDL Select Auto PCL5e PostScript Set Default Default Paper A3R A4
299. en displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties AE Paper Cover Graphics POD Copies Combination Punch Fold amp Stitch sy M Wai Mode F Colate E Output Order Smoothing Toner Save Orientation w Portrait C Landscape Paper Size 5 11 zf Media Type Output Tray X b Plain paper Z J Defaur Paper Source Auto Select T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults b Cancel Apel Help 418 Chapter 7 Tandem Print I To print with two copiers Continued 2 3 4 Select the Tandem Print in the Features field Select the On in the pull down menu under it MEMO The default is Off Click the OK button to close the Properties window G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Windows 1 4 Open Device Options tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Change setting for Tandem Print Off Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Tandem Print from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for boxes to display the list Then select On fro
300. en selecting the My computer If you have selected the Network printer server at step 5 the Printer Connection window will appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer server 39 p 57 When selecting My computer 35 p 61 When selecting the Network printer server 56 g Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued GO When selecting My computer Chapter 4 How to Setup 1 If you have selected My Computer at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the checkbox of the port connecting the printer and 3 click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers ABFA AccuSet v52 3 AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Apple APS PS AGFA AccuSet 800 AST AGFA AccuSet 8005F v52 3 AT amp T AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 Brother AGFA AccuSet 1000 Rull zl AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF v52 3 Be Have Disk lt Back Cancel MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network select the LPR port For details see your network administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrat
301. en the printer driver recognizes a punch unit PU 108 the output paper can be processed with double punching Also when the printer driver recognizes a punch unit PZ 108 the output paper becomes possi ble to be folded in a Z form Punch unit Even if a punch unit is installed on the copier the printer driver will not recognize the unit if an Finisher is not set on the printer driver Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Configure ia Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Installable Options Memory Configuration 64MB RAM Finisher SheetFeeder None 4 Trimmer Unit None Cur 2 Click the V button beside the Punch Unit in the Installable Options dialog box to select the punch unit you want to use from the list When the copier is provided with an optional punch unit select either PU 108 or PZ 108 When the copier is not provided with an optional Finisher select None MEMO e The default is None If None is selected you cannot set the punch unit e When you do not know whether the optional punch unit is PU 108 or PZ 108 consult your system administrator 3 Click the OK button to close the Configure 386 To set punching AdobePS3 compliant Set punch holes on the output paper in advance Punch holes can be set as shown below Left Top Right Portrait Portrait Portrait
302. ent again to clear the P flag Printers marked with the P flag will not be removed from the list even if the Clear button is selected M flag M flag is marked when a printer is added manually Adding and Deleting Printers Manually Enter the following items and click the Add button to add printers to the Available printers list if a target printer network interface card is not found MEMO Each of the S M and P flags are marked if printers are added manually IP Address Enter the IP Address assigned to a printer network interface card Name Enter the printer name to be displayed when you select the printer port during the printer driver setup Port Enter the number added 1 to the number set in the copier by selecting TCP IP Setup Base Port Number Default is 10001 Description Enter the description text This text is displayed following the port number when you select the printer port during the printer driver setup Click Unit Name to select the printing system Click Delete to delete the highlighted printing sys tem 3 Click the OK button when all settings are completed All setting values are stored when you return to the IP Peer to Peer Setup dialog If you click the Cancel button before clicking OK the changed values will not be saved 4 Click the OK button Click the OK button in the IP Peer to Peer dialog box to save the setting values If you click the Cancel button
303. entered OK key Touching this key opens the Scanner Setting Basic screen 439 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings Scan to Email Continued Title in E Mail Input screen This is the Subject i j 1 t Capital Small Je Delete Subject Here you can enter a brief Subject of Email messages up to 45 alphanumeric characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical letters and the hard keypad to enter numbers Delete key Touching this key deletes the letter to the left of the cursor Capital Small key Touching this key replaces an upper case letter with a lower case and vice versa Sign key Touch this key and the lowercase alphabetical letter keys produce signs The Sign key is changed to the Alphabet key Touch this key again and you can enter alphabetical letters as before 4 gt keys Touching these keys moves the cursor Letters enter to the left of the cursor CANCEL key Touching this key brings you back to the Select Transmission Object screen Email or the Transmis sion Address Input screen Email without registering what you have entered OK key Touching this key stores the Subject you entered bringing you back to the Select Transmission Object screen Email or the Transmission Address Input screen Email 440 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings g setting of Destinations FTP
304. entry names listed on the screen select a storage location destination rips You can select E Mail HDD and FTP at the same time as a storing transmitting destination The key selected as a destination will be highlighted in reverse image 446 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation 3 Scanning Continued Scan to HDD aliabie test aaaal Address manual input k44 SEARCH J ALL ITEM CANCEL OK Choose a storage location from the displayed listing You can select only one HDD storage loca tion If necessary storage locations are not previously registered you need to manually enter locations at this stage Touching the Address manual input key opens the HDD Box No Input screen HDD at which you can enter the storage location 33 p 436 Scan to HDD Touching the SEARCH key opens the Search Letter Input screen at which you can enter the first letter of registered names When the search result is displayed the SEARCH key is highlighted in reverse image At this stage you can touch the ALL ITEM key to have all registered options dis played as before Touching the CANCEL key brings you back to the Scanner Server Basic screen without register ing you settings Touching the OK key saves your settings and opens the Scanner Setting Basic screen Scan to E Mail test aaaal Address manual input k44 TITLE SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK Choose recipients from the
305. enuneneunsacs 256 PI Cover Sheet cites niecesracctenionieeccat 229 I RET 231 Portrait eese 153 341 Printer Mode eese 475 printing position cu isuci cii oiii eoa 167 348 PUTOS m 238 386 UIT LR 242 Pa 108 roo od cebdst mios betid idus 238 386 S Scanner Server Mode 475 scanning features eeeeesssssss 432 lo 38 Sheet Insertion science cece 227 Smoothing eeeseeeeeee 296 403 S e 362 ro M 236 SLAPIING ssdccetneciennd eieiei oo I oe ta DEDE RAE 383 BESDIITICIS orein naenin rectus ceca ER ERU ERE eb 234 Status Page ic asoevscu coner EEqEP exl ep IRA 524 SUb Tray aoi toic ete Setia oct Ue Seer areas 357 SUD TAY isiiisesises eset e ainni 179 182 635 I Index Item Continued T Toner Save secorir enne 401 U UT Tg 256 W Ea V AE E E E OE EE 323 413 Wait with Proof eese 319 411 Watermark 273 277 393 395 Z Z FO e a scuseacacarennnaeunetne 249 636 Index KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC Headquarters MARKETING DEPARTMENT 225 Sand Road P O Box40008 Fairfield New Jersey 07004 0008 TEL 973 808 8444 FAX 973 882 6000 2002 10
306. ep B ed so ex PORT NO 4 gt ENTRY CANCEL OK 5 Set the necessary settings on the Transmission Address Input screen FTP When you touch an entry item key the key is highlighted in reverse image the corresponding field is available for entry The port number of the FTP server is to be input on the FTP Port Number Input screen that will be dis played by touching PORT NO key Reference 9 gt p 443 Profile Name key Here you can enter a name that will be displayed in the destination FTP on the Select Transmission Object screen FTP Any alphanumeric name can be up to 18 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical letters and the hard keypad to enter numbers SS You cannot enter signs Host Address key Here you can enter the address of an FTP server up to 63 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical letters and the hard keypad to enter numbers File Path key Here you can enter the file path of an FTP server up to 96 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical letters and the hard keypad to enter numbers Login key You can here enter the account of an FTP server up to 47 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical letters and the hard keypad to enter numbers Password key Here you can enter the password of an FTP server up to 31 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical l
307. equest dia log box will appear when some action is made such as clicking other buttons e The window asks you if you replace the existing text with the text just entered e Click the Yes button to replace and the dialog box is closed e Click the No button not to replace and the new watermark will be created and the dialog box is closed e Click the Cancel button for no changes and dialog box is closed 5 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 282 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To change a Watermark Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 3 4 5 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Select a watermark Print watermark T On first page only IV In background As outline only MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP is not equipped with this function Click the Edit button The Edit Watermark dialog box will appear Edit Watermark 21x Watermark Text Te Font Helvetica bd 4 Size 24 ij Style Bold Fi amp ngle 34 45 zd r Color grenier neni freni EE ly E so 458 00 MS 0 Green prs Position Bue 3 giri win Choose Color Position relative to center x 0 00 4 yo 00 4 lin OK Cancel Help To change text for watermark enter text
308. er Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Layout and Paper Quality 140 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window displayed from Windows 2000 Continued The Properties window displayed from the Printers window When the Properties window of Windows 2000 is displayed from the Printers window the two Properties windows appear as shown below The following procedures are used When using the Properties menu 1 Turn on the computer to start up Windows 2000 2 Select Start Settings Printers from the task bar The Printers window will appear 3 Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Prop erties The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used For Windows 2000 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver f Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties 21x General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Setup About d Kpocers Mita KM 8530 PC Location ze Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Features Color No Paper available Double sided Yes Staple Unknown Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 600 dpi iz Printing Preferences Print Test Page Cancel Apply Help For Windows 2000 Adobe PS3 printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x General Sh
309. er Legal Tabloid A3 H Orientation Portrait Adobe Landscape P Rotated Online Paper control Duplex None zl UHE 1 3j Paper source AutoSelect Tray Output bin Detaut m Papertpe PlinPape dara About Help J Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 open Advanced tab and click the Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript document settings Windows 2000 XP does not have this feature Click the About button About dialog box will appear Check for the notation PostScript Printer Driver Version Click the OK button The About dialog box closes and returns to the Properties window Click the OK button to close the Properties window 328 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set printer memory AdobePS3 compliant Make the printer driver to recognize the printer memory from the Properties window when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used AN Contact the system administrator for information about proper setting value of available mem ory Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Device Options tab in Printers Properties When displayed from Printers window of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties AE General Details Sharing Paper Graphics onts Device Optio Postscti Watermarks ipl mu E Change setting for Job Offset O
310. er features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select Type 1 Type 2 or Type 3 from the list Type 1 normally provides processing suitable to a slanting line of a character and graphic Type 2 normally provides processing suitable to a curved section of a character Type 3 normally provides processing suitable to a curved section of fine character When None is selected no smoothing function is provided MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 297 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print an image by reversing white and black PCL5e Adobe PS3 Compliant Print a negative image by reversing white into black when the this printing system is used This function is suitable for printing a monochromatic or coarse RGB image Reversing white into black ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD Operating procedures of 1 Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties r Halftoning Solid Black and White 2 Turnonthe Negative check box MEMO The default is None Paper Cover Graphics Poo Options Watermarks Overlay About Ill Restore Defaults 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 298 Chapter 5 Printin
311. ere may be loose connections in the printing system Recheck all of connections A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout from a spe cific application Error conditions may exist in the application Try to print out a simple test file If this also does not succeed reinstall the application in question A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout from a spe cific file It is possible that the print setting for the file is wrong that graphics contained in the file are damaged or that bad elements are contained in the file Find a print setting that does not cause any PostScript Error message to appear and try to get a printout If this fails save the file as a new file A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout of a spe cific page It is possible that elements or fonts used in the page are damaged or that larger memory capacity than cur rently available capacity is needed for the printout Try to print with specifying one element or font of the various ones in the page If this trial causes no prob lems consider upgrading the memory G Fonts cannot be downloaded It is possible that Spool is set to On in Printer Setting Menu on the copier s control panel Set Spool to Off switch off the copier s main power wait 10 seconds or more switch it back on and then try downloading fonts again For details on how to download fonts refer to the
312. erent Job ID 5 When changing the password enter a new password up to 8 alphanu meric characters into the Password box A password that has already been set is cancelled when a new password is entered and the new one becomes valid 6 Click the OK button The Password Print dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window T Clickthe OK button to close the Properties window 264 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Watermark A Watermark or an Overlay can be set and printed on the output paper gt 393939399399939939999999999399999939939939399T9T9D To create a Overlay PCL5e Create a overlay design that is printed on the output paper when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used D gt p 268 To create a Overlay 53323233323232333232333323233332323332323232325929 To print a Overlay PCL5e Set a overlay and print it on the output paper when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used 35 p 270 To print a Overlay ABCD 53232323232323323232323233233232332323232332323232323259 To delete a Overlay PCL5e Delete an unnecessary transparent design the Properties window when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used D gt p 272 To delete a Overlay 265 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Watermark Continued 5333323232323332323232323233232323332332323232323252 To create a new Watermark PCL5e
313. erleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media type e When Front Cover Back Cover or Sheet Insertion is selected in Cover tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Copies P B Collate Orientation n w Portrait C Landscape ain Paper Size ple 85 x11 E None z Media Type Output Tray Plain paper Default 7 Paper Source Auto Select 7 T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Overlay About l Cancel Apply Hep Check the Collate box on From the list shown in the Features field select Combination In the pull down menu under it select 2 in 1 or 2 in 1 Repeat For 2 in 1 2 different pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing For 2 in 1 Repeat the same 2 pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 206 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big Continued
314. erred to as Offset However for the Adobe PS3 printer driver it is referred to as Job Offset 194 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To output offset copies Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Offset cannot be set in the following cases e When DF 630 Finisher or DF 635 Finisher is not available in Setup tab e When Sub tray is selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Fold only Fold Trim Fold Stitch or Fold Stitch Trim is selected in Paper tab Features field MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Lopies 31 Shure 1 3 E i 7 p F Colate Fold Stt Orientation Smoothi ng w Portrait C Landscape Paper Size 85 x11 E None x Media Type Output Tray Plain paper hed Default z Paper Source Auto Select zl T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Select the Offset in the Features field Select the On in the pull down menu under it MEMO The default is OFF Cl
315. ers can zx sue 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O so Plo RIis T U VIW x vY z t NH lalbicdleif g hjij jkllim n jo 70 plalz s t u v w x v z T0 MEMO e The area enclosed with red lines presents the scope confined by the print controller for confir mation e The gray out area indicates that no characters have been allocated there 630 Symbol Set List Continued Appendix D Symbol Set Characters which can be used only for the specific character set are shown in the following table The numerals on the top of the table represent the code values of characters which are replaced in the US ASCII character set See the US ASCII character set for other characters SYMBOL SET United Kingdom 1E ASCII Swedish Italian Spanish Germany Danish French oU os or 2S 1G oD iF m b e om om OM 631 no aR Orr B O Oo Q O 7 Index Index Object gt C D F Cover Windows Toseta Back COVER secet n en aA EREE se dai s dd eed e EAA 222 To seta Front Cov arenneren n E m a repo D ERR REY REN NR FREE RR 218 To set an Insertion Sheet tertia rv RE awe er tr ase d 226 To set a Thick COWEN sissacs Pm 229 Cover Macintosh TOSeta Back COVEN cis ecdesiae erus entis re ede o vs ege ebore seu 378 To set a Front Cover nennen enne enne nnne ennt nennen nnn 376 Toseta Thick COVER
316. eseseneeneeseeenseaeneneees 273 To print a Watermark i iiiereiier cien ener inus ete iran nanus nacura nk annann nannan nnana nnmnnn 277 To change a Watermark cc2cc cccctecscsceteccsecctsvicecieecdecuicevicesievvcaetetecenesetecensteteceasnsiecewswecencdeweceueds 282 To delete a Watermark excise sc caccccitiececcntcecentscenesetcteeessneueeedencteseeencueestencte seated cedectes ceceuberes inar 285 To Set an image and shade ccccceeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeennneeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeneeaeas 287 IELdg Eu ge 290 To set printing density e ceccreeie cree rette ene ir unes coran nice anus rr cun usE ne ka nr SD P ia nnana 291 To save toner consumption by controlling print density eene 292 10 Contents Continued To set resolution ceruice ceres cnra creada E oceans crue Krai ASAE Na a aod cB paa kon ek ue 294 To print a curved section smoothly eeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeee eene nennen nnn nnne nnne nnn natn 296 To print an image by reversing white and black cessere 298 To print an image by reversing image eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeene eene nnn nennen nnn nnns nnns 300 To print a text in gray or black more clearly eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn nennen 301 To print an image in gray or black m
317. ests from clients without a password MEMO The name of this feature varies according to the specifications of each country USA market Printer ECM Others Printer EKC The term Printer ECM EKC is used here 421 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints setting of Printer ECM EKC A password for the Printer ECM EKC and its counter are set in the copier s Key Operator setting For informa tion about setting the Printer ECM EKC refer to the User s Guide of the copier MEMO The password for the Printer ECM EKC must be the same as User ID entered when printing gt p 424 ECM EKC Limit 422 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints I Printing with Printer ECM EKC If the Printer ECM EKC has been set perform the following steps to print or copy 1 2 3 Select the Paper tab in the printer driver properties window and click the Settings button The Password Print dialog will appear Type the User ID set in the Printer ECM EKC into the User ID text box e With some application software the setting for the printer driver also is saved When you use Settings to print a shared file on a network or a file likely to be printed by other s delete the UserID and Password before saving the files e You must enter the same password 8 digits or less in the User ID text box that is set on the copier for Printer ECM EKC e When in doubt about the password for Printer ECM EKC ask your system administra
318. et on the control panel of the copier MEMO The default is Off 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 389 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set center binding folding and cutting Trimmer Unit AdobePS3 compliant Fold an output paper at the center bind it at the center fold it in a Z shape cut it or fold it into three equal for output Document 7 Fold ABCDEF S r LILII m T 390 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To set center binding folding and cutting Trimmer Unit Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Fold Stitch and Fold Stitch Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When No Finisher is selected for Finisher in the Installable Options field of the Config ure e When OHP OHP Interleave Blank OHP Interleave Print Trace or Tabbed Sheet is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 Fold Stitch Fold only Fold Trim and Fold Stitch Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When the B6 Wide paper W or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup e When Default or Sub Tray is selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options e When any item other
319. et the orientation Adobe p53 Compliant Set the orientation to output paper in Portrait or Landscape ABCDEF Portrait Landscape When the paper direction set for the document created by an application is different than the paper direction or orientation of the Properties window displayed from an application the set ting in the Properties window takes precedence over the other for printing Set the paper direction or orientation set in the Properties window to the paper direction of the document if necessary Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Features E Staple ee 7 E F Collate Fold amp SU Orientation Smoothing n Portrait C Landscape for f Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 hd None z Media Type Output Tray Plain paper fe Default Paper Source Auto Select 4 T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults 2 Click on the button for Portrait or Landscape of Orientation MEMO The default is Portrait 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 153 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the orientation Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Paper tab of Properties windo
320. et the size of the output paper Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Often a specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set For details refer to the explanation of each of the functions MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in mo oo J Letter Legal Tabloid A3 n Orientation Portrait Adobe A C Landscape T Hosted Online r Paper control Paper source AutoSelect Tray Duplex None M Dutput bin Default E Paper type Plain Paper z Medis About Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Page Setup tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed 2 Select the document size from the Paper size column MEMO The default is Letter in the U S A The Default value may be different depending on the specifications of each country 3 Click the OK button to
321. et the type of manual feed paper Continued 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 1 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Resolution 600dpi Media Type Plain Paper nY Click the V button beside the Media Type box to select the paper type you want to use from the list MEMO The default is Plain Paper Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 346 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Adobe PS3 compliant Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25 to 400 ABCD K Document ABCD A ABCD c gt O Reduction Enlargement Any sheet size for printing can be set freely G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation You cannot specify the enlargement or reduction ratio in a numerical value in the following cases e When the Print Layout is set to any item other than 1 1 Open Page Setup Page Attributes 74 Printer Ceas Poor Page Attributes Orientation E te Scale e O Booklet Ur 3 4 Ni 2 Specify a value in the range between 25 and 400 in the Scale box MEMO e The default is 100 e The setting can be made in increment of 1 e Itis possible to select a numeral in the range given in the Number of copies box and
322. et up correctly on the Windows NT 2000 XP computer using the main body printer via the network interface card before setting up the print controller MEMO For TCP IP setting refer to Windows NT 2000 XP on line help etc Adding a printer port on Windows NT 4 0 To print by LPD LPR from Windows NT computer add a printer port and install the printer driver on Windows NT Before doing Confirm the following settings e TCP IP setting to each Windows NT computer e Installation of Microsoft TCP IP Printing ly Important Installation of Microsoft TCP IP Printing Select Network from the Control Panel of Windows NT 4 0 to display the Network dialog box Click the Service tab and make sure that Microsoft TCP IP Printing exists in the list of Network Services If it is not found add it MEMO For details refer to Windows NT on line help etc To add a various services to Windows NT the CD ROM for setting up Windows is required 557 Chapter LPD LPR Setup Continued Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Adding a printer port To add a printer port perform the following procedure The CD ROM containing the printer driver must be on hand Click the Start button and select Printers from Settings Double click Add Printer to activate Add Printer Wizard Select My Computer and then click Next button Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or
323. etters and the hard keypad to enter numbers C Tips At anonymous FTP servers Email addresses are used as passwords Anonymous key Touching this key enters Anonymous in the Login field Use this feature when logging into an anony mous FTP server that does not require any account for login Delete key Touching this key deletes the character to the left of the cursor 442 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings Setting of Destinations FTP Continued Capital Small key Touching this key replaces an upper case letter with a lower case and vice versa Sign key Touch this key and the lowercase alphabetical letter keys produce signs The Sign key is changed to the Alphabet key Touch this key again and you can enter alphabetical letters as before PORT NO key Touching this key opens the FTP Port No Input screen at which you can enter the port number for an FTP server 4 gt keys Touching these keys moves the cursor Letters enter to the left of the cursor ENTRY key Touch this key to register information you have entered and return to the Select Transmission Object screen FTP MEMO To change or delete registered Destinations Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Function of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual CANCEL key Touching this key brings you back to the Select Transmission Object s
324. etup inf is displayed on the list of File name click the OK button The Install From Disk window will appear 10 ciick the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear 11 Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is highlighted then click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to assign a port will appear MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 550 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me I Installation of Printer Driver Continued 12 From Available ports choose the printer name you have set up in IP PeerToPeer Setup Add Printer Wizard Click the port you want to use with this printer and then click Next e 13 From Printer Name text box check the printer name To change the printer name enter a new printer name to the Printer Name text box 14 select whether to use this printer as the default printer and click the Next button Select Yes to set it as a default printer and select No not to set it as a default printer The test print selection window will appear 15 Select whether to perform the test print Select Yes recommended to perform the test page or select No not to print it 16 Ciick the Finish button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation 17 The test print s
325. f trouble free service To ensure high quality performance and to prevent premature wear and failure of precision parts and components schedule regular cleaning and routine adjustments We recommend that you contact your service center to discuss the benefits and advantages of Kyocer amita s Customer Service Maintenance Agreement and to be shown how a maintenance plan can be tai lored to your individual needs NOTICE KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC has made every effort to ensure that the information in this manual is complete and accurate However constant efforts are also being made to improve and update the prod uct Therefore KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC shall not be liable for errors in this manual or for any consequential damages resulting from the use of this manual The information contained herein is subject to change without notice FEDERAL OR STATE STATUTES MAY PROHIBIT THE COPYING OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS OR INFORMATION RESULTING IN FINES OR IMPRISONMENT FOR VIOLATORS WEBSITE ADDRESS http Awww kyoceramita com home index cfm CORRESPONDENCE Correspondence regarding this manual may be mailed to the address shown below KYOCERA MITA AMERICA INC Headquarters MARKETING DEPARTMENT 225 Sand Road P O Box 40008 Fairfield New Jersey 07004 0008 Introduction The print controller is designed to be used as the built in type server of the main body printer copier It enables direct printing from Windows compliant computers It ca
326. fault screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 502 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g Setting the Number of Pages to Copy You can set the number of pages to copy from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A Y Jx 3 Touch the Copies key and then touch the OK key The Copies Set screen will appear 4 Touch the key for the value that you want to set 5 Touch the OK key The number of pages to be copied is set according to your selection The Set Default screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 503 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setting the Override Paper You can set the override paper from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appe
327. ff x r Installable options n Sheet Feeder None Trimmer Unit None zi Change setting for Finisher No Finisher z MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP open Device Settings tab of the Properties window from the Printers window 2 Click the A V button beside the Available printer memory in KB box to set available printer memory MEMO The default is 14000 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 329 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set printer memory configuration Adobe PS3 compliant Make the printer driver to recognize the printer memory configuration from the Properties window when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used A Contact the system administrator for information about proper setting value of memory config uration G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Device Options tab of Properties window from the Printers window When displayed from Printers window of Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memory fin KB 14000 E r Printer features PrintPosition None Collate Soit xj Change setting for Job Offset Off Change setting for Memory Configuration 64MB RAM Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP open Device Settings tab of the Properties window from the Printers windo
328. from Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP BOOTP Lite Utility program to assign IP address to the network interface card through Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP UNIX TCP IP Programs Program for printing from various UNIX systems when not running Ipd lpr 514 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview Network setting procedures Before using the network interface card you must first connect the network interface card to the network and then perform the setup procedures for the printing system To connect the network interface card to the network use the Ethernet connector RJ45 of the network inter face card and a UTP cable of category 5 recommended G Usage Types and Setting Items To print using the network function several settings and preparations are necessary Settings and prepara tion may be different depending on the using environment Network setting is also necessary when Network Scanner feature is used e Windows 95 98 Me configuration peer to peer To print over LAN Local Area Network in Windows 95 98 Me with no print servers installed you can link your print controllers with a configuration called peer to peer connection In peer to peer connec tions TCP IP and IPX SPX protocols are used each with a dedicated utility program Setup procedures are as follows do p 516 Windows 95 98 Me configuration peer to peer e Windows NT4 0 2000 XP configuration LPD LPR To print by LPD LPR from Windows NT 2000 XP 35
329. g Protocol is the protocol used to print data from the printer that is connected Internet or Intranet When you print data with IPP TCP IP is used Each computer treats the copier as the network printer D9 gt p 564 Internet Printing 31 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller Ethernet Connection Continued Connection using Novell NetWare 100Base TX 10Base T The flow of the print job Client Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP Macintosh You can use Novell NetWare too In this case the configuration procedures may be different depending on NetWare version or resource management method Each computer treats the copier as the network printer 39 p 568 Setup for NetWare 3 x 39 p 569 Setup for NetWare 4 x MEMO The PS3 option is required to print data from Macintosh 32 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller Ethernet Connection Continued Connection using the network scanning function The flow of the scanned data Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP gt S i Copier The hard disk is installed in the print controller Pas Internet SMTP Mail Server FTP Server You can retrieve scanned data stored in the hard disk of the print co
330. g box to set the location and angle of the watermark 9 Confirma newly created watermark on the preview display 10 ciick the Save As button A dialog box in which you can set the name of the new watermark will appear 11 Input the name of the new watermark in the box 12 Click the OK button The dialog box for setting the name of the new watermark disappear and the display returns to the Watermark Specification window 13 Click the OK button The Watermark Specification dialog box is closed and the display returns to the Page Setup MEMO The newly created watermark appears on the Watermark 14 Ciick on the None button 15 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 396 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To change a Watermark Adobe PS3 compliant Watermark Edit and change a registered transparent character to be printed on the output paper Editting ABCD Praft G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Watermark 7 None O First QAI PICT Watermark 2 EPS Adobe PICT2 TEXT O Foreground Edit O Save With Document Click on the First or AIl button Click on the TEXT button as the file format for a watermark MEMO The default is PICT Select the watermark you want to edit from the Watermark Click the Edit button The Watermark Specification dialog box will appear
331. g from Windows To print an image by reversing white and black Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 3 Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks resolution r Special ee Paper handling Layout 1 up Sealing 100 zi x Help Restore Defaults coe paz MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced button on the Printing Preferences window Turn on the Print as a negative image check box MEMO The default is OFF Click the OK button to close the Properties window 299 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print an 1mage by reversing image Adobe PS3 Compliant Print an image by reversing it in a horizontal direction like a reflection in the mirror when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used ABCD q28A G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 3 Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Layout 1 up Scaling 1100 E Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is
332. ge Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical aoaaa ABCD lt w O U 5323232323333232323333323233333323333323232529 To print a bitmapped image more clearly Adobe PS3 Print a image more clearly by adjusting the displacements of bits D gt p 406 To print a bitmapped image more clearly 400 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To save toner consumption by controlling a print density AdobePS3 compliant Save toner by controlling a printing density Toner Save Draft ABCD ABCD TIE E o 3 go 2 G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0ro3 Printer 1B1_12345 Destination Printer Specific Optio gt PrintPosition Collate Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None Punch _ None WaitMode None 6 2 A le Click the V button beside the Toner Save to select Toner Save or Draft from the list MEMO e The default is Normal e You can select a printing density from Normal 100 Toner Save 80 or Draft 60 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 401 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Resolution Adobe PS3 compliant Set resolution to 400 dpi or 600 dpi ly Important Resolution means the number of dots that can be printed
333. ge inksemaeniidididrds bna dama knit demora Rd na 524 Setups on the Control Panel eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeernn 525 Using MAP A 540 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Windows 95 98 Me 544 Using IP Peer to Peer siisii senisesse aniis 544 15 I Contents Continued Installation of Printer Driver 0 c ccecceeceeceecneceeceeceeeeeceecneceeceecneceeeeeceess 550 Using IPX Peer to Peer iuesiisassadsaietok as enpiR s aos tus x Ec E rAXEESRI MEO DIUI i A REA 552 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP 557 LPD LPR SQ e n 557 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP 564 Internet Printing auicasseneideeccs recuxpui ion Dp ae RR BR riu e Bi na REX RUE a RE 564 Chapter 23 NetWare Configuration 568 Setup for NetWare Bix aioseccesuee ce cemere repe kuta risusa sucusaS uni snEUEEE ETE CELER MERE 568 Setup for NetWare 4 X 1uniuouaee coke eu eienuud qudd ds px RR RR FRacMdc TUA MESSEN TUUEE UEM NA DEN 569 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration esee 571 UNIX Printing through TCP IP cerent 571 Chapter 25 Apple Talk Configuration 581 Preparation to print from Macintosh eeeeeennnnnnn 581 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Netw
334. go to step 16 Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Share name lt Not Shared gt Port LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Default Yes Testpage Yes To close this wizard click Finish lt Back Finish J Cancel 16 it you have selected Share as at step 14 enter the location of the shared printer and comment in the Location and Comment textbox 97 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 17 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page lt Back Next gt Cancel 18 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver 395 p 114 Test Page Print 19 click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer E Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Share name l
335. h Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features PI Tray Back Smoothing None Change setting for Pl Tray Front ne Non Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Device Settings tab is displayed From the Printer features field select Pl Tray Front when setting a front cover and PI Tray Back when setting a back cover It is possible to set both the front cover and the back cover Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select ON from the list Follow the same procedure whether setting a front cover or a back cover MEMO e The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 231 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set for finishing It is possible to use various functions such as stapling punching binding and folding for bookbinding and finish ing 555 5 52525 25 2525252525 25252525252525252525252525 25252525252 To set stapling PCL5e Adobe PS3 Staple output paper 33 p 234 To set stapling P ABCDEF 2999999999999999 999DDD DDDDDDDDD9DD 9 To set the Punch Unit PCL5e Adobe PS3 Make the printer driver recognize an optional Punch unit D gt p 238
336. h or queue name lt Back Cancel 44 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Local Printer T Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into ca the drive selected and then click OK Copy manufacturer s files from men Click the Browse button The Open window will appear Open BEI File name Folders Cox EM M Lo C adobeapp cbwafts CBWGTmp E kpems E Media Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Drive to CD ROM drive Select the oemsetup inf file in the English Printer Win9x_Me folder of the User Software CD and click the OK button Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL lt Back Nest Cancel 45 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e Continued T 9 Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is the printer n
337. he Control Panel sees 435 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Location Settings 436 cmd 436 Scan TO Email ewe aiaa 438 Setting of Destinations FTP secssseesseeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeeesees 441 13 I Contents Continued Chapter 12 Scanner Operation esses 444 Soa erae eee eae EE a eA iu du b Ee EE vvL bei d da bu A E 444 Scanner Basic Sereen C 450 Special Original p 454 Poe Me 456 Check Deciphering and Settings for Scanning 459 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data 460 Heading In From ADD iiici entes inb dx rtarbarbrbbt catu sa nd dE eu nananana nananana aaan 460 Deleting images stored in the HDD eennnn 468 Images Scanned to FTP or E mail eere 469 Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner 470 Cannot connect to the scanner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenennnnnns 470 When an Error Message Appears eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enn 471 Scan ErrorLiSt 472 Section 4 Control Panel for Administrator Ch
338. hen the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used it is possible to prevent the print job from starting until User ID and Password are entered on the control panel of the copier Some application softwares save the settings of the printer driver When printing with Pass word Print Settings set on shared file on the network or on a file other people may print delete UserlD and Password before saving the file Operating procedures of e When Image Storage is available in POD tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties HAE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Eeatures Copies f B Collate E Orientation n Portrait C Landscape Paper Size 85 x11 z J None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper zl Default z Paper Source Auto Select E ni Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Boal Help 256 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To print with protection by a password Continued 2 Turn on the Password Print check box The Password Print dial
339. hic data 53333333232323232323232323232323233233332323232325929 To save toner consumption by controlling a print density Toner Save Adobe PS3 Save toner by controlling a printing density D gt p 401 To save toner consumption by controlling a print density Normal Toner Save Draft ABCD ABCD ABCD 5333332323233323232323333232323333232323232323252 To set a resolution Adobe PS3 Set resolution to 400 dpi or 600 dpi 35 p 402 To set a Resolution 393232323232323232323233232323232323233232332332323232529 To print a curved section smoothly Smoothing Adobe PS3 Print a curved section of a character or image smoothly D gt p 403 To print a curved section smoothly Smoothing 399 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To set an image and shade Continued 299999999999 9DDD DD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD To print an image by reversing white and black Adobe PS3 Print in a negative image by reversing white into black and vice versa D gt p 404 To print an image by reversing white and black Reversing white into black ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD gt 39393939393939393993999939999399399939993993999399399939999D To print an image by reversing image Adobe PS3 Print an image by reversing it in a horizontal direction just like a reflection in the mirror D gt p 405 To print an image by reversing ima
340. hift of printer driver To show the Image Shift Screen touch the Image Shift Set the Image Shift on the Image Shift Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen touch EXIT on the Image Shift Screen Touch the PROOF PRINT to print one copied set for proofreading if necessary Touch EXIT and then press Start to resume the rest of the print job 322 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To check the current settings before printing Adobe PS3 compliant Wait Check the current setting from the control panel before printing Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Gupte ewe 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode b 2Hole Punch ee CE Le Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 21x Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l Copies Eeatures W Staple Punch F Colete E Fold amp Stitch Wait Mode Drientation moothing w C Portrait C Landscape Paper Size Duplex gr z J None zi Media Type Output Tray Plain paper hd Default bd Paper Source Auto Select hd T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Hep From the l
341. his Manual iesus recon e Roe mwe civ ERRER OE ER CR GC IRE IE ER Ru RuA n 23 Section 1 Before Using the Print Controller Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller 25 Features of the Print Controller eeeeeeeeeeenee 25 The Print Controller Functions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn nnne 26 Print Controller Options que 28 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller 29 Parallel Connection incisos assent an kl icnenendli sadi dla uiv ES I IRE 29 Ethernet Connection insseaseses ceri iepiid decis radica died vu gj Au e E Eia 30 Chapter 3 Overview of the Preparation Task 34 Using s d Printer oon seus veiba dace kk DER Dra dE nan anado vadkan EC ccn OG amends 34 Printer DIVO ect 35 Using as a Network Scanner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn 36 Section 2 How to Print Chapter 4 How to Setup eeeeeeeee ecce enen nennen 38 The Flow of the Setup 1 rore oe up anuncio Ro nitenan quecn suco ee caparbrd 38 Items Required for the Setup eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerennnnn 40 Connecting the copier Lisa oncraxis eei brain OU non aedoraiocf a ndn 41 Installing a Printer Driver iuuuuoscuonernecuu inkl tk X Rao 0d iE dE ER RRARREARAR ARAM UC du xd va ara ti EE 42 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e
342. his printing system and then click Prop erties The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used ly Important e The configuration set at Printers Properties will be applied for all applications e The configuration set at Properties window opened from an application will be applied dur ing an application is running The configuration will be discarded when you exit from an application For Windows 98 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties 21x Overlay Setup About General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Kyocera Mia KM 8530 PCL Comment Separator page none g Browse Print Test Page 133 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows 95 98 Me Continued For Windows 98 Adobe PS3 printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics M Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Separator page none X Browse Print Test Page The following tabs are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay Setup and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver General De
343. hould be taken when selecting a Feed Tray Feed Tray paper size that can be used Tray 1 to Tray 3 8 5 x11 5 5 x8 5 8 5 x14 11 x17 A3 A4 A5 B4 B5 B6 F4 16K 8K 8 5 x11 W 5 5 x8 5 W 11 x17 W A3W A4W A5W BAW B5W Letter Tabstock A4 Tabstock Tray 4 8 5 x11 A4 B5 F4 8 5 x11 W A4W B5W Letter Tabstock A4 LT 402 Tabstock Tray 4 8 5 x11 5 5 x8 5 8 5 x14 11 x17 A3 A4 B4 F4 8 5 x11 W LT 412 11 x17 W A4W Letter Tabstock A4 Tabstock Manual Feed 8 5 x11 5 5 x8 5 8 5 x14 11 x17 A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 Bypass Tray F4 16K 8K 8 5 x 11 W 11 x17 W A3W A4W A5W B4W B5W Letter Tabstock A4 Tabstock MEMO Available paper sizes may vary depending on models of machine 354 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Manual Feed Tray Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 3 Limitation Tray 4 cannot be set in the following cases e When Off is selected for the Configure Large Capacity Tray Also when setting a Feed Tray take note of the following e When using B6 or be sure to select Manual Feed e When selecting OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print for the Media Type in the Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 select a tray from among Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 When selecting any other than the above be sure to select Manual Feed Open Print General
344. i iva kiw etae u Ex AK Ka LUV da ai a UE Ri Capa 621 nbl c4BIod 623 lip M I 632 Index Object e 632 usi 41 p 635 17 About this Product Package Contents The following items are supplied with the Print Controller e Notice Sheet e Interface Board e User Software CD Windows e Printer Driver e Scanner Driver compatible with TWAIN e Network Connection Utilities e BOOTP e P P2P e PX P2P e MAP e NW Setup e UNIX Utilities e Adobe Acrobat Reader e User s Manual this manual e Release Note describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the user software e Screenfonts e Web Utilities User s Reference Guide Macintosh e Adobe Acrobat Reader e User s Manual this manual e Web Utilities User s Reference Guide The following items are supplied with the PostScript3 Option e PS protection chip e User Software CD Windows e Printer driver PPD file e Screen Fonts e Adobe Acrobat Reader e Users Manual this manual e Web Utilities User s Reference Guide e Release Note describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the users software Macintosh e Printer driver PPD file e Screen Fonts e Adobe Acrobat Reader e Users Manual this manual e Web Utilities User s Reference Guide e Release Note describes
345. ia Type Output Tray Paper Source 2 Click the Settings button The Password Print dialog box will appear Password Print x UserlD Job ID Password Required Field When a user has already been set or when a password has been set in the POD tab Image Stor age the existing settings are displayed MEMO A password set in the Paper tab Settings button Password Print dialog box and a password set in the POD tab Image Storage check box Job Combination Print Storage dialog box are saved as one password A pass word that is set later takes precedence over those saved previously D gt p 256 To print with protection by a password 254 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To specify a user Continued 3 4 Enter a User ID up to 8 digits in the UserID box A User ID that has already been set is cancelled when a new ID is entered and the new one becomes valid Enter a Password up to 8 digits in the Password box A password that has been already set is cancelled when a password is entered and the new one becomes valid ips Passwords are case sensitive Click the OK button The User setup dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window Click OK button to close the Properties window 255 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To print with protection by a password Compliant W
346. ic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Palatino Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 ITC Avant Garde Book ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq 12345 ITC Avant Garde Demi ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 ITC Avant Garde Book Oblique ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq 12345 ITC Avant Garde Demi Oblique ABCDEFGHljklmnopq12345 ITC Bookman Light ABCDEFGHljklmnopq12345 ITC Bookman Demi ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 ITC Bookman Light Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 ITC Bookman Demi Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 New Century Schoolbook Roman ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 New Century Schoolbook Bold ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 New Century Schoolbook Italic ABCDEFGHlIjklmnopq12345 New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Times Roman ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Times Bold ABCDEFGHIjklImnopq12345 Times Italic ABCDEFGHlIjklmnopq12345 Times Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 symbol ABXAE THIgKApuvon012345 synboips ABKAE T HI gKAuvonel 2345 Wingdings sKdbqeedpt ep amp SeOsOOOM bias Courier Bold ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Courier Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Courier Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Letter Gothic X ABCDEFGHIjk1mnopq12345 Letter Gothic Bold ABCDEFGHI jkl1mnopq12345 Letter Gothic Italic ABCDEFGHI jk Imnopq12345 605 Appendix C Font g Font List Print Controller Continued CourierPS ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CourierPS Bold ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 CourierPS Oblique ABCDEFGHIjklmnopqi12345 CourierPS Bold Oblique ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345
347. ick the OK button to close the Properties window 195 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To output offset copies Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Offset cannot be set in the following cases e When Finisher is not available in Device Options tab e When Sub tray is selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Fold only Fold Trim Fold Stitch or Fold Stitch Trim is selected in Device Options tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Smoothing None Toner Save Normal Change setting for Tandem Print Off x Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Job Offset from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for boxes to display the list Then select On from the
348. ide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 Printer Driver Adobe Type Manager Screen Fonts User s Manual Adobe Acrobat Reader 4 0 Printer Driver PPD file for Power Mac Adobe Type Manager 4 1 Screen Fonts for PS3 TrueType Screen Fonts for PS3 Type1 Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for non USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Printing System 2 UG 1 IB 1 User s Manual for USA Web Utilities User s Reference Guide JobSpooler User s Reference Guide Adobe Acrobat Reader 4 0 Printer Driver Adobe Type Manager Screen Fonts User s Manual 20 About this Manual This manual describes how to operate the Print Controller when the Copier is used as a printer by connecting it to computers This manual assumes you are familiar with the basic operation of your operating system and the KM 8530 The KM 8530 comes is with user s manuals Refer to these manuals as needed For detailed operations of Windows 95 98 Me and Windows NT4 0 2000 XP refer to the operating manuals for each operating system For application operations refer to the operating manuals provided with each applica tion ly Important This manual explains operating procedures for Printing System 2 Print Controller The proce dures may vary depending on models of machine This manual is composed of the following five sections and appendices
349. ide a share name lt Back Cancel 14 Select whether to share the printer or not Select Share as or Do not share this printer checkbox 76 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 15 Click the Next button If you have selected Do not share this printer at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window will appear In this case go to step 18 D gt p 78 Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page lt Back Cancel If you have selected Share as at step 14 the next Add Printer Wizard window will appear In this case go to step 16 35 p 77 Add Printer Wizard Location and Comment You have the option of supplying a location and description of this printer You can describe the location and capabilities of this printer This information may be helpful to users Location Comment pea 16 f you have selected Share as at step 14 enter the location of the shared printer and comment in the Location and Comment textbox 77 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued 17 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do
350. ie Teas cann If the printer driver for Windows 95 98 Me is not saved in the server the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear In this case go to step 1 of When selecting the Local printer de gt p 51 Add Printer Wizard SA Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 10005F v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 1500 AGFA AccuSet 15005F v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet ANNSF v2nta3 108 x Have Disk lt Back 1 wee Cancel 54 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCLSe To install the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver to Windows NT4 0 perform the following steps The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 2 3 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4 0 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings of the Start menu and click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window Th
351. ify the network interface card on the network and set it up for TCP IP by using Web Utilities To use this method to assign the IP address to the network inter face card the following procedure should be performed on computers in advance e TCP IP correctly configured e MAP installed and MAP setup correctly executed MEMO For information about how to set up TCP IP and how to install IPX SPX compatible protocol refer to Windows Help menus for example Accessing Web Utilities The network interface card is provided with an HTTP server which has access to Web Utilities through a Web Browser either Netscape or Internet Explorer By accessing this server you can change settings of the printing system e Use MAP to have the network interface card on the networks identified automatically thereby access ing Web Utilities e Use a Web Browser to type the IP address assigned to the network interface card and thereby access the Web Utilities For example http 192 168 0 128 MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the separate volume Web Utilities User s Reference Guide 520 Chapter 19 Copier Setup General Description of the Network Setup Continued Using BOOTP Lite Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP From Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP you can use the BOOTP Lite program to assign the IP address to the network interface card TCP IP must be set up correctly on the computer that will execute this pro gram To copy i
352. iguration Chapita Setup for NetWare 3 x Before setting up NetWare you have to define the print server name etc from the Web Utilities 95 p 530 NetWare Setup The setup procedure of NetWare 3 x is as follows To perform this procedure you need authorization to perform this procedure 1 Start up PCONSOLE and select the file server to use MEMO Refer to the manual of Novell NetWare for setting up with PCONSOLE Generate and assign a print queue Define the network interface card as the print server Define the notification list password as necessary Set up the primary file server as necessary On completion of setup turn off the main power of the print controller and the main body printer and turn it on again The main body printer will print out a Status Page indicating the file servers equipped with print server and the queues that the file servers will service gt p 524 Outputing the Status Page MEMO Define the primary file sever if the network connects to many sites and has more than one file server PCONSOLE should be used to set up the primary file sever 568 Chapter 23 NetWare Configuration Setup for NetWare 4 x Novell NetWare 4 x can operate in two modes NetWare Directory Service NDS and Bindery Emulation Ser vice Bindery Emulation Bindery Emulation and NDS will be executed simultaneously It is also possible to set up the print server so that it operates only in Bindery Emulation
353. important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation 21 Click the Continue Anyway button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD If you have selected Yes recommended at step 18 performing of the test print starts 22 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 18 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the OK button 23 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 109 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued GO When selecting the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 1 If you have selected A network printer or a printer attached to another computer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network printer name in the Name textbox or type the URL in the URL text box and click the Next button If the printer driver for Windows XP is saved in the server the window to set the default printer will appear In this case go to step 2 Add Printer Wizard Default Printer Your compu
354. in the Text box To change the font click the V button beside the Font box to dis play the list Then select a font to be changed from the list MEMO The default is Helvetica To change a size click the A V button beside the Size box and specify the size of a watermark in a value from 7 to 600 MEMO e The default is 72 e By selecting a number in the Size box a size can be directly entered 283 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To change a Watermark Continued 6 To change a style click the V button beside the Style box to display a list And then select a style to be used by a watermark from the list Regular Bold Italic Bold Italic can be selected MEMO The default is Bold To change the angle click the A V button beside the box in the Angle field and specify the angle of a watermark in a value from 90 to 90 The angle can also be specified by shifting the slider beside the box in the Angle field to the left and right MEMO e The default is 0 e By selecting a number in the box in the Angle field an angle can be directly entered To automatically position a watermark at the center click Automati cally center MEMO The default is ON To change a value to specify the position of a watermark click Posi tion relative to center button MEMO The default is OFF 10 when the Position relative to center button is turned on click the
355. indows NT 4 0 2000 XP 557 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP 564 Chapter 23 NetWare Configuration 568 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration 571 Chapter 25 Apple Talk Configuration 581 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network 582 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview chapte Network Function of Print Controller This chapter provides an overview of the network features The network interface card has the following fea tures ly Important The network interface card is an optional e Features of the Network Function e Features of the NetWare Print Server e Features of the Web Utilities MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the separate volume Web Utilities User s Reference Guide Features of the Network Function The network function offers the following features e Automatic Selection of 100BaseTX Fast Ethernet or 10BaseT Ethernet connection e Multiple protocols TCP IP IPX SPX and AppleTalk EtherTalk supported e Peer to peer printing over TCP IP from Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me by using a dedicated utility IP P2P e Peer to Peer printing over IPX SPX for Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me By using dedicated utility IPX P2P e LPD LPR printing over TCP IP for Microsoft Windows NT 2000 XP e IPP printing over TCP IP Microsoft Windows 2000 XP e Automatic IP address acquisition by DHCP
356. indows XP PCL5e 562 LPD LPR Setup Continued Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Adding Print Services for Unix If LPR Port is not displayed at step 5 of Adding a printer port perform installation of print service for Unix 1 Se NM di Click the Start button and select Network and Dialup Connections from the Control Panel MEMO For Windows XP select Start Control Panel and select Network and Internet Connection Network Connec tion from the Control Panel window displayed Select the Optional Networking Components in the Advanced menu Check the Other Network File and Print Services box on Click the Details button Make sure that the Print Services for Unix is checked and click the OK button Click the Next button When Disk Insertion window is displayed follow the instructions and insert the Windows CD to the CD ROM drive and click the OK button Necessary files are copied Follow the procedures of Adding a printer port from the beginning again and activate Add Printer Wizard 39 p 559 Creating a printer port on Windows 2000 39 gt p 561 Creating a printer port on Windows XP 563 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP Chapter Internet Printing This printing system works with IPP Internet Printing Protocol IPP lets you send a print job to a printer connected to the Internet or an intranet with this protoco
357. ing Peise The output paper can be set to be punched in advance Adobe PS3 Compliant Punch holes can be set as shown below Left Top Right Portrait Portrait Portrait ABCD ABCD Left Top Landscape Landscape ABCDEF ABCDEF Right Landscape ABCDEF e 241 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set punching Continued Limitation When used in the combination of Stapling and Punch the combinations listed below are not allowed Position of stapling Position of punching Left Top Right Single left O O X Single right X O O Double left O X X Double right X X O Double top X O X MEMO e For details of staple and punch refer to the User s Guide of the copier e f you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 242 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set punching Continued Operating procedures of 4 Limitation Punch cannot be set in the following cases e When PU 108 Punch Unit is not available in Setup tab e When A6 or B6 is selected in Paper tab Paper Size e When OHP is s
358. ing Basic screen displays the Special Original Selection screen o gt p 454 Ge APPLICATION key Touching the APPLICATION key in the Scanner Setting Basic screen displays the Application Selection Screen de gt p 456 452 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Scanner Basic screen Continued OG ROTATION OFF key Touch this key to not rotate the original image automatically Loaded images are rotated 90 degrees clockwise when displayed on computer applications This feature modifies the rotation and automatically sends the images rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise The feature is ON by default Limitation If Paper Size x Lens Mode is A4 A4R or 8 5Rx11 8 5x11R or larger you cannot use ZOOM independent length width and Mixed Original in combination e STORE key Touch this key to send multiple originals at a time Touch the STORE key to highlight it in reverse image and press the START button The original loaded in the RADF or on the platen glass is scanned At this stage nothing is sent to the print controller After scan ning all the originals again touch the STORE key and then press the START button Scanned data is sent to the print controller 453 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Special Original Touching the Special Original key in the Scanner Setting Basic screen displays the Specical Original Selec tion screen Special Original Selection screen o
359. ing it to a computer or a network Copier print controller The print controller e Adopts PCL5e as a PDL page description language You can use it as a PostScript3 printer by installing a PS3 option e Supports Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP It also supports a Macintosh OS by using a PS3 option Mac OS X is not supported e Includes a standard parallel port IEEE 1284 and an Ethernet compatible network card as an option enabling you to use the copier as a network printer Important Never use the parallel port and Ethernet at the same time It may cause a system error e Includes standard network scanning features You can store scanned images in an internal hard disk in the print controller By configuring TCP IP set tings you can send the images via Email or upload them to an FTP server e Can receive subsequent print jobs while the copier is printing copying It can copy while the print control ler receives a print job or a scan job e Has the Printer ECM EKC function to manage the number of prints on the copier Setting the Printer ECM EKC feature means that provided you enter a password previously established on the printer to request a print job the copier counts printouts based on the ECM EKC counter to know when a preset limit is hit and also rejects a print request from a client h
360. is used Operating procedures of 1 Open Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Layout Pages per sheet Scaling m r Resolution C 400x400 600x600 r IrueType options f Outline soft fonts Bitmap soft fonts C Basters Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Inthe Resolution field click 400 x 400 or 600 x 600 MEMO e The unit is dpi e The default is 600 x 600 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 294 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a resolution Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Graphics tab of the Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermark Bescluion i Special Paper handling L Sealing 100 zi x Print as a negative mage Print as a mirror image Layout 1 up gi Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced button on the Printing Preferences window 2 Click the V button beside the Resolution box to display the list Then select 600 dpi or 400
361. ist shown in the Features field select Wait Mode From the pull down menu under it select Wait MEMO The default is None Click the OK button and close the Properties window Print from the application Step 6 and after are operations on the control panel of the copier 323 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To check the current settings before printing Continued 6 T The settings are displayed on the LCD The Printer Check Mode Screen will appear on the LCD touch screen and no printing is performed Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Bupieroie 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode k 2Hole Punch STORE J Pair J ExT Confirm the current settings Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary Refer to the above mentioned procedure How to check the job Wait Mode Proof 6 e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value from the keypad on the control panel when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Duplex Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Duplex Mode Set the Duplex Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the control panel e How to change Image Shift ZN Available only when On is selected in Image Shift of printer driver
362. iver to recognize an optional Large Capacity Tray if it is installed in the copier When the printer driver recognizes the Large Capacity Tray it is possible to select Tray 4 Large Capacity Tray a a s le E II Even if the copier is provided with a Large Capacity Tray the printer driver will not recognize it if the Large Capacity Tray is not set on the computer G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Configure iz Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Installable Options Memory Configuration Finisher SheetFeeder None 4 Trimmer Unit None J Punch Unit 2 Click the V button beside the Installable Options Large Capacity Tray to select a Large Capacity Tray you want to use from the list When you do not know whether the optional Large Capacity Tray is LT 402 or LT 412 consult your system administrator MEMO The default is None When None is selected it is not possible to use Tray 4 3 Click the OK button to close the Configure 353 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Manual Feed Tray Adobe PS3 compliant Select and set a Manual Feed Tray to be used from the list Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 EE Manual feed tray Tray 4 ly Important The paper sizes that can be used vary depending on each Feed Tray Care s
363. ix C Font 3 Screen Fonts Continued D How to install ATM 1 Turn on computer and start Windows ATM install program will require restart the computer after installation Before installation exit from all active applications if running 2 Double click the atm41eng exe file in the English Screenfonts folder of the User Software CD The setup program starts running and an installation window appears Welcome x Welcome to the Adobe Type Manager Setup program This program will install Adobe Type y Manager on your computer lt is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and violators will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law 3 Click the Next button The window is switched to Select Country Select Country x Indicate the country where you are installing this product to view the relevant licensing information United States America Latina Belgique Belgie Brasil Danmark amp Island Deutschland Espafia France Ireland Italia Japan Luxembourg
364. j N 2 Click the V button beside the Pages per sheet to select the number of pages to be allocated from the list The selection of 1 2 4 6 9 or 16 is available When any item other than 1 is selected it becomes possible to use the Layout direction box MEMO e The default is 1 e When the Print on Both Sides check box is turned on the Print on Both Sides is available 35 p 367 3 Select the left or right button from the Layout direction The sequence of pages is laid out from left to right when the left button is selected and is laid out from right to left when the right button is selected The sequence of pages is laid out as shown below as ABCD ABCD ABCD H IE Int MELE iE MEMO The default is the left button 4 Click the V button beside the Border to specify a page border from the list if you want to print the boundary between pages allocated MEMO The default is None 5 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 369 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big Adobe PS3 compliant 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as the original documents Example 2 A4 size papers are aggregat
365. l this printing system will produce outputs as requested via Internet or intranet Copier IPP Client internet Windows 2000 XP in 0 LT od Settings on the Copier To run a print job over IPP TCP IP settings must have been previously established You can also set IPP attributes To do this choose Network Setup Set IPP Printer Attributes from the Web Utilities MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the Web Utilities User s Reference Guide 564 Chapter 22 Printing by IPP from Windows 2000 XP I Internet Printing Continued G Settings on Windows 2000 Complete the steps shown below to add the copier to the existing installation on your computer running under Windows 2000 TCP IP settings must have already been set up on your computer You need the accompanying CD ROM which includes the printer driver 1 Click the Start button and select Printers from Settings 2 Double click Add Printer to run Add Printer Wizard 3 Click Next button 4 Choose Network printer and click Next button Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer ls the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If itis attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer C Local printer T Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
366. l pages except for the first page If you select All pages watermarks are printed on all pages If you select No watermark watermarks are not printed Click Top or Bottom When Top is turned on a watermark can be printed on top of the printing When Bottom is turned on a watermark can be printed behind the text In the Watermark field set Count and Separation to specify the number and spacing of watermarks Spacing will be automatically adjusted according to the number of watermarks In the Font field click the W button next to the Name box Select fonts to use for watermarks from the list shown 278 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print a Watermark Continued 7 Inthe Font field click the V button next to the Color box Select font colors to use for watermarks from the list shown Select Black Dark Gray Light Gray or White 8 Inthe Font field you can specify the density of the font color by drag ging the slider bar of the Darkness box 9 Inthe Font field select a font size by directly entering the font size in the Size box or by clicking the A or V button next to the Size box 10 check the Bold or Italic Check box in the Font field to specify bold or italic formatting 11 You can specify the watermark position in the Position field Click the User Defined button on to define X axis position left and right in the X box and Y axis positio
367. l port on the print controller does not support scanning work It is necessary that the PC and the network interface card should be assigned appropriate IP addresses and that the TCP IP network are enabled MEMO For more information on appropriate IP addresses contact your network administrator ra Scanning Print Controller Read In Scan to HDD m E RDH bay jS i Ethernet i Windows 95 98 Me LI c V NT 4 0 2000 XP Copier TWAIN compliant applications Network Scanner Driver 460 3 Reading In From HDD Continued To install the Network Scanner Driver To install the scanner driver perform the following procedure Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows 6 MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Set the User Software CD on the CD ROM drive Double click the My Computer icon on the desk top to open the My Computer window and then double click the icon corresponding to the connected CD i e User Software CD Double click Setup exe in the English Scanner folder The setup program starts running Select the language and click the OK button The Welcome window will appear A Welcome x Welcome to Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver Setup program This program will install Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver on your computer It is s
368. l printer When selecting the Local printer turn the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer setting off When personal computers or workstations are connected to the network and you want to print via the network select Network printer rips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting the Local printer step 1 35 p 74 72 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued T Click the Next button Chapter 4 How to Setup If you have selected the Local printer at step 6 the window to select the printer Port will appear In this case go to When selecting the Local printer Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT3 Printer Port COMI Serial Port COM2 Serial Port CNMI Serial Port TE FOL L T Il PTT Printer Port J el Note Mast computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer C Create a new port Type coca Port 4 tees If you have selected Network printer at step 6 the window to set the printer name wi
369. lable Options Memory Configuration Finisher Sheet Feeder None 4 Trimmer Unit PunchUnit None a Cur Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Displaying the Page Setup dialog box 1 Select File Page Setup of the application The Page Attributes dialog box in the Page Setup dialog box will appear Page Setup Page Attributes dialog box Page Attributes L Papen Orientation a Scale oo O Booklet 3 a Ni 2 Click the V button upper left corner the dialog box to select each menu as required Page Setup Watermark dialog box Printer 1B1_12345 2 8 7 0res None O First QAI PICT Watermark EPS Adobe Pir2 J TEXT O Foreground Edit Save With Document Page Setup PostScript Options dialog box 74 Printer e35 e ee PostScript Options Visual Effects O Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical O Invert Image a Image amp Text d Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text A Smooth Graphics Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts Page Setup Custom Page Default dialog box Printer 1B1 12345 s 8 7 0ro3 Custom Page Default A4 Paper Size Margins Width Height 29 7 Top 0 28 otrset 0 orrset 0 Left 0 28 Right 0 28 Max Bottom 0 28 PPD Limits MediaWidth 3027 GustomPageName 0 Remove Add Comes EE 335 Chapter
370. layed Select PrintPosition from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change settings for box to display the list Then select the printing position from the list Left Middle or Right are available MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 168 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set the margins Adobe PS3 Compliant Set the margins of the output paper when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used d Important This setting can only be set in the Properties shown by right clicking the Printers folder The Important marks are used MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP this function is not provided 169 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the margins Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in mo 0 Letter Legal Tabloid A3 Jn Orientation Portrait Adobe A Cifendscane T Hoteted Online Paper control aan nore Duplex lone I z a a 1 aj Paper source AutoSelect Tray Output bin
371. layed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties x Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overy About MEME Arial Light Gray a E lf pc a Size f a 2 orsi M e Delete zr Restore Defaults 3 In the Symbol field click the W button next to the File box From the list shown select None 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 272 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To create a new Watermark PCL5e Create a new watermark to be printed on the output paper when this printing system is used Adobe PS3 Compliant Watermark ABCD ld Operating procedures of 1 Open Watermark tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Watermark Lest ania z Page All pages Top Count P Sy 4 4 lis Bottom Seperation an A p Font 4 Color SE Light Gray Daknss sz rt wr B m Posion om Automatically C User defined g m Ande wf PM Mame Aia Adjustment Move C Rotate New Delete Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Click the New button below the Preview window Custom watermark 1 will
372. le in Paper tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks PrintPosition None a Collate Group Combination None Change settingfor Collate Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Select Collate from the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for boxes to display the list Then select Group from the list MEMO The default is Sort Click the OK button to close the Properties window 193 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To output offset copies AdobePS3 Compliant Offset Job Offset Output with copies shifted in a unit of the number of copies or page group to this side and the opposite side at the eject position when printing multiple sets of copies 1 gt U o U 7 Offset Copies MEMO For the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver this function is ref
373. lected the Local printer at step 5 the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear In this case go to When selecting the Local Printer fererencd 9 gt p 45 Add Printer Wizard xz Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 1500 Brother AGFA AccuSet 1500SF v2013 108 Bull AGFA AccuSet 800 C ltoh zl AGFA AccuSet ANNSF v2rta 108 Have Disk If you have selected Network printer at step 5 the window to set the network path or queue name will appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer FRetefence 9 gt p 46 Add Printer Wizard Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Do you print from MS DOS based programs C Yes e No lt Back Conca 50 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Local printer 1 Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s eges disk into cay the drive selected and then c
374. lex 499 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Setting the Default Value for the Duplex Continued 5 Touch the OK key The default value for the Duplex is set according to your selection The Set Default screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 500 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g Setting the Default Orientation You can set the default orientation of the paper from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A v Jx 3 Touch the Orientation key and then touch the OK key The Orientation Set screen will appear Long Edge Short Edge 4 Touch the key for the orientation that you want to set MEMO e Portrait set the Orientation to Portrait Default e Landscape set the Orientation to Landscape 501 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Setting the Default Orientation Continued 5 Touch the OK key The default orientation is set according to your selection The Set De
375. lic ABCDEFGHlIjklmnopq12345 Univers Medium Condensed ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Univers Bold Condensed ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Univers Medium Condensed Italic ABCDEFGHljkImnopg 12345 Univers Bold Condensed Italic ABCDEFGHljklmnopg12345 Antique Olive ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Antique Olive Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Antique Olive Italic ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Garamond Antiqua ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Garamond Halbfett ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Garamond Kursiv ABCDEFGHTjklmnopq 12345 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Marigold ABCDEFGHIjklnnoyq12345 Albertus Medium ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Albertus Extra Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq1 2345 Arial ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Arial Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Arial Italic ABCDEFGHI klmnopq12345 Arial Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 604 Appendix C Font g Font List Print Controller Continued Times New ABCDEFGHlIjkImnopq12345 Times New Bold ABCDEFGHlIjkImnopq12345 Times New Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Times New Bold Italic ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Helvetica ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Helvetica Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Helvetica Oblique ABCDEFGHljklmnopq12345 Helvetica Bold Oblique ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Helvetica Narrow ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Helvetica Narrow Bold ABCDEFGHIjkimnopq12345 Helvetica Narrow Oblique ABCDEFGHlIjklmnopq12345 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique ABCDEFGHIjklmnopq12345 Palatino Roman ABCDEFGHlIjkImnopq12345 Palatino Bold ABCDEFGHIjkImnopq12345 Palatino Ital
376. lick Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required 4 Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next 81 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued 5 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer ESSERE Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer Select the Local printer or the Network printer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer When the printing system is managed in a computer in which the printer driver will be installed also select Local printer When selecting the Local printer turn off the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box setting When personal computers or workstations are connected t
377. lick O Cancel 2 Click the Browse button The Open window will appear Open File name Folders inf c C adobeapp cbwafts CBWGTmp E kpems 3 Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive 4 Change Drive to CD ROM drive 5 Select the oemsetup inf file in the English Driver AdobePS Win9x_Me folder of the User Software CD and click the OK button 6 Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript 51 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Continued T Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 8 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to assign a port will appear Add Printer Wizard Click the port you want to use with this printer and then click Next Available ports 10 181 18 95 lp KPrint LPR Port Communications Port Creates a file on disk Configure Port lt Back we Cancel 9
378. list MEMO The default is Off Click the OK button to close the Properties window 196 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print multiple pages You can set as shown below when printing multiple pages document 332323233232323232323323332323233332323233323232529 To set to print on both sides PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides D gt p 199 To set to print on both sides Flip on Flip on long edge short edge 532323332323233323232333233332323333232332323259 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Page allocation Layout PCL5e Adobe PS3 Allocate the document of 2 pages 4 pages 6 pages 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing 35 p 202 To print the document of multiple pages on a single page 2 up 4 c o o O S gt o o ABCD ABCD gt o S gt o Q 2999999999999 9DD DD DD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper set in the output paper 33 p 205 To print 2 pages on a single paper twice as big 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat ABCD ABCD ABCD nl tule 197 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print multiple pages Continued gt
379. ll appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer Add Printer Wizard Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the network What do you want to do Name Connect to a printer on the Intenet or on your intranet Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer 73 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Local printer 1 If you have selected Local printer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the port connecting the printer and click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation C disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript lt Back Cancel MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network select the LPR port For details see your network administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for more
380. llation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 68 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Network printer server 1 If you have selected the Network printer server at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network path in the Printer textbox and click the OK button Connect to Printer x C Cancel Shared Printers v Expand by Default Help ds A Microsoft Windows Network 2 PrintServer E WORK Description Printer Information Status Documents Waiting C Tips If you don t know the network path search in the Shared Printer list to view and select available network printers ly Important Depending on your server and the state of your computer steps differ as follows e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is installed in the server and a different printer is installed in the computer Go to step 2 Reference 9 gt p 70 e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is installed in the server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer Go to step 3 Reference 9 gt p 70 e If the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is not installed in the server and a different printer is installed in the computer A message is displayed If you click OK the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will a
381. lly provides processing suitable to a curved section of fine character When None is selected no smoothing function is provided MEMO The default is None Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 403 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print an image by reversing white and black Adobe PS3 compliant Print a negative image by reversing white into black and vice versa This function is suitable for printing a monochromatic or coarse RGB image Reversing white into black ABCD ABCD 5 ABCD ABCD G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup PostScript Options Printer De CUN Options Visual Effects O Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical O Invert Image Image amp Text M Substitute Fonts v Smooth Text A Smooth Graphics CJ Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts Care Cox 2 Turn on the Invert Image check box MEMO e The default is OFF e Youcan turn on all of Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical and Invert Image if you want 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 404 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print an 1mage by reversing image AdobePS3 compliant Print an image by reversing it in a horizontal direction just like a reflection in the mirror Flip Horizontal Flip Vertical q98A ABCD
382. ly add a printer to the Available Printers list Delete Deletes the highlighted printer s from the Available Printers list Find Printers Finds printers connected to a network network interface card in the range specified in Max Hops for of IP Peer to Peer dialog box and displays in the Available Printers Clear Clears the Available Printers list This will not clear any printer marked with the P flag Select In the Available Printers list marks the S flag to the highlighted printers Printers marked with the S flag are added to the Windows port listing in the Add Printer Wizard 548 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me I Using IP Peer to Peer Continued Permanent Flags the highlighted printer s with the P flag Any printer marked with this flag will not be removed from the Available Printers list even if the printer is physically removed from the network or the Clear List button is selected described above S flag In the Available Printers list highlight printers and click Select to mark the S flag Click Select again to clear the S flag Printers marked with the S flag are added to the Windows port listing in the Add Printer Wizard Added to the Windows port listing enables the network printer to be used as a local printer virtually P flag In the Available Printers list highlight printers and click Permanent to mark the P flag Click Perman
383. m the Start menu to click Files or Folders from the sub menu The Find All Files window appears Type K8530 in Files or Folders the NAME textbox and search it form the Winnt folder including its subfolder Select and right click the files in the list Then select the Delete but ton The confirmation message will appear Click the Yes 122 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Updating the Printer Driver Windows NT4 0 Continued 9 Close the Find All Files window rips If you cannot delete a file because Windows is using it log off the computer and log in again 10 Select Spooler from the list in the Services window Then click the Start button Service Status Startup Plug and Play Started Automatic Protected Storage Started Automatic Start Remote Procedure Call APC Locator Manual Remote Procedure Call RPC Service Started Automatic Manual iH Continue ds i d A C Telephony Service Manual C uPs Manual Startup Startup Parameters LL JA 11 Follow the procedure from step 6 of Updating the Printer de gt p 121 123 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating the Printer Driver Windows 2000 To update the Windows 2000 compatible printer driver ly Important To delete the PCL5e printer driver you must delete the files related to the printer driver Updating the printer 1 2 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000 Click the
384. m the list MEMO The default is Off Click the OK button to close the Properties window 419 Chapter 7 Tandem Print I To print with two copiers Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Macintosh 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 2 3 9 gt p 336 Displaying the Print dialog box 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio s Job Offset PrintPosition Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch None WaitMode None A Click the V button beside the Tandem Print box to select the On from the list MEMO The default is Off Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default Discontinuation of tandem connection output and problems encountered during printing process Refer to the Copier s User s Manual for details of discontinuation of the tandem connection output and problems encountered during the printing process 420 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints Cham Overview of the Printer ECM EKC Printer ECM EKC is a feature used to manage the number of prints made on the copier Setting the Printer ECM EKC feature means that provided you enter a password previously established on the printer to request a print job the copier counts the printouts on the ECM EKC counter to know when a preset limit is hit and rejects print requ
385. mage Storage check box The Image Storage dialog box will appear Image Storage x UserlD Job ID Password Required Field MEMO When a password has been already set in the Paper tab Password Print check box or Settings button and when a password has been set in the Job ID Settings button the existing settings are displayed MEMO A password set in the Paper tab Settings button Password Print dialog box and a password set in Paper tab Settings button Image Storage check box Job Combination Print Storage dialog box are saved as one password A password that is set later takes precedence over those saved previously Do gt p 256 Confirm the Job ID and Password 261 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To save and print a print job Continued 4 When changing the Job ID or when creating a new Job ID enter a new Job ID up to 8 digits in the Job ID box A Job ID that has already been set is cancelled when a new Job ID is entered and the new one becomes valid MEMO When a Job ID overlaps with a saved Job ID the copier automatically adds a number to the last digit of the Job ID and identifies it as a different Job ID When changing the password enter a new password up to 8 alphanu meric characters into the Password box A password that has already been set is cancelled when a new password is entered and the new one becomes valid
386. mark text This function is used to apply Font Italic Off On italic formatting to the water O O O mark text This function is used to specify Font Size 1 to 300 the font size of the selected Oo O Oo watermark Automatica y This function is used to specify dis User defined D Position the position of the selected O O O Ce 0 100 watermark Y 0 to 100 This function is used to specify Position Angle 0 to 360 the control the lean angle of Oo Oo O the selected watermark Move This function is used to specify Adjustment Rotate the type of adjustment B This function is used to preview Show layout your settings in layout with the o o o current watermark settings New p This function is used to create a o o o custom watermark 598 I Function List Print Controller Continued Appendix B Function List eee M 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP Delete 5 This function is used to delete o o o the selected watermark Watermarks tab Restore This function is used to return o o o Defaults the settings to default settings This function is used to specify Symbol File None default a BMP fil Microsoft Windows a o o standard as an overlay form printed on paper a is ud pags This function is used to specify Symbol Page npag the page on which a selected O O O First page only rene overlay form is printed N
387. me C Connect to a printer on the Internet or on your intranet URL lt Back Cancel rips If you don t know the network printer name click the Next button and search the network printer in the window to browse printer and select available network printers Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not Click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Default No Location Comment To close this wizard click Finish Click the Finish button The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 80 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 To install the AdobePS3 printer driver to Windows 2000 perform the following steps The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator G Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows 2000 2 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer 3 Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings of the Start menu and c
388. me of print controller is displayed in xxx 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes e No Back Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 58 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you are installing the first printer to your computer the Default printer setting will not appear The first printer installed automatically becomes the default printer 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer zl Back Cancel 14 Select whether to share the prin
389. modular connector on the optional network interface card at the back of this printing system to the network with the Ethernet cable D9 gt p 30 Ethernet Connection 41 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing a Printer Driver Make sure that the copier is connected to the computer or network before installing a printer driver The installa tion procedures may be different depending on the printer driver or OS Installing on Windows 95 98 Me e Install Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver D gt p 43 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PCL5e e Install Adobe PS3 printer driver option gt p 49 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Installing on Windows NT 4 0 e Install Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver D gt p 55 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e e Install Adobe PS3 printer driver option 3 gt p 63 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Installing on Windows 2000 e Install Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver D gt p 71 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e e Install Adobe PS3 printer driver option 3 gt p 81 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Installing on Windows XP e Install Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver 35 p 91 Installing to Windows XP PCL5e e Install Adobe PS3 printer driver option d gt p 101 Installing to Windows XP PS3 Installing on Macintosh Adobe PS3 printer driver option only 35 p 111 Installing to Macintosh PS3 42 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing
390. mpt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Cover tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About T Eront Cover T Pl Cover Sheet Pl Front Cover Nore H PI Back Cover None s rT Sheet Insertion YS Bank Fined Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help Turn on the Back Cover check box Click on the button for Blank or Printed When Blank is turned on nothing is printed on the front cover When Printed is turned on the front cover is also printed MEMO The default is Blank Click the V button beside the Tray box to select a tray that feeds a paper for the back cover MEMO The default is Tray 1 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 223 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Back Cover Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Back Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate e When Combination is available
391. mputer click Local printer If itis attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Local printer T Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer lt Back tees MEMO Check Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer off 5 Select Create a new port and then choose LPR Port from Type Click the Next button Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port C Use the following port LPT1 Printer Port Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL G LPT2 Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port PAM Serial Part z Note Most computers use the LPT 1 port to communicate with a local printer Create a new port Type LPR Port v lt Back Cancel 6 Type the IP address assigned to the network interface card for Name or address of server providing Ipd in the Add LPR compatible printer dialog box 1 Type PORT1 upper case for Name of printer or print queue on that server and click the OK button 8 Follow the wizard information to install the printer driver d gt p 71 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e 560 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP LPD LPR Setup Continued Creating a printer port on Windows XP
392. n set it in the Scanner Settings Basic screen On this screen you can set the various settings of scanning After making the setting press the START button on the copier The original is scanned and scanned data are stored transmitted to the specified destination 435 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca Chap tion Settings g scan to HDD When storing scanned data on the hard disk of the print controller follow the next steps to register the desti nation hard disk 1 Press the MODE button on the control panel to display the Scanner Server Basic screen SERYER arr E Ms N I IMAGE IMAGE STOREIDELETE RECALL MEMO Up to 48 can be registered 2 Touch the SCAN key on the Scanner Server Basic screen The Please select transmission object screen will appear test aaaal Address manual input k44 TITLE SEARCH ALL ITEM J CANCEL OK MEMO When the Scanner Server Basic screen appears the E mail screen will appear first 3 Choose the HDD key on the Please select transmission object screen If the storage location HDD is already registered the entry name will appear El len ig SEIS e HDD test aaaall Address manual input k44 SEARCH J ALL ITEM CANCEL OK MEMO e To deselect a destination storage location you have selected touch the selected destination storage location key again e To change or delete registered Destination
393. n up and down in the Y box Click the Automatically button on to position the watermark automatically at the center of the page 12 Specify the lean angle of the watermark by dragging the slider bar of the Angle box in the Position field or by directly entering the angle 13 To adjust the watermark manually in the preview window click the Move button on in the Adjustment field and drag to move the mark around or click the Rotate button on and drag to rotate the mark around 14 Ciick the OK button to close the Properties window 15 Print from the application MEMO When Duplex is executed with the odd number of pages a blank paper is added The blank paper is also printed with a watermark 279 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a Watermark Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties BE vice Options PostScript Watermarks Print watermark Ja onfe page onl Jv in Beckorour T As outre only MEMO Windows NT4 0 2000 XP is not equipped with this function Select a watermark to be used from the Select a watermark box A selection can be made from among CONFIDENTIAL Copy Draft and others newly created and registered MEMO e A Number of watermarks have been registered in advance e Itis possible to create a new
394. n also enable use of the copier as a network printer when an optional network interface card is used FCC Regulation Warning This equipment has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interfer ence in a residential area This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the fol lowing measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver e Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit other than the circuit to which the receiver is con nected e Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Canadian Department of Communications Regulations This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Patent Notice The product includes an implementation of LZW licensed under U S Patent 4 558 302 Built in Fonts The print controller includes support for PC
395. n application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l Copies r Features r B Iv Collate E Font Orientation Portrait n Landscape Paper Size 85 x11 zm ne xm Media Type Output Tray 0 Paper Source Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 2 Click the Settings button The Password Print dialog box will appear Password Print x UserlD Job ID Password Required Field The details of existing settings will appear MEMO A password set in the Paper tab Settings button Password Print dialog box and a password set in the POD tab Image Storage check box Job Combination Print Storage dialog box are saved as one password A pass word that is set later takes precedence over those saved previously 35 p 256 To print with protection by a password 3 Confirm the Job ID and Password 263 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To re set a Job ID Continued 4 When changing a Job ID enter a new Job ID up to 8 digits in the Job ID box A Job ID that has already been set is cancelled when a new Job ID is entered and the new one becomes valid MEMO When a Job ID overlaps with a saved Job ID the copier automatically adds a number to the last digit of the Job ID and identifies it as a diff
396. n on this check box MEMO e The ASCII data button and the Send CTRL D after job check box are turned on as default e Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function Turn on the Display alert for applications incompatible with driver fea tures check box if you want to alert for an application that is incom patible with driver features The setting in the PostScript header field is ignored if you have selected Encapsulated PostScript EPS or Archive format in the PostScript output format box at step 2 MEMO e The default is OFF e Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP does not support this function Click the OK button The Advanced PostScript Options dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window Click the OK button to close the Properties window 317 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Checking the Printer Driver Setting You can check the setting before printing and perform test printing to check current setting 5333333332332323232323232323233232333232323232325929 To test print to check the settings Wait with Proof PCL5e Adobe PS3 Check test printing output and check current settings from the control panel when this printing system is used 35 p 319 To test printing to check the settings 53333323233232323323232323232323323232332323232325325929 To check the current settings before printing Wait PCL5e Adobe PS3 Check the current setting from the control
397. n print Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to check the Printer Status Make sure it is not stopped You cannot use PCONSOLE Version 1 0 to configure the print server Contact Novell Inc for an upgrade Printer Server File Server Printer Checklist Check the following to see if The print server can log into the file server and can service jobs from a File Server The print server name is listed on that File Server Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to set up the print server to the File Server The password assigned to the print server through PCONSOLE matches the password assigned through MAP Use MAP to update the password stored in the print server memory The print job is in the print queue and waiting to be printed Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to check if the print jobs are being sent to the printing system 585 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network How to Diagnose Problems Continued Workstation to Print Server Connection Checklist To make sure the workstation is communicating with the print server check the following e Print a file from the workstation and make sure the print job gets to the print queue using PCONSOLE or NWADMIN If the print job does get to the queue the problem is not with the workstation print server connection e Use CAPTURE to send data to the printing system from a workstation software application Refer to your NetWare print server manual for information e Make sure another printer is not taking the print jobs f
398. n the print server printing system and tree The network interface card is provided with a plug and play feature to support NetWare administration utility NWADMIN that enables the NDS administrator to perform centralized management of print serv ers MEMO Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of Setup with NWADMIN PCONSOLE NetWare allows the use of PCONSOLE as an alternative of NWADMIN PCONSOLE is used to set up static information of print servers regarding which queues to service and to whom information is given in case of trouble MEMO Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE of NDS Setup for Bindery Emulation Make sure of the Bindery Context Before connecting the print server network interface card to the Novell NetWare 4 x server of Bindery mode make sure that the NetWare server contains the bindery context If the bindery context does not exist the network administrator should modify the AUTOEXEC NCF file to add an adequate SET command and restart the NetWare server or enter a SET command from the con sole prompt to make changes AN Note that any command entered following the console prompt is effective immediately but the definition of the autoexec ncf file becomes effective only after turning off power and on again Setup with PCONSOLE in Bindery mode If you are sure that the bindery context exists in the file server you can set up the print server with PCONSOLE
399. n used in the combination of Stapling and Punch the combinations listed below are not allowed Position of stapling Position of punching Left Top Right Single Left O O X Single Right X O O Double Left O X X Double Right X X O Double Top X O X MEMO For details of stapling and punching refer to the User s Guide of the copier If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 235 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set stapling Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Staple cannot be set in the following cases e When Finisher is not available in Setup tab e When A6 or B6 is selected in Paper Size e When OHP is selected in Media Type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output Tray e When Fold only Fold amp Trim Fold amp Stitch or Fold Stitch amp Trim e is selected in Features field Fold amp Stitch e When Booklet is selected in Features field Combination MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper
400. nd 0 0 a 0 q a A T ORIGINAL COUNT ORIG DIRECTION ENHANCE gt SPECIALORIG FUNCTION Increase Mixed SPECIAL Contrast ik Original EE RECALL ORIGINAL reo STANDARD Folde Photo AM original lt gt CANCEL EJ IDLE V Ea EN T IERI Text SDF OK After selecting an application function touching the OK key brings you back to the Scanner Setting Basic screen Touch the CANCEL key to abandon your setting and return to the Scanner Setting
401. nd select No to not 99 gt p 98 Click the Finish button The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 100 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows XP PS3 To install the Adobe PS3 printer driver to Windows XP perform the following steps A qualified system admin istrator or printer administrator should perform the installation G Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 Turnon the computer and start Windows XP 2 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer 3 Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Printers and Faxes of the Start menu The Printers and Faxes window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required 4 Click the Add a printer icon of the Printers and Faxes window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to add the printer Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer E Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections i If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects through a USB part or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue
402. nel of the copier or the Web Utilities gt p 535 FTP Setup D gt p 536 Email Setup 95 p 538 DNS Setup 518 Chapter 19 Copier Setup General Description of the Network Setup To print over TCP IP you need to assign an IP address to the network interface card With the network interface card you can print over TCP IP in such ways as using IP P2P in peer to peer printing setup via Windows 95 98 Me using Ipd Ipr via Windows NT4 0 2000 XP and using IPP via Windows 2000 XP Using AppleTalk Ether Talk also requires the TCP IP setting ly Important The network interface card is an optional To use the network scanning feature you need to assign the IP address to the network interface card and con figure the settings for DNS Email or FTP servers according to your need Assigning IP Address There are three ways to assign the IP address to the network interface card e Use DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol to automatically assign an IP address e Assign an IP address from the copier s control panel e Use MAP Management Access Program and Web Utilities for assigning an IP address When initially connecting the network interface card to networks that are not using DHCP you need to con firm the following information e P address to assign to the network interface card e Network address of the network interface card MAC Media Access Control address or Ethernet address Check with the
403. ner driver on the computers from which data are imported Since this driver supports TWAIN you can import scanned data stored in HDD in the format of applications that conform to TWAIN such as Adobe Acrobat ly Important The network scanner driver does not support Macintosh computers MEMO For information regarding use of scanned data sent as an attachment to Emails or uploaded to FTP servers refer to the corresponding applications manuals 434 Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features scanning Screen of the Control Panel The scanning functions are performed through the control panel of the copier Here screens used in the scan ning features are explained in relation to each other Scanner Server Basic screen SCAN key V CANCEL key Manual Input Email Subject Input Select Destinations Storage Locations HDD Box No Screen Manual Input FTP Destinations Manual Input FTP Port Number Input OK key V ADDRESS key File Name Input Scanner Setting Basic screen Select Special Original Select Application START button to perform scanning To set and register destinations storage locations select Email HDD or FTP on the Select Destinations Storage Locations screeen and touch the MANUAL I P ADDRESS key After entering a destination select the destination on the Select Destinations Storage Locations screeen Specify the destination and set an original on the copier The
404. ng EPS at step 3 you can select a watermark the name of Adobe B amp W eps or Adobe color eps Selecting TEXT at step 3 you can select a watermark the name of Draft or created watermarks MEMO You can create and register a new item in TEXT 35 p 395 To create a new Watermark Turn on the Foreground check box if you want to print the watermark on the foreground of the printing Turning on the Foreground check box prints the watermark on the foreground of the printing Turning off the Foreground check box prints the watermark on the background of the printing 393 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To print a Watermark Continued 6 Turn on the Save With Document check box if you want to save the watermark with the printing document Turning on the Save With Document check box you can print the watermark under the same set tings at the next time you print the document T Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 8 Execute printing from an application 9 When the use of the watermark is discontinued after printing conduct operations on and after Step 10 If you want to apply the watermark at the next printing the operations after Step 10 are not required 1 0 Open Page Setup Watermark 11 Click on the None button 12 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 394 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To create a new Watermark Adobe PS3 compliant Watermark
405. ng is available go to Step 4 Turn off the copier and wait for 10 seconds then restart it Print the test print again after the print controller is ready Contact your Kyoceramita service representative if you cannot print the test page after performing the above procedures 426 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting General Problems of Printing Continued OG The print setting of a job does not correspond to the result of printing 1 Check that the printer setting was not changed Refer to Appendix B Function List for the printer setting 35 gt p 595 Function List Print Controller Memory Overflow 1 Depending on the functions selected in the printer driver occasional memory overflow may occur if the volume of the print job is large In this case the print job is cancelled e g Booklet Fold amp Stitch 2 in 1 etc In case of frequent Memory Overflow we recommend that you extend the memory capacity in the main body printer copier When Print Controller Memory Overflow is displayed on the LCD Touch Screen when you are using Duplex printing or another Application function you may cancel the print job and try to reprint with another function 427 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting J General Problems of Printing Continued Enough disk space is not available An error message will appear at the top left icon on the touch screen when available disk space of this print ing system becomes less than 396 of total di
406. ng settings e TCP IP setting to each Windows 2000 computer e Installation of Print Services for Unix d Important Installation of Print Services for Unix Select Network and Dialup Connections from the Control Panel of Windows 2000 to display the Network and Dialup Connections dialog box Then select the Optional Networking Com ponents in the Advanced menu to indicate the Optional Components Wizard Select the Other Network File and Print Services and then click the Details button to display the Other Network File and Print Services dialog box Make sure that the Print Services for Unix is checked If it is not checked add it MEMO For information regarding adding the Print Services for Unix refer to Windows 2000 on line help etc To add a various services to Windows 2000 the CD ROM for setting up Windows is required Creating a printer port To add a printer port perform the following procedure The CD ROM containing the printer driver must be on hand 1 Click the Start button and select Printers from Settings 2 Double click Add Printer to activate Add Printer Wizard 3 Click Next button 559 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP LPD LPR Setup Continued 4 Select Local printer and click Next button Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer ls the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your co
407. ng the ScanDataAutoDel You can set the time period for saving scanned data before the printing system deletes it automatically from the control panel MEMO The printing system deletes the scanned data automatically when it reaches the time out value If you set the ScanDataAutoDel setting to other than OFF you can reserve the free space in the internal hard disk automatically Press the Mode button displays the Printer Mode Basic Screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear EJ IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default J Password Pr int J gt Touch the Controller Set key The Controller Set screen will appear Banner Page Tray Spool Job Time Out CANCEL A v J MEMO Touch A key and V key to display the previous screen and the following screen of the Controller Set screen respectively Touch the ScanDataAutoDel key and then touch the OK key The ScanDataAutoDel Set screen will appear 12hour 2days 4days 6days 8days 10days 4 Touch the key for the value that you want to set 492 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu I Setting the ScanDataAutoDel Continued 5 Touch the OK key The ScanDataAutoDel setting is set according to your selection The Controller Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Controller Set screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CAN
408. ng to the combination as shown above that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Display the Paper tab of the Properties window When displayed from the application of Windows 98 pr 2 From the list shown in the Features field select Wait Mode Section 2 How to Print body Types of columns shown in this way are as follows A Explains cautions and restrictions or operating hardware and software Limitation Expalains function principles and other functions that cannnot be used together M Important Explains impertant notices on operating procedures MEMO Explanations to supplement the body Memoes may be included in the body Reference 35 gt SEN Shows a page to refer Refer to if necessary References may be included in the body rips Hints and Advices on operating procedures This page does not exist in the document 23 Section Before Using the Print Controller Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller 25 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller 29 Chapter 3 Overview of the Preparation Task 34 Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller Features of the Print Controller This print controller is the built in print controller for the copier You can use the copier as a printer by connect
409. ngs to default settings Offset Off This function is used to specify o o o On offset mode None Single Left Double Top This function is used select the Staple Double Left staple position o o Single Right Double Right None Booklet NP Combination Booklet Right This function is used to arrange o o o page layout 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat Paper tab Jens E Features Punch Left This function is used to select o o o Top the punch position Right None Fold Only Fold amp Trim Fold amp Stitch This function is used to arrange Fold amp Stitch Fold Stitch amp Trim the finishing method for printed O O O Z Fold A3 B4 11 x papers 17 8k Z Fold 8 5 x 14 Three Fold This function is used to confirm Nene setting or to proof a print out vyait Moge Mn oe starting the entire print 2 Wait with Proof 9 p job This function is used to create a Off new binding margin on papers Image Shift On Printing System 2 does not 9 2 correspond to this FaceDown Output Order FaceUp O O O None Type Smoothing Type2 Oo Oo O Type3 Normal Toner Toner Save Save Draft O O O Tandem Print Off Two copiers print at the same o o o On time 596 Appendix B Function List I Function List Print Controller Continued 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP Solid Black and White This function is used to select Halftoning Pa
410. nothing happened e No output is produced and the job is registered on the non complete job list Gf the ECM EKC counter hits a preset limit in the process of getting an output e A message will appear indicating that the ECM EKC counter reached a preset limit but the printing process is completed normally and the ECM EKC counter increments as if nothing happened e After the current print job is completed no additional jobs are accepted If you try to send the next print job it is deleted and registered on the non complete job list e The print job instantly stops causing the already fed paper to be output The job is registered on the non complete job list MEMO A print job deleted by the Printer ECM EKC feature is registered on the non complete job list For information on checking the non complete job list screen refer to Troubleshooting D gt p 430 Checking on non complete jobs e fthe Printer ECM EKC feature is set in the copier the User ID set in Password Print in the Settings dialog box will be recognized as the ECM EKC password e fthe Printer ECM EKC feature is set in the copier enter the same number as the Printer ECM EKC password in the User ID column of Password Print D gt p 254 To specify a user 424 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Chapei Basic Troubleshooting This section describes how to troubleshoot If problems are not resolved by using the following procedure con tact your Kyo
411. nstall the program files in the Windows directory perform the following procedure 1 Resetthe print controller and the main body printer The BOOTP Lite program uses the BOOTP protocol The BOOTP request is for a finite period of time The print controller and the main body printer must be freshly reset for this to work 2 Insert the accompanying CD ROM into CD ROM drive and double click Bootpl32 exe in the English NetUti BOOTP folder 3 Pull down the Admin menu to Configure 4 Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the network interface card its Subnet Mask make sure it matches what you are using on your subnet Default Gateway your router s IP address and the MAC address of the network interface card Use colons as delimiters as shown on the Status Page rather than the dashes that Windows uses 5 Click on Go 6 Wait about five minutes The network interface card should recycle and produce a Status Page showing the IP parameters you have just entered T Pull down the Admin menu to Verify You should get a message back stating that The Unit is Active If you do not get this message verify that TCP IP is enabled on the Status Page 8 When you get a response that the unit is active you should be able to ping the network interface card 521 Chapter 19 Copier Setup General Description of the Network Setup Continued Using arp command Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP 1 From
412. nstallation More Info 21 Click the Yes button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer If you click the No button the installation will not complete If you have selected Yes recommended at step 18 performing of the test print starts 22 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 18 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the OK button 23 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 79 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Network printer Chapter 4 How to Setup 1 If you have selected the Network printer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network printer name in the Name textbox or type the URL in the URL textbox and click the Next button If the printer driver for Windows 2000 is saved in the server the window to set the default printer will 4 appear In this case go to step 2 Add Printer Wizard Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer gt If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the network What do you want to do Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer Na
413. nter Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use X Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation ea disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer A Printers EW AGFAAccuSet v52 3 he Ey AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Apple EY AGFA AccuSet 800 APS PS 3 R4 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 gf This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network select the LPR port For details see your net work administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for more details 95 p 557 LPD LPR Setup Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer s installation disk and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below Copy manufacturer s files from 94 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 3 NONA Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear Locate File Look in B My Documents Am Music Emy Pictures File name m Files of type Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive View the English Printer WinNT_2000_ Xp folder in
414. nter directly the number Click the OK button to close the Properties window 165 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 3 Limitation Scaling cannot be set in the following case e When setting other than 1 up in Graphics tab Layout MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Graphics tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks schon E Special Print as a negative image Print as a mirror image Paper handling Scaling 100 E Layout 1 up MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is displayed Click the A V buttons beside the Scaling box to specify a value in the range between 25 and 400 MEMO e The default is 100 e The setting can be made in increments of 1 e tis possible to select a numeral in the range given in the Scaling box and enter directly the number of copies to be prin
415. nting or printer resident printing In general printer based Ipd is easier to use on BSD UNIX systems This requires an entry in the printcap file once the network interface card has its IP information Some UNIX System V systems have restrictions on support of remote Ipd printers requiring that the host based Ipd approach be used Each printing mode has certain advantages over the other mode as follows e The host resident method can print the username and filename on its banner page whereas the printer resident method prints a banner page with the host s name e The printer resident method requires you to configure the print controller and the network interface card only one time when you install the network interface card whereas the host resident method requires that a printing daemon be installed on every host that you want to be able to print jobs MEMO The network interface card will also operate with other host resident print supervisor spooler programs that present a print image to the print controller over a TCP IP port 571 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration I UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Printing overview Considering both the host based and printer based TCP IP printing capabilities the network interface card works with the following systems All UNIX systems that support Ipd System V Rel 4 on 386 platforms DEC ULTRIX RISC Versions 4 3 and 4 4 DEC OSF 1 Versions 2 0 and 3 0 Solaris Version 1 1
416. ntroller from a Windows computer in the same LAN The scanned data can be transmitted as attached data via Email or uploaded to an FTP server b pao 33 Chapter 3 Overview of the Preparation Task Chat Using as a Printer You must decide whether to connect the computer to the print controller with a parallel connection or an Ether net connection The following shows the outline of the preparation procedures for each connection G Parallel connection You can use the copier from a computer running Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP with a parallel connec tion 3 MEMO Refer to Section 2 How to Print for detailed procedures Reference 8 p 37 Connect the computer to the print controller with a parallel cable Install the printer driver in the computer The standard Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver and the optional Adobe PS3 printer driver are avail able as printer drivers Set up the property of the printer as required Ethernet connection You can use the copier from a computer in which Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP is running in the Ethernet connection Using Adobe PS3 printer driver you can use it from Macintosh MEMO Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for detailed procedures Referenc 9 p 512 Connect the print controller to Ethernet with an UTP cable Configure computers that are connected to the LAN first Set up the network configuration such as the IP address for the
417. o Oo 9 9 exit Print Position Left Middle Right Prints multiple sets according Collate Sort Group to the selected method sort Oo Oo Oo Oo o ing or each page grouping T None Booklet Booklet Prints 2 pages onto 1 sheet combination Right 2 in 1 2 in 1 Repeat with the selected method 9 9 9 None Fold only Fold Trim Fold Stitch Makes folded stitched Fold Stitch Fold Stitch Trim trimmed set according to the O O O Oo Z fold A3 B4 11 x 17 8K selected method Z fold 8 5 x 14 Three fold None Single Portrait Sin gle Landscape SingleRi ght Portrait SingleRight Landscape Double Side Portrait Double Side Staples the set by the Bebing Landscape Double Sid selected positioning method Q 9 9 eRight Portrait Double SideRight Landscape Double Top Portrait Dou ble Top Landscape i Punches the set by the None Left Portrait Left Selected positioning method Landscape Top Portrait E In some case of the settings Punch Top Landscape Right T Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo A of punching stapling paper Portrait Right Land binati hf scape size combination punch func tion can not be used DAP Stops before printing out mul Wait Mode arona se Wari Wait with tiple sets according to the Oo Oo Oo O Oo selected method Outputs sheets of paper face Output Order FaceDown FaceUp up or down as selected O O O O Oo When
418. o complete Setup 618 Appendix C Font Screen Fonts Continued 10 Click the Finish button When the Display Adobe Type Manager Read Me file check box is checked clicking the Finish button opens the ReadMe file After closing the ReadMe file or unchecking the Display Adobe Type Manager Read Me file check box the Setup Complete window will appear when you click the Finish button Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Before you can use the program you must restart Windows or your computer C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup 11 Click the Finish button and Windows restarts When Windows is restarted Adobe Type Manager ATM goes into effect 619 Appendix C Font J Downloading New Fonts y Important e When downloading fonts you need to set Controller Set Spool to Off in Printer Menu Screen on the copier control panel e For details on the menu structure of the copier control panel as well as on how to access Printer Menu Screen refer to the Print Controller User s Guide Chapter 15 Control Panel e Select diskO when downloading fonts onto the hard disk in the Print Controller e Downloaded to disk1 the fonts are not available for use e Downloading fonts to disk1 might result in the Print Controller not functioning dependably A
419. o display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E IDLE Test Print Menu J Controller Set _ Set Default J Password Pr int Js gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The Set Default screen will appear Resolution Duplex Orientation CANCEL A Y Jx 3 Touch the Default Paper key and then touch the OK key The Default Paper Set screen will appear CANCEL A JUL v Jx J MEMO Touch A key and VW key to display the previous screen and the following screen of the Default Paper Size Screen respectively 4 Touch the key for the paper that you want to set 496 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu Setting the Default Paper size Continued 5 Touch the OK key The default paper is set according to your selection The Default Paper Set screen will appear MEMO Touch the CANCEL key if you want to return to the Set Default screen without changing the setting 6 Touch the CANCEL key The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear 497 Chapter 16 Configuration of Printer Setting Menu g setting the Resolution You can set the resolution from the control panel 1 Press the Mode button to display the Printer Mode Basic screen The Printer Mode Basic screen will appear E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default J Password Print J gt 2 Touch the Set Default key The
420. o overlay Symbol Select This function is used to register Oo 9 Oo Bitmap a Bitmap image for overlay This function is used to specify Shade Color Black color for a bitmap image Only O O O Black is selectable This function is used to specify Overlay tab c park O to 100 Darkness of a bitmap image for O O O overlay Automatically This function is used to specify Size User defined the magnification ratio of over O O O 10 to 100 lay image in percentage Automatically T User defined This function is used to specify cone X 0 to 100 the position of overlay image 9 Y 0 to 100 This function is used to preview Show layout your settings in layout with the o o o current watermark settings Restore P This function is used to return o o o Defaults the settings to default settings 599 Function List Print Controller Continued Appendix B Function List eee A 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP Off On Front Cov r Blank This function is used when front o o o covers are used Printed Bypass tray Tray 1 This function is used to select a Front Cover Tray 2 paper source used for front cov O O O Tray Tray 3 ers Tray 4 Off On 7 TOR Back C v r Blank This function is used when back o o o covers are used Printed Bypass tray Tray 1 This function is used to select a Back Cover Tray 2 p
421. o print via the network select Network printer rips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting the Local Printer step 1 Do p 45 Click the Next button If you have selected the Local printer at step 5 the window to select the printer manifacturer and model will appear In this case go to When selecting the Local Printer p 45 Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers AGFA AccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 10005F v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 1500 AGFA AccuSet 15005F v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet RO DISF v2n13 108 lt Back Cancel If you have selected Network printer at step 5 the window to set the network path or queue name will appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer 35 p 48 Add Printer Wizard Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Do you print from MS DOS based programs C Yes Ol No Network pat
422. o the network and you want to print via the network select Network printer D Tips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting Local printer step 1 D gt P84 82 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued T Click the Next button If you have selected the Local printer at step 6 the window to select the printer port will appear In this case go to When selecting the Local printer D gt p 84 Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Printer Port COMI Serial Port COM2 Serial Port rom Serial Port zl Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer C Create a new port Back Cancel If you have selected Network printer at step 6 the window to set the printer name will appear In this case go to When selecting the Network printer gt p 90 Add Printer Wizard Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer gt If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the
423. of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 66 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications yocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes No Back Cancel 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not MEMO If you install a printer to the computer for the first time Default printer setting will not appear and the first printer installed will be the default printer 13 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select whether to share the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other netw
424. oftware i on any number of printers containing PostScript software from Adobe and an unlimited number of CPUs or ii in conjunction with the corresponding application software from Adobe with which this Driver Software is bundled regardless of what type of printer you are using Print Save As Decline Accept 111 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Macintosh PS3 Continued 6 Click the Accept button The AdobePS Installer dialog box will appear AdobePS Installer EIE Click the Install button to install Easy Install m Install Location The folder AdobePS Components will be created on the C disk g401e Install Location g401e v MEMO You must agree to the license to use the printer driver for the PS3 printing system Click the Accept button and go to the next step T Click the Install button The installation starts When the installation is completed the following message appears is Installation was successful If you are finished click Quit to leave the Installer If you wish to perform additional installations click Continue 8 Click the Quit button Then go to Selecting the printer with the selector It is recommended that you restart your computer if you select Other Macintosh at step 2 35 p 113 112 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Macintosh
425. og box will appear Password Print x UserlD 12349875 Job I Job ID Password Required Field MEMO When the user setup is not yet made a message User ID must be entered is displayed Confirm the User ID and password MEMO A password set in the Paper tab Settings button Password Print dialog box and a password set in the POD tab Image Storage check box Job Combination Print Storage dialog box are saved as one password A pass word that is set later takes precedence over those saved previously When changing the password enter a new password up to 8 digits in the Password box A password that has already been set is cancelled when a password is entered and the new one becomes valid Click the OK button The Password Print dialog box disappears and the display returns to the Properties window Click the OK button to close the Properties window Print from the application The procedures on and after Step 8 show the operation on the control panel of the copier Press the MODE button to display the print mode basic screen and display Password Print touch key Touch the Password Print User ID key Password key and numeric key etc are displayed Input User ID User ID xxx a User ID Lo 12 af4l selz elo Password Cancel E o 257 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To print with protection by a password Continued 10 En
426. on Print the Test Page from Windows When you cannot print a job from an application even though you can print a test print contact a sys tem administrator or a service representative If the message Error is displayed check that the control panel is in copy mode not scanner mode G Cannot select any media other than Plain paper from Media Type 1 2 For the PCL5e Driver select Restore Defaults from Paper tab or Cover tab to restore the default setting Set Paper Source to a setting other than Auto Select A message requesting a paper size you did not specify is displayed 1 Cancel the job to change the paper size in the Page Paper Setup dialog on your application Touch and select the desired size displayed in the paper sizes area of the control panel then press the START button The forced output will start D gt p 505 Using the Forced Output Function Q You cannot print the test print 1 Check the LCD of the main body printer control panel When Ready to copy is displayed on the LCD go to Step 3 When a diagnostic message or an error message is displayed on the LCD refer to the operating man ual of the main body printer copier When the LCD is blank go to Step 2 Press the POWER SAVER ON OFF on the control panel When the main body printer is used in the Power Save mode press this switch to show the LCD in the Display mode Try to make a copy When copyi
427. on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies Eeatures B NM Punch Iv Collate 38 Wait Mode Orientation n w C Portrait C Landscape Paper Size Gup 8 5 x11 7 J None Media Type Output Tray Plain paper zl Default z Paper Source Auto Select T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Hep 2 From the list shown in the Features field select Wait Mode 319 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To test printing to check the settings Continued 3 T 8 9 From the pull down menu under it select Wait with Proof MEMO The default is None Click the OK button and close the Properties window Perform printing from the application Step 6 and after are operations on the control panel of the copier The Printer Check Mode Screen will appear on the LCD touch screen and no printing is performed HDD STORE appears only when the optional HDD is installed in the main body printer Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Duplex Mode 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray Papertype Recycle Output Mode p 2Hole Punch i a Confirm the current settings Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value
428. on on the Printing Preferences window e For Window NT4 0 2000 XP Graphics TrueType font Download as softfont is selected Click the Substitute printer fonts for TrueType fonts when applicable check box When the Do not use printer fonts check box is turned on it is displayed in gray and cannot be turned on In such a case turn off the Do not use printer fonts check box to cancel the grayish dis play MEMO The default is ON 306 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To replace TrueType with the printer font Continued 3 Click the Send Fonts As button The Send Fonts As dialog box will appear Send Fonts As MES r TrueType fonts Send IrueType fonts as Fm M Threshold to switch between downloading bitmap or outline fonts measured in pixels in pixel size at the current resolution pe a PostScript fonts Send PostScript fonts as In Native Format E Cancel Help Restore Defaults MEMO For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP set PostScript Options TrueType Font Download Option 4 Clickthe V button beside Send TrueType fonts as box to display the list Then select a method for sending to be used from the list e When Outlines is selected the printer driver uses the outline of TrueType character to create and send a PostScript Type 1 font e When Bitmaps is selected the printer driver uses the outline of TrueType character to create and send a bitmapped Post
429. on the printer you specify You can indicate to the network interface card Ipd what type of print controller it is attached to by either e Accepting the default port setting PCL5e PostScript and other or e Changing the listed emulations via a standard IP based Web Browser The sections that follow give specific Ipd setup instructions for various systems Setting Up a BSD Remote Printer to Use Ipd To set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface card using printer resident Ipd add an entry to the etc printcap file on your host for each printer you use Perform the following pro cedure 1 Open the etc printcap file Make an entry naming the network interface card as the remote host and PORT1 as the remote printer name A typical printcap entry is as follows printer name gt for example lprprinter lp rm lt remote_host gt for example name as entered in etc hosts rp PORT1 Sd usr spool lpd printer name for example spool directory on system used to spool data and control files This entry will send jobs spooled at usr spool Ipd printer name to the printer designated printer name to be printed at PORT 1 the internal connection to the printer of the network inter face card designated as remote host 2 Create the spooling directory For example type mkdir usr spool lpd printer name 3 To print via the spooler use the lpr command Type lpr P
430. on to close the Page Setup 341 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the size of the output paper Adobe PS3 compliant Print various sizes of documents as shown below MEMO May be different depending on the specification of each country Document size that can be selected Statement Letter Legal Tabloid A3 A4 A5 A6 B4 B5 B6 F4 8K 16K Statement Wide Letter Wide Tabloid Wide A3 Wide A4 Wide A5 Wide B4 Wide B5 Wide Letter Tabstock A4 Tabstock Custom MEMO When selecting Custom you can set and register a paper size 33 gt p 350 To set a custom size paper 342 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh 3 To set the size of the output paper Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Often a specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set For details refer to the explanation of each of the functions 1 Open Page Setup Page Attributes Printer eras e a Orientation a Scale io con C 2 Select the document size from the Paper column MEMO The default is Letter May be different depending on the specification of each country 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 343 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I To set the type of manual feed paper Adobe Ps3 Compliant
431. ont cover is also printed MEMO The default is Blank Click the V button beside the Tray box to select a tray that feeds a paper for the front cover MEMO The default is Tray 1 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 219 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Front Cover Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Front Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate e When 2 in 1 is selected in Device Options tab Combination MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Printer features Front Cover Printed Front Cover Tray None Change setting for Front Cover i z Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Properties window detailed setting is displayed Select Front Cover from
432. ontrol 505 Chapter 15 Control Panel Chapter Names and Functions of the Control Panel You can set up the printing system from the control panel of the copier This chapter describes the basic operation of the control panel the setup menu and functions of the printing system setup Refer to the operating manual of the copier for other functions and screens of the control panel The control panel has the following names and functions O cop SCANNER SERVER O PRINTER INTERRUPT S Zn OOO CHECK HELP O00 9 JOB MEMORY 7 Ld COPY AUTO RESET L E ary START A 1413 12 i i 9 8 Name Function 1 LCD TOUCH SCREEN Displays printing system status various setting menus and setup items help information interactive screens and touch keys for select ing all functions 2 CHECK Displays a screen showing all settings that are selected for the current job when setting up the Wait mode on the printer driver screen 3 MODE Switches the machine operation mode to copy printer and scanner server in turn KEYPAD Enters numeric values INTERRUPT Stops printing in progress to allow copying from the platen glass STOP Stops the copying sequence scanning or printing deletes the stored memory TIMER Lights when the timer function is set 8 POWER SAVER ON OFF Activates Power saving
433. opies 1 gt U O U 7 Offset Copies G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Offset cannot be set in the following cases e When No Finisher is selected for Finisher in the Installable Options field of the Config ure e When B6 or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup e When Sub Tray is selected for Output Bin in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Trim or Fold Stitch Trim is selected for Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer sius e Destination Printer Specific Optio Job offset on sj PrintPosition None Combination z None 5 Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None j Punch _ None Wait Mode zron j z N 2 Click the V button beside the Job Offset box to select the On from the list MEMO The default is None 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 364 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print multiple pages You can set as shown below when printing multiple pages document 332323233233323232332333232333332323332323232529 To set to print on both sides Adobe PS3 Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides 3
434. or for more details 35 p 557 LPD LPR Setup Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive ce selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from m r Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear E My Computer Network Neighborhood My Briefcase wee RE Files of type Setup Information inf E Cancel 57 3 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued NONA Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive Chapter 4 How to Setup View the English Printer WinNT_2000_Xp folder in the list Click Printer inf in the File name text box then click the Open but ton The Install From Disk window will appear Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Add Printer Wizard x lt Back Next gt Cancel Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL is the printer name of the default MEMO The model na
435. or 2 in 1 Repeat from the list For 2 in 1 2 different pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing For 2 in 1 Repeat the same 2 pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing MEMO The default is None 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 208 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a twofold booklet AdobePS3 Compliant Booklet Print output paper so that they become a book when they are folded in two 209 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To print a twofold booklet Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Booklet cannot be set in the following cases e When 8 5 x14 11 x17 11x17W A3 A3W A6 B4 BAW B6 F4 8K 16K is selected in Paper tab Paper size e When Tab sheet or OHP is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab e When Back Cover or Sheet Insertion is selected in Cover tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Portrait C Landscape 3ookle Paper Size 8 5 x11 id
436. or more information see your network administrator 543 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IP Peer to Peer This printing system employs a method which sends the print job directly to the print controller from the Win dows 95 98 Me compliant computer not through the dedicated print server This is called peer to peer printing As peer to peer printing uses the network protocol TCP IP the network interface card must be set up for TCP IP in advance For each of the Windows 95 98 Me computers that perform peer to peer printing it is necessary to set up TCP IP install and set up IP P2P included in the accompanying CD ROM and set up the printer driver Basic TCP IP setup Select Network from the Control Panel of a Windows 95 98 Me computer that uses the main body printer via the network interface card to display the Network dialog box Click the Configuration tab and make sure that TCP IP exists in the list of The following network components are installed If it is not found add TCP IP MEMO Refer to Windows 95 98 Me Help or some other means to add TCP IP Network KAS Configuration Identification Access Control The following network components are installed E Client for Microsoft Networks Dial Up Adapter Realtek RTL8029 Ethernet Adapter and Compatibles Y TCP IP gt Dial Up Adapter 4 TCP IP gt Realtek RTL8029 Ethernet Adapter and Comp MI gt
437. or the Sorting Staple Punch Cover seat front or PI Tray Back in the Print Printer Specific Options e When Off is selected for the Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition None 4 Collate Combination Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait Mode None 2 z A 2 Click the V button beside the Output Bin box to select the output tray from the list MEMO You cannot select the Output Bin if an Finisher is not recognized 33 p 356 To set the Finisher 3 Clickthe Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 358 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print multiple copies If you want to print multiple copies you can select the following settings 533333333232323232323232323232323232323323323232325929 To set the number of copies to be printed Adobe PS3 Set the number of copies to be printed from the Print D gt p 361 To set the number of copies to be printed 555 5 25 252529525 2525295252525252525 2525252525252525252525252525 To print by sets Sort Adobe PS3 Print the first one set of pages in one lot and then the second set of pages the third set of pages when printing multiple sets of pages D gt p
438. ore Info 21 Click the Yes button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer If you click the No button the installation will not complete If you have selected Yes recommended at step 18 performing of the test print starts 22 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 18 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the OK button 23 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 89 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Network printer Chapter 4 How to Setup 1 If you have selected the Network printer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network printer name in the Name textbox or type the URL in the URL textbox and click the Next button If the printer driver for Windows 2000 is saved in the server the window to set the default printer will 4 appear In this case go to step 2 Add Printer Wizard Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the network What do you want to do Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer Name ss C Connect to
439. ore clearly eene 302 To set font related items eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee nnn 303 To print without using printer fonts eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene eene nn nennen nnne nnn nnnm nena 304 To replace TrueType with the printer font eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnen nennen 306 To set a method for sending PostScript ccceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeensneeeeeseeenenseeneees 308 To add the Euro currency mark to the font cccccesssssseceeeeeeeesseesseeeeeeeeseessneeeeeeeeeneeenanes 310 To download the font information eeeeesseeeeeeeeseeee esee eene enn nennen nant nnmnnn nnn 311 To adjust settings of PostScript output format 312 To adjust basic settings of PostScript output format eene 313 To adjust detailed settings of PostScript output format esee 316 Checking the Printer Driver Setting suse 318 To test printing to check the settings ueeeeeeeseseeeeseeeeeeeen nennen nennen natn 319 To check the current settings before printing esee 323 To check the version of the printer driver ccs ccccseseeceeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseneeeeeseneaeess 327 To E quicum 329 To set printer mem
440. ork 582 Resetting the Network Interface Card to Factory Default 582 How to Diagnose Problems iiuoicsieer xad n oen arae ackaus EaEE ERE E CCEYI OI UR RR RR RARE 583 16 I Contents Continued Appendices Appendix A Product Specifications 588 Product Specifications Printing System 2 588 Product Specifications Network Interface Card NIC 592 UTP cable specifications cocer root eror tnra nau scuro suum annua anta haus 593 Factory Default Settings NIC eese 594 Appendix B Function List e crecer erneuern 595 Function List Print Controller 1 irren or niac nitro n e een oss n dna nana ea eaa Ran us 595 Function List PostScript3 Option eeeeeesss 601 Appendix C Font e 604 Font List Print Controller ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn Ea dna E 604 Font List PostScript3 ge 607 Font Number List Control Panel PCL Setup 610 Screen OMS RE 613 Downloading New Fonts erred nuns aca iu Uu ERR x euEEDLI I aa nus 620 Appendix D Symbol Set iiio enit na ees hasse rer Ebro ss terea nnn 621 About Symbol Sets ioxsciacixs c viviti sad
441. ork users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name C Shared Share Name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer ni Back Cancel 14 Select whether to share the printer or not Select Shared or Not shared checkbox You can select the Network Client OS using the shared printer from the list displayed at the lower part of the window 67 Chapter 4 How to Setup F Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued 15 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel 16 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver 35 p 114 Test Page Print 17 Click the Finish button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation If you have selected Yes recommended at step 16 performing of the test print starts 18 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 16 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the Yes button 19 The insta
442. orm the test print or not Select Yes recommended to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver 35 p 114 Test Page Print 19 click the Next button The Add Printer Wizard completion window will appear Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Shared as Not Shared Port LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Default No Test page No To close this wizard click Finish 88 Chapter 4 How to Setup Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued 20 Click the Finish button Digital Signature Not Found window will appear Digital Signature Not Found x The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has been tested with Windows and that the software has not been altered since it was tested The software you are about to install does not contain a Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works correctly with Windows Printers If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed software visit the Windows Update Web site at http windowsupdate microsoft com to see if one is available Do you want to continue the installation No M
443. ory configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 330 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh 931 Basic printing method 1ueecssexsbrixdennnnonnond eda axe a Ew ERERE GR EGRE CRUDO FR Ran Rena 331 Dialog boxes used for configuring this printing system 333 Displaying the Configure dialog box eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennen nennen nnne nnne nnne nnn 334 Displaying the Page Setup dialog box eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenn nennen nnn 335 Displaying the Print dialog box 1eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenneee nennen nennen nennt nnne nnn anna nnnn 336 About descriptions in this chapter eee 338 To set the paper related items eeeseesseeeesuss 339 To Set the Orientation m 341 To set the size of the output paper ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeeneeeeeeessneeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeneseaeens 342 To set the type of manual feed paper eeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeeeeennn nennt nannten nennen 344 To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnnn nennen 347 To set the printing position of the wide paper ccccseeeceseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeseneeee 348 Hifc2adgnanrtielrieee
444. our Windows computer to the print controller via the parallel port IEEE 1284 The flow of the print job Parallel connection Copier Computer Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP In this example the print controller and the computer are connected via parallel port with a parallel cable Once you set up the printer driver in the computer you can print from it ly Important Never use the parallel port and Ethernet at the same time It may cause a system error rips You can use the copier as a network printer by executing a print server function or a printer sharing function on the computer that is connected to the copier via parallel port 29 Chapter 2 Connections of the Print Controller Ethernet Connection You can connect the copier to computers supporting Ethernet via the network card in the print controller Sev eral alternatives can be considered in the Ethernet connection In any of them you must set up the printer driver in each computer after configuring the network such as TCP IP settings for the print controller or the comput ers The following shows examples of them e Connection without a print server e Connection using IPP Internet Printing Protocol e Connection using Novell NetWare Connection using the network scanning function y Important Never use the parallel port and Ethernet at the same time It may cause
445. ows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Adjustment Gove Aotete New Restore Defaults If you do not use the transparent design immediately for printing select None from the File box in the Symbol field by clicking the V button MEMO File name selected in the File box of the Symbol field is shown In the Page box of the Symbol field choose a page on which to place the overlay design Select All but first page All pages First page only or No overlay from the list shown by clicking the V button For black and white monochrome bitmaps use the function in the Color box of the Shade field In the Darkness box of the Shade field define with the slider or numerical entry box how dark or solid your overlay will be A setting of 10096 is a completely solid overlay a setting of 50 provides equal overlay to background coverage and lesser setting make the overlay more transparent 270 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To print a Overlay Continued 6 T 8 9 When User defined is selected you can set the overlay size on the page When Automatically is selected in the Position field the driver posi tions the overlay for you When User defined is selected in the Position field you can define the X axis position left and right an
446. p 516 Windows NT4 0 2000 XP configuration LPD LPR e Windows 2000 XP configuration IPP To print by IPP from Windows 2000 XP D gt p 517 Windows 2000 XP configuration IPP e NetWare configuration To print in a Novell NetWare network setup procedures depend on the NetWare version and resource management 0 gt p 517 NetWare configuration e UNIX configuration LPD LPR To print by LPD LPR from UNIX 35 p 517 UNIX configuration Ipd Ipr e Macintosh configuration AppleTalk To print by AppleTalk from Macintosh 35 p 518 AppleTalk configuration e Network Scanner feature configuration To use the network scanner feature 35 p 518 Network Scanner feature configuration 515 Chapter 18 Network Function Overview I Network setting procedures Continued 299999999999 DDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD Windows 95 98 Me configuration peer to peer For IP peer to peer connections 1 Make TCP IP settings on the control panel of the copier ye p 527 TCP IP Setup 2 Make TCP IP settings on your computer Windows 95 98 Me p 544 Basic TCP IP setup 3 Install IP P2P from the accompanying CD ROM de gt p 545 Installation of IP Peer to Peer 4 Install Printer Driver de gt p 545 Installation of IP Peer to Peer For IPX peer to peer connections 1 Add IPX SPX Protocols to your computer de gt p 552 Using IPX Peer to Peer 2 Install IPX P2P from the accompanying CD 35 p 553 Installation of IPX
447. pecific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition None 4 Collate Combination Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait mode cron 5 A 2 Click the V button beside the Combination box to select Booklet or Booklet Right from the list MEMO The default is None 3 Clickthe Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 373 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print pages in reverse order Adobe PS3 compliant FaceUp Eject output papers in reverse order when printing multiple pages Ex When printings 8 pages FaceDown FaceUp Page that is printed first G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Job Offset PrintPosition Collate Sorts Combination Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None Punch _ None Wait Mode A 2 Click the V button beside the Output Order to select FaceUp from the list For the Output Order box the selection of FaceUp or FaceDown is available When FaceUp is selected an output paper is ejected with its front facing up When FaceDown is selected an output paper is ejected with its front facing down MEMO The default is FaceDown 3 Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Set
448. play the list Then select Wait from the list MEMO The default is None Click the OK button and close the Properties window Print from the application Step 6 and after are operations on the control panel of the copier 325 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To check the current settings before printing Continued 6 The settings are displayed on the LCD The Printer Check Mode Screen will appear on the LCD Touch Screen and no printing is performed HDD STORE appears only when the optional HDD is installed in the main body printer Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Duplex Mode 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode k 2Hole Punch store Eier exr T Confirm the current settings 8 Change setting values of Print Quantity Duplex Mode or Image Shift if necessary e How to change Print Quantity Enter the value from the keypad on the Control Panel of the copier when the Printer Check Mode Screen appears e How to change Duplex Mode To show the Basic Screen touch the Duplex Mode Set the Duplex Mode on the Basic Screen To return to the Printer Check Mode Screen press the CHECK button on the Control Panel of the copier e How to change Image Shift Available only when On is selected in Image Shift of printer driver To show the Image Shift Screen touch
449. ppear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting My computer and install the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 Reference 9 gt p 65 After the installation go to step 2 de gt p 70 e Ifthe printer driver for Windows NT4 0 is not installed in the server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer e Amessage is displayed If you click OK the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting My computer and install the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 Reference 9 p 65 After the installation go to step 3 Rio 0 70 69 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued 2 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not and fol low the procedure from step 15 of When selecting My computer Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not gt p 68 Click the Finish button The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 70 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows 2000 PCL5e To install the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver to Windows 2000 perform the following steps The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator G Start the Add Printer Wiz
450. ppears You may contact the Licensor for either a replacement or if so elected by Licensor refund of amounts paid by You under this License Agreement You agree that the foregoing constitutes Your sole and exclusive remedy for breach by Licensor of any warranties made under this Agreement EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE THE LICENSED ARTICLES AND THE SOFTWARE CONTAINED THEREIN ARE LICENSED AS IS AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW THE LICENSOR DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ANY AND ALL OTHER WAR RANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 10 11 12 13 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY To the maximum extent permitted by law and except for claims which result in personal injury or death caused by Licensor s negligence or intentional acts Licensor s or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries cumulative liability to You or any other party for any loss or damages resulting from any claims demands or actions arising out of or relating to this License Agreement shall not exceed 250 00 In no event shall Licensor or Adobe the owner of other third party software or any of their affiliates or subsidiaries be liable to you or any third party for any indirect incidental conse quential special or exemplary damages or lost profits even if Licensor has been advised of the possi bility of such damages or for any claim by any third part
451. pplication of a watermark is discontinued after printing Open watermarks tab of the Properties window Select None from the Select a watermark box 10 ciick the OK button to close the Properties window 281 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To change a Watermark AdobePS3 Compliant Watermark Edit and change a registered watermark to be printed on the output paper when this printing system is used Editting ABCD ABCD ll ll G Operating procedures of T Open Watermarks tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Watermark Test at E Page All pages G Top Count fi Sy 7 Bottom Seperation fats fs r Font Name Aia x Color amr Light Gray Daknss sz Bold mm a on Adjustment Position amp Move C Rotate Automatically C User defined New gH f zi Delete Ande fso Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Click the V button beside the text box in the Watermark tab to dis play the list Then select a watermark to be changed from the list The selected character is highlighted 3 To change text for watermark enter text in the Text box 4 After the text is entered the Text Change amp New Image R
452. print controller and so on Configure the IP address from the control panel of the copier for the first time Install the printer driver in the computer The standard Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver and the optional Adobe PS3 printer driver are avail able as the printer driver Set up the property of the printer as required ly Important The network interface card is optional 34 Chapter 3 Overview of the Preparation Task Printer Driver The printer driver is the software that is required to print data with a printer It must be installed in a using com puter The standard Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver and the optional Adobe PS3 printer driver are provided for this printing system MEMO Refer to Section 2 How to Print for detailed information on the printer driver Reference 9 gt p 37 The installation procedures of each driver are different depending on your OS or the connection between the copier and the computer Install it with the appropriate procedures 35 Chapter 3 Overview of the Preparation Task g Using as a Network Scanner You must connect the printing system to Ethernet 100Base TX 10Base T to use the network scanning fea tures ly Important The network interface card is optional MEMO Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for detailed procedures on connecting to Ethernet 35 p 512 You can retrieve scanned data stored in the hard disk inst
453. pt a nonexclusive license to use the Software embedded in the Equipment in machine readable object code form only referred to as the Computer Program the accompanying User Documentation and Printer Drivers furnished to You collectively the Licensed Articles only as authorized in this License Agreement The Computer Program may be used only on the Equipment in which it is embedded and may not be shared with or transferred to any other equipment or product The Printer Drivers shall be used only with printer products designed to work with the equipment con taining the embedded Computer Program You may make a single archive copy of the Printer Drivers for back up purposes provided that it includes all copyright notices markings and proprietary legends on the original including the markings of any other company contained therein This archive copy may not be in use at any time may only be used for back up purposes and must remain in Your possession and control You may not copy the drivers to a bulletin board or similar system a You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for imaging to the licensed out put device s solely for your own internal business purposes b In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in a you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce weights styles and versions of letters numerals characters and symbols Typefaces on the display or monitor for your own internal business p
454. pter 19 Copier Setup General Description of the Network Setup Continued Using arp command UNIX From UNIX you can use the arp command to assign an IP address to the network interface card Perform the following procedure 1 2 Turn off the print controller and the main body printer Log in as superuser on a host on the same subnet as the network interface card If the server resides on another subnet complete this procedure to store the IP address in the network interface card Find the MAC address of the network interface card The address is printed on the Status Page each time you turn on the print controller and the main body printer Edit the hosts file usually etc hosts or use NIS or DIS to add IP address and node name of the network interface card See the network administrator for the IP address For example a network interface card with a name of printfast and an IP address of 192 9 200 200 has the entry 192 9 200 200 printfast Add an entry to the arp cache for IP address and MAC address of the network interface card arp s 192 9 200 200 0 40 c8 0 0 ff RS6000 AIX requires the ether option after arp s For example arp s ether 192 9 200 200 0 40 c8 0 0 ff Check the print controller and the main body printer to see that the net work interface card is connected to the network Turn on the print controller and the main body printer Send a ping command to the network interface card to verif
455. quested size of papers in the tray Reference 95 gt p 171 Procedure 1 Make sure that the LCD touch screen shows a message prompting the user to load additional papers of proper size 3 IDLE STATUS FUNCTION OUTPUT COPY MODE f COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE E 1 Ad A3 NORMAL OUTPUT 2 11x17 MENU RECYCLE g 4 A4 1i P 2 TTS uA5 1 2 Touch the key of the desired size displayed in the paper sizes area Ej IDLE STATUS FREE 208 08 OUTPUT COPY MODE I COPY DENSITY LENS MODE PAPER SIZE FUNCTION 4 2 11x17 OUTPUT MENU RECYCLE EI STAPLE 3 4 SORT 1 2 AAWR El Af 4 SORT APS 3 Press the START button 4 The printout is made on the selected size of papers 505 Chapter 17 Print Job Control g Reserving a Print Job You can reserve a print job from the control panel in this printing system G Reserve Reserving means that you make the settings for the next copying job while a job is printing and print out the reserved job when the current job is completed You can reserve up to 5 jobs Limitation You cannot reserve a job if a job is interrupted G Procedure 1 Touch the FREE tab to set the conditions for a copying job amp I on origina e RAD A e COUNT SET WT p E3 IDLE 0 0 ee Ge OUTPUT COPY MOD
456. r The Default is 10000 Printer Names Designate the network interface card name indicated when you selected the printer port during the printer driver setup You may use the serial number of the network interface card IP address DNS name or any unit name as the network interface card name To change the currently assigned printer name restart Windows Then execute the IP Peer to Peer again to set up the network interface card for printing via IP Peer to Peer The Printers dialog box can be displayed by clicking the Printers button 547 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IP Peer to Peer Continued OK button Exits IP PeerToPeer after saving your settings Cancel button Exits IP PeerToPeer without saving your settings Printers button Displays the Printers dialog box Help button Allows you to get help 2 Click Printers button to display the Printers dialog box Printers dialog box will appear Set up the network interface card to print using IP Peer to Peer You can search the list available net work interface card and manually add or remove network interface cards to the Windows Port Listing dud dude 10 11 32152 10 11 32152 10 10 2160 10 10 2160 10001 Controller OK Accepts all changes made to setup and exits to the previous screen Cancel Discards any changes made to setup and exits to the previous screen Add Allows a user to manual
457. r Lets you select the interpreter from ASCII and PostScript The default is ASCII 526 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued TCP IP Setup Lets you configure the TCP IP settings Enable TCP IP Lets you set whether TCP IP is enabled or not The default is YES IP Address Lets you enter an IP address An IP address is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots e g 192 168 0 10 dh Important To assign a specific IP address specify a valid IP address to IP Address and select YES for Enable IP address defined Subnet Mask Lets you enter a subnet mask A subnet mask is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots e g 225 225 225 0 527 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued Default Gateway Lets you enter the IP address of the default gateway This IP address is made up of four sets of numbers each from 0 to 255 separated by dots e g 192 168 0 1 Base Port Number Lets you enter a base port number from 1000 to 65530 The default is 10000 Enable DHCP Lets you set whether DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is enabled or not The default is DHCP Enable DHCP Enable ly Important If you selected DHCP Disable make sure to select YES for Enable IP address defined and specify a valid IP address to IP Address
458. r UE Format PostScript Job sj PostScript Level amp Level 1 2 and 3 Compatible Q Level 2 Only Q Level 3 Only Data Format amp ASCII Q Binary Font Inclusion None N Cum J Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio Resolution 600dpi Media Type Plain Paper t A Cem Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 2 3 7 0re3 Printer Destination Job Offset PrintPosition Collate Combination Fold Stitch None J Stapling None Punch _ None WaitMode None 3 A 337 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh About descriptions in this chapter In the descriptions of the settings for each function from the dialog boxes in the following pages of this chap ter the procedures for opening the dialog boxes is omitted Refer to the procedures described earlier as necessary For example Open Configure 35 p 334 Displaying the Configure dialog box Open Page Setup Cover Page 35 p 335 Displaying the Page Setup dialog box Open Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 3 p 336 Displaying the Print dialog box This chapter mainly describes information on the functions inherent in this printing system Refer to the manual for the Adobe PS3 printer driver for detailed information on the functions common to the A
459. r a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 229 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set a Thick Cover Continued 1 Open Cover tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT Propertios 2 Turnon the PI Cover Sheet check box MEMO The default of PI Front Cover is ON and the default of PI Back Cover is None Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 3 Click the V button beside the PI Front Cover and PI Back Cover box and select ON if necessary 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 230 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Thick Cover Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation PI Tray Front Back cannot be set in the following cases e When PI 108 is not available in Device Options tab e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Sub Tray is selected in Paper tab Output bin MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application wit
460. r select this option and click Next Name Example server printer Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office network URL Example http server printers myprinter printer lt Back Next gt Cancel 103 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Local printer attached to this computer 1 If you have selected Local printer attached to this computer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the port connecting the printer from the list displayed by clicking V at the side of the Use the follow ing port box and click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use t Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer A Printers BF AGFAAccuSet v2 3 je EY AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Ape Sf AGFA AccuSet 800 Sf AGFAAccuSet 8005F v52 3 4 n A sannar nnan amn EF This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important MEMO If you want to print directly to the printing
461. r Setup g Using MAP A utility called MAP is provided on the CD ROM that comes with the network interface card This program auto matically identifies the network interface cards on the networks and lists them in a Web Browser screen From this Web Browser list you can select a network interface card to change its settings and control Web Utilities MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the separate volume Web Utilities User s Reference Guide G Operating requirements MAP is a utility that runs on Windows 95 98 Me NT4 0 2000 XP It identifies the network interface cards on the networks and achieves connection with HTTP servers implemented on the network interface cards The MAP itself has no interface so either of the following Web Browsers is required as an interface e Netscape Navigator e Interment Explorer To use a Web Browser a TCP IP protocol must be installed to a Windows compliant computer To identify the network interface cards a TCP IP protocol or an IPX protocol must be setup both on the net work interface cards on the Windows compliant computers Installing MAP Perform the following steps to install MAP 1 Insert the accompanying CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and double click on Setup exe in the English NetUtil Map folder Welcome window will appear Welcome x Welcome to the MAP Setup program This program will install MAP on your computer It is strongly recommend
462. r details see your net work administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for more details 99 p 557 LPD LPR Setup Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive cas selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from 65 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 Continued 3 NONA Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear Locate File 2 x Look in E Desktop ga ek f H EI My Computer Network Neighborhood My Briefcase Files of type Setup Information inf a Cancel Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive View the English Driver AdobePS WinNT folder in the list Click OEMSETUP inf in the list of File name text box then click the Open button The Install From Disk window will appear Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard x T Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Cu installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Cancel Be sure that in the list
463. r is found and yet the connection to the scanner cannot be established contact your service representative 470 Chapter Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner When an Error Message Appears The following describes the cause and the solution for the error message that appears during scanning Cause The available disk space of this printing system may become less than 3 of total disk capacity Make sure the available disk space of the hard disk by following the following procedures T Press the MODE button to open the printer mode basic screen D gt p 475 Switching Between Modes E3 IDLE Test Print Menu Controller Set Set Default Password Print Js gt 2 Make sure the HD free space displayed at the red circle on the upper window OG Solution To increase the available disk space e Delete scan jobs saved on the hard disk in the print controller from the computer on the network d gt p 468 Deleting images stored in the HDD e Print confidential output print jobs password print stored on the hard disk in the print controller from the control panel 3 p 510 Deleting a Password Print Job e f you have configured the automatic timer capability at Controller Set ScanDataAutoDel in the printer mode basic screen the default is 24 hours scanned data stored on the hard disk in the print controller is automatically deleted after the specified period of time 3 p
464. r s with the P flag Any printer marked with this flag will not be removed from the Available Printers list even if the printer is physically removed from the network or the Clear List but ton is selected described above Find Printers Initiates a search routine out to the network This routine will then list all printers found on the network by their print server name defined in the printer The default Print Server Name for a printer is a three letter identifier and the six digit serial number of the network interface card e g IB1 serial number Select Flags the highlighted printer s with the S flag Only 30 printers may be selected at one time When display ing the PORT list during the process of adding or changing a printer only Selected printers will be dis played 554 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me I Using IPX Peer to Peer Continued Available Printers List of printers that was detected on the network This list can be cleared using the Clear List button described above and this list can be updated or refilled using the Find Printers button described above Printers in this list are described with three fields Unit Name This is the print server name defined in the printing system The default print server name for a printing sys tem is a three letter identifier and the six digit serial number of the network interface card e g IB1 serial number
465. r s files from z 84 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 2000 PS3 Continued 3 NOJA Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear Locate File 21x Look in My Documents z e agem My Pictures File name faz X Files of type My Network P Setup Information inf Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive View the English Driver AdbePS Win2000_ Xp folder in the list Click OEMSETUP inf in the File name text box then click the Open button The Install From Disk window will appear Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use zz Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Windows Update lt Back Next gt Cancel Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 85 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows 2
466. r select No to not 15 Click the Finish button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation If you have selected Yes recommended at step 15 performing of the test print starts 16 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 15 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the Yes button 17 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 53 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Continued GO When selecting the Network printer 1 If you have selected the Network printer at step 5 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the Network path or queue name text box and click the Next button C Tips If you don t know its name click the Browse button to view available network printers If the printer driver for Windows 95 98 Me is saved in the server the window to check change the printer name will appear In this case go to step 12 of When selecting the Local printer feterenes 99 gt p 52 Add Printer Wizard Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Browse Do you print from MS DOS based programs Yes Ol No
467. ran out of memory SCANNER Error Job not completed in uploading data to hard disk Cancel Stopped with STOP CLEAR Deleted from Job List W O key count set Interruption request from print controller Job aborted MEMO e When switching the copier s main power is switched OFF the Non complete jobs in the Non complete Job List Screen are deleted e Provided the Printer ECM EKC feature has been set on the copier User ID set up in the Settings dialog is recognized as a password for Printer ECM EKC e Provided a Printer ECM EKC feature has been set on the copier you can enter the same number in the User ID text box as that representing your password for Printer ECM EKC 430 Section How to Scan Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features 432 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Location Settings 436 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation 444 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data 460 Chapter 14 Troubles Concerning the Scanner 470 Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features Chagas 3 Available Scanning Features The scanning features fall into three groups Scan to HDD Scan to Email and Scan to FTP Import Scan to HDD _ Original 7 TWAIN capable Application Cl Network Scanner Driver Scanning Scan to Email Email Application Scan to FTP FTP Client Ethernet In
468. registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated trademark of AlphaOmega Typography 5 trademark o Appie Computer Inc registered trademark of Ludiow Type Foundry registered trademark of International Typeface Corporation t trademark of Linotype Hell AG and or its subsidiaries registered trademark of Marce Olive trademark of Microsoft Corporation 1 trademark of The Monotype Corporation trademark of Nebiolo 609 Font Number List Control Panel PCL Setup Fonti Font Pitch Point O line printer 16 67 8 5 1 line printer 16 67 8 5 2 line printer 16 67 8 5 3 line printer 16 67 8 5 4 line printer 16 67 8 5 5 line printer 16 67 8 5 6 line printer 16 67 8 5 7 line printer 16 67 8 5 8 Courier Bold Italic scalable 9 Courier Bold scalable 10 Courier Italic scalable 11 Courier scalable 12 Letter Gothic scalable 13 Letter Gothic Italic scalable 14 Letter Gothic Bold scalable 15 Courier PS scalable 16 Courier PS Oblique scalable 17 Courier PS Bold scalable 18 Courier PS Bold Oblique scalable 19 CG Times Bold Italic scalable 20 CG Times Bold scalable 21 CG Times Italic scalable 22 CG Times scalable 23 Albertus Medium scalable 24 Albertus Extra Bold scalable 25 Antique Olive scalable 26 Antique Olive Italic scalable 27 Antique Olive Bold scalable 28 Univers Medium
469. riginals using the RADF The RADF sends only 1 page of the originals tips When using SDF mode load only 1 page of the originals All of the originals will not be scanned if multiple pages are loaded This feature cannot be used in combination with the Non image Area Erase MEMO Some models of machine may not correspond to SDF 455 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation F Application Touching the APPLICATION key in the Scanner Setting Basic screen displays the Application Selection screen Application Selection screen FILE EDIT IMAGE EDIT Non image Area Erase lag lmm Reverse Full image image Area E Dual Page ETE E FramelFold fj Erasure iB Ea ALL clean cancer ok After selecting an application function touching the OK key brings you back to the Scanner Setting Basic screen Or you can touch the CANCEL key to abandon your setting going back to the Scanner Setting Basic screen Touching the ALL CLEAR key clears every scanner advanced setting MEMO For details of each feature refer to the Copier s User s Manual Oe FILE EDIT Dual Page key Sets Cancels the book copy settings and binding position The Dual Page mode scans facing pages of a book or brochure page by page separately but in a single pass You can use this feature whether the original is loaded in the RADF or on the platen glass MEMO If you use the
470. rinting system using IP Peer to Peer from the Printers folder 2 Delete the IP P2P by using Add Delete Applications from the Con trol Panel 546 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IP Peer to Peer Continued OP Peer to Peer setup You can set up the IP Peer to Peer while installation is in process To change the setting select Start Programs Ip p2p IP P2P to start up IP Peer to Peer 1 Start IP Peer to Peer Once IP Peer to Peer begins the IP Peer To Peer Setup dialog box appears to enable you to set up the Max Hops for IP Port and Printer Names of the printing system Max Hops for 2 Cancel IP Port Printers 10000 Help Printer Names C based on Serial Numbers based on IP Address C based on DNS Name based on unit name Max Hops for IP Peer to Peer broadcasts a search for the network interface card on the network The default of Max Hops for 0 15 is 2 When the value is set to 0 a search will be exercised only in the segment in which the computer with an activated IP Peer to Peer belongs When the value is 2 up to two network routers will be searched everywhere accessible via up to two routers ly Important Note that the greater the value of Maximum Hop Count the more traffic that is generated IP Port You need to enter the same number as set in the copier by selecting TCP IP Setup Base Port Numbe
471. ription Note e 40 2000 XP Mac Statement Letter Legal Tabloid A3 A4 A5 A6 E r B4 B5 B6 F4 8K 16K Selects a paper size Statement Wide The paper with W at the Custom can only be X Letter Wide Tabloid end of the document size selected when using a Mac Paper Size Wide A3 Wide represents Wide paper If intosh Oo Oo Oo 9 Oo i there is no space for display This may vary depending on A4 Wide A5 Wide ina Wide i f mE ing Wide in the driver itis models of machine B4 Wide B5 Wide Let replaced gt with ter Tabstock A4 Tabstock Custom Prints onto selected paper Try Rotated if you want to Orientation Borat Landscape direction Rotated is avail get a uniform orientation O Oo Oo Oo Oo able with Landscape with Mixed Original M eno None Flip on long edge Performs duplex printing o o o o o Duplex Flip on short edge with specified method AutoSelect Tray Tray1 5 A Paper Source Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Man P rints using the selecied Oo Oo Oo o Oo input tray ual feed T Default Sub Tray Main Prints to the selected output When Default is selected uris En Tray tray outputs to Main Tray Q a 9 When OHP Inter leave Blank OHP Inter Plain Paper Thin Paper avar ny Thick Paper Tabbed Sheet el pap r Souro Pad Trace OHP Transpar Prints under the condition of for interleaving papers OHP aper type ency OHP Inter each selected p
472. river 99 gt p42 120 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Updating the Printer Driver Windows NT4 0 To update the printer driver perform the following steps y Important To delete the PCL5e printer driver you must delete the files related to the printer driver Delete them after following the procedures on this page G Updating the Printer T 2 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT 4 0 Exit from all active Windows applications if required Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Right click the icon for the printer you want to delete Then select Delete button The confirmation message will appear Printers 2 Are you sure you want to delete the printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL C I3 s Click the Yes button The printer driver is uninstalled After completion of uninstall close the Printers window Delete the files related to the printer driver PCL5e printer driver only To delete the PCL5e printer driver you must delete the files related to the printer driver Go to Delet ing the files related to the printer driver and follow the procedures from step 6 When using PS3 printer driver ignore the operations described in this section and go to Step 6 D9 gt p 122 MEMO If the printer has been
473. rom the queues before the print server can ser vice the job To do this disable the other printer until you can verify the print server connected printing system setup Print Server Loses Its Novell File Server Connection If the print server loses its connection to the file server it can take approximately 5 to 10 minutes to reconnect If the connection is not made after a reasonable amount of time check the error conditions to troubleshoot the problem Unable to Print than a Different Context The print server does not support printing from a context different than the context in which you are installed If you want to do this you must create an alias queue MEMO Refer to your NetWare Manual for more information 586 Appendices Appendix A Product Specifications 588 Appendix B Function List 595 Appendix C Font reenen eee 604 Appendix D Symbol Set 621 Appendix A Product Specifications Product Specifications Printing System 2 Type Paper PCL5e Paper PS3 Paper Feeding and Amount of Feeding Paper Load Output Paper Mode Special Printing PCL5e Special Printing PS3 Orientation Resolution Gradation No of Prints Continuous Print Speed Printable Area Warm up Time CPU System Memory Built in box type for the KM 8530 Printer Copier 5 5 x 8 5 8 5 x 11
474. rrect driver Is the workstation connected to the correct print queue Print a file and verify that the file goes to the queue Are the print queues assigned to the network interface card connected printing system also assigned to another network printer If they are the print jobs may be going to that printer From PCONSOLE or NWADMIN enter a sample print job directly into an assigned queue Does the job become Active Is the job printed Is AUTO ENDCAP enabled Auto Endcap lets you send data to a network printer Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to check If not enable it To check AUTO ENDCAP use PRINTCON If AUTO ENDCAP is disabled enable it Print Server Configuration Checklist If all your hardware connections are correct check the following Use MAP to check the status of the print server The Unit Status screen shows the status for the selected print server This report includes a status of file servers and queues assigned to a printing system along with a description of any problems The printer may not be assigned to the correct print queues Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to direct print jobs to the correct queues then check to see if the print job is in the queue If print servers were added or changed use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to make sure you configured the new devices correctly Make sure the print server name has been entered correctly If you changed the name in MAP you must also change the name in PCONSOLE or NWADMIN before you ca
475. rs Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript A This driver is not digitally signed Windows Update Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important Be sure that in the list of Printers Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is highlighted Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript is the printer name of the default MEMO The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx 105 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 10 click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to check change the printer name will appear Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name to this printer Type a name for this printer Because some programs do not support printer and server name combinations of more than 31 characters it is best to keep the name as short as possible Printer name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Do you want to use this printer as the default printer Ges O No 11 1n the Printer name text box check the printer name If you want to change the printer name enter the new printer name in the Printer name text box 12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not 13 Click the Next button The window to select whether you share the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users
476. rtant To delete the PCL5e printer driver you must delete the files related to the printer driver Updating the printer 1 2 Turn on the computer and start Windows XP Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Printers and Faxes from the Start menu The Printers and Faxes window will appear MEMO Exit from all active Windows applications if required Select the icon for the printer you want to delete Then click Delete this printer The confirmation message will appear Printers j amp re you sure you want to delete the printer Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Click the Yes button The printer is uninstalled MEMO If the printer has been set as the default printer the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion Select the Server Properties from the File menu of the Printers and Faxes window The Print Server Properties window will appear Open the Drivers tab of the Print Server Properties window Select the printer driver you want to delete from the Installed printer drivers Then click the Remove The confirmation message will appear 126 Chapter 4 How to Setup F Updating the Printer Driver Windows XP Continued 8 Click the Yes The printer driver is deleted uninstalled 9 Restart the computer ly Important To avoid the system failure make sure to restart the computer after deleting the printer dri
477. rueType Font Download as Softfont is selected Turn on the Do not use printer fonts check box MEMO The default is OFF ly Important Also when sending PostScript output to another printer any trouble due to the difference of the print fonts can be avoided by turning on the Do not use printer fonts check box 3 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 305 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To replace TrueType with the printer font Adobe PS3 Compliant Replace the TrueType font with the printer font while printing when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used And to replace a font detailed settings can also be made When the printer font is used printing data gets reduced However since the font is replaced there sometimes occurs difference between the display on the monitor and the results of print ing G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Fonts tab in Printers Properties When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Optio PostScrip Watermarks IV Substitute printer fonts for TrueType fonts when applicable Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Update Soft Fonts Send Fonts As Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP open Advanced Options window by clicking the Advanced butt
478. rueType fonts under Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 In order to use your TrueType fonts in Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 you must first install them which can be done either of two ways 1 Copy the ttf font files to your windows fonts folder Windows95 98 Me or winnt fonts folder Windows NT 4 0 from User Software CD 2 Choose Start Setting Control Panel Double click on the Fonts icon Go to the File menu select Install new font In the folders panel at the lower left navigate to the location English Screenfonts folder on the User Software CD Click on Select all Click on OK 615 Appendix C Font Screen Fonts Continued C How to install PostScript Type1 amp TrueType fonts in Windows 2000 XP Windows 2000 XP supports PostScript Type 1 fonts at the system level just like TrueType fonts You do not need to install ATM You have two ways of running the installation 1 and 2 below You can use either way 1 Copy the font files at English Screenfonts PS Screen Fonts folder on the User Software CD to your winnt fonts folder 2 1 Choose Start Setting Control Panel 2 Double click on the Fonts icon 3 Gotothe File menu select Install new font In the folders pane at the lower left navigate to the location English Screenfonts folder on the User Software CD m Click on Select all o Click on OK 616 Append
479. rver With A Web Browser Access to the HTTP Server allows you to perform all network interface card functions Use the following procedure to access HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol with the standard Web Browser such as Netscape or Internet Explorer 4 x or higher 1 Assign an IP address to the network interface card 3 p 527 IP Address 2 Start the Web Browser you normally use When the Browser is up and running type http followed by the IP address of the unit in the Location field at the top of the Browser screen or by going to File at the menu bar and choosing Open Loca tion Example For a unit with an IP address of 199 9 200 200 type http 199 9 200 200 If you designate the proxy setting in your Web Browser you cannot access the Web Utilities For more information on the proxy settings See your network administrator For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the Web Utilities User s Reference Guide 581 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network Chapa I Resetting the Network Interface Card to Factory Default G Resetting the Network Interface Card to Factory Default You can cause the network interface card to restore all parameters to factory default values so the network interface card appears just as it came from the factory You may choose to do this when the network inter face card is moved to a new location where the environment NetWare file servers IP subnets and so on is different
480. s Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Function of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual 436 Chapter 11 Configuring Destination Storage Loca tion Settings 3 Scan to HDD Continued 4 Touch the Address manual input key The HDD Box No Input screen will appear and you can enter storage locations Bo Hoo HDD Entry Name cd h spt v x 7PoE spn Capital Small a gt ENTRY CANCEL OK Delete Sign 5 Set the necessary settings on the HDD Box No Input screen Entry Name key You need to enter alphanumeric names that will be displayed on the Select Transmission Object screen HDD Any name can be entered up to 18 characters long Use the touch panel to enter alphabetical let ters and the hard keypad to enter numbers AN You cannot enter signs Box No key Into this field you enter a 4 digit Box No using the hard keypad The Box Nos are numbers to attach to folders when storing scanned data on the hard disk Be sure to write down these numbers You will need them when reading scanned data from your PC Delete key Touch this key to delete the character to the left of the cursor Capital Small key Touch this key to replace an upper case letter with a lower case and vice versa Sign key Touch this key and the lowercase alphabetical letter keys produce signs Then the
481. s are displayed For Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay and About For Adobe PS3 printer driver Page Setup and Advanced 135 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Properties window of Windows NT4 0 Continued The Properties window displayed from the Printers window When the Properties window of Windows NT4 0 is displayed from the Printers window the two Proper ties windows appear as shown below The following procedures are used When using the Properties menu 1 Turn on the computer to start up Windows NT4 0 2 Select Start Settings Printers from the task bar The Printers window will appear 3 Right click the printer icon of this printing system and then click Prop erties The Properties window of this printing system will appear MEMO The name of the printer icon may be changed by conditions and settings used For Windows NT4 0 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties ae General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Setup About y Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Location Driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL T New Driver Separator Page Print Processor Print Test Page For Windows NT4 0 Adobe PS3 printer driver Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties 21x General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings ae UR Kyocera
482. s different than the text papers 95 p 218 To set a Front Cover gt W o o Lit gt Front Cover Front Cover Blank Printed 53323332323332323332323332323323233323232323232529 To set a Back Cover PCL5e Adobe PS3 Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text papers de gt p 222 To set a Back Cover ABCD ABCD A Back Cover Back Cover Blank Printed 5323232332323323232323232323232323232323232332323232323252 To set an Insertion Sheet PCL5e When the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used insert a blank or printed paper which is different than the output papers set 35 p 226 To set an Insertion Sheet ABCD Insertion Insertion sheet Blank sheet Printed 216 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Front amp Back amp Thick Cover Insertion Sheet Continued 533323323232333333535323333235353332323232323252 To set a Thick Cover PCL5e Adobe PS3 Output a thick paper as a cover which is different than the output papers set D gt p 229 To set a Thick Cover Output tray Sub tray Cover sheet feeder B 217 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Front Cover AdobePS3 Compliant Set a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper
483. s of the Network Scanner Driver Kyoceramita Scanner Driver window Kyoceramita Scanner Driver E Kia y Scanner Name fi 234 Box No Selection Kyoceramita 10 11 62 Scanner Selection DIESEL 2 TMUBP 200 1553 3 15 S 1 oil i 200 7 30 4 14 07 2000 3 21 44 1 6592x 4800 600 5 14 07 2000 9 22 01 4 2240 3200 200 Page Selection E All pages C Specify page E m Delete Refresh Option Close Help Information displayed on the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window are the following Box No Shows the currently selected box number Scanner Name Shows the currently selected scanner s name Any desired name can be entered Document Shows scanned data file numbers Numbers are automatically assigned in sequence Date amp Time Shows the date and time each scanned data file was generated Page Shows the total number of pages of each scanned data file Size Shows the horizontal and vertical pixel numbers of the first page of each scanned data file Resolution Shows horizontal resolution dpi of the first page of each scanned data file 465 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data Reading In From HDD Continued The Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window contains the following features Box No Selection button Click this button to change only the box number of the currently connected scanner Specify the box number on the Scanner Box No Set up win
484. s to the printing system It is recommended that you assign each print queue to only one network interface card connected printing system If print queues are assigned to other network printers the print jobs may be going to another network printer e Did you set up the print controller to the type Remote Other Unknown e f the PCONSOLE or NWADMIN settings are correct the connection between the printing system and network may have been broken Turn the print controller and the main body printer off and using PCONSOLE or NWADMIN wait for the status message Not Connected Turn the print controller and the main body printer on and the status should change to Waiting for Job File Server Checklist e s there enough disk space on the File Server and is it running e Is the correct file server associated with the printing system Use PCONSOLE or NWADMIN to check this e Did you have the proper rights to configure the print controller supervisor or administrator e Are the File Server and the network interface card communicating Run NetWare s COMCHECK utility from any network workstation to check this e Are there enough user positions on the File Server 584 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting of Network How to Diagnose Problems Continued Workstation Checklist Is the network loaded onto the workstation Refer to the NetWare documentation Is the application set up to print to the printing system For instance are you using the co
485. save the setting as the default 377 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Back Cover AdobePS3 compliant Set a Back Cover for which the paper e g a color paper is different than the text papers No Back Cover Back Cover Back Cover Blank Printed 378 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Back Cover Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 2 Limitation Back Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options e When 2 in 1 or 2 in 1 Repeat is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Specific Options Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer 1B1_12345 Destination Job Offset of PrintPosition None Collate Combination None Fold Stitch None Stapling _ None j Punch _ None weitMese Nene e N Click the V button beside the Back Cover to select Blank or Printed from the list When Blank is selected nothing is printed on the Back Cover When Printed is selected the Back Cover is printed MEMO The default is None Click the V button beside
486. se allowing access to data anywhere on the network wherever it is stored Pre 4 x NetWare versions provide the same data found in the DIB but the data is stored in the NetWare Bindery The DIB was designed with more flexible access more specific security and since it is distrib uted was designed to be partitioned The Directory uses an object oriented structure rather than the flat file structure of the Bindery and offers network oriented access rather than server oriented access found in the Bindery The Directory is backward compatible with the NetWare Bindery through Bindery Emulation mode When Bindery emulation is enabled Directory Services will accept Bindery requests and respond just as if a Bindery existed on the NetWare server being accessed Be aware that information obtained from the Bindery query may not be stored in the server since the Directory is a partitioned and distributed database Even though the NetWare 4 x server is not operating from a Bindery the applications making Bindery requests will not know the difference 569 Chapter 23 NetWare Configuration F Setup for NetWare 4 x Continued NDS setup Web Utilities This is used for context setup of the print server network interface card MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the Web Utilities User s Reference Guide Novell NWADMIN Novell NWADMIN NetWare Administration is used to generate a directory tree and print queue objects i
487. se Order Pages amp All 0 From Jre Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select Q First page from Tray 1 Remaining from Tray 1 A Make sure that the printer name is the name of this printing system MEMO If the printer name is not the name of this printing system click the W button at the side of the Printer box to select the printing system 331 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh I Basic printing method Continued 8 Make settings in the Print MEMO You can set the function of the printing system further by opening the screen from the Print 9 Click the Print button The file is printed 332 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Dialog boxes used for configuring this printing system G Three dialog boxes You can set this printing system to use various functions when you print a file from a Macintosh with this printing system Configure dialog box This dialog box is opened from the Chooser dialog You can set the printer driver to recognize optional devices in this printing system A Current Printer Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Installable Options Memory Configuration Finisher Sheet Feeder Trimmer Unit Punch Unit Cene C Page Setup dialog box This dialog box is opened from an application You can set paper size orientation scaling watermarks visual effect alternate font smoothing and custom p
488. se the Properties window 250 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Fold Stitch cannot be set in the following cases e When DF 635 is not available in Device Options tab e When Tabbed Sheet or OHP is selected in Paper tab Paper type Fold only cannot be set in the following cases e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate Fold Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When TU 108 is not available in Device Options tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate Fold Stitch cannot be set in the following cases e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate Fold Stitch amp Trim cannot be set in the following cases e When TU 108 is not available in Device Options tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin e When Group is selected in Device Options tab Collate Z Fold A3 B4 11 x 17 8k cannot be set in the following cases e When PZ 108 selected in Device Options tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin Z Fold 8 5 x 14 cannot be set in the following cases e When PZ 108 selected in Device Options
489. se you can select a number between 0 and 15 The default number is set to 2 If you select 0 only segments pertaining to computers which restart the MAP are found If you select 2 all networks which are accessible passing through two or less routers are found ly Important Note that selecting a large number can result in the occurrence of large traffic volume at one time 542 Chapter 19 Copier Setup Using MAP Continued Starting MAP To start the MAP select Start Program Map MAP Once started MAP searches for the network interface cards existing on the networks according to the MAP setup When identifying the network interface card MAP starts a Web Browser specified as standard and displays a list of available network interface cards By default the network interface card is named IB1_ serial number When you select a desired network interface card from the list the MainPage of Web Utilities is displayed F Management Access Program AP Microsoft Internot Explorer Ble Edt Yew Go Favorites Heb e 288 342 2 228 2 Retesh Home Seach Favorites His Mal Print Adess E C A mag dise him Links Management Access Program Update Server List Help Units supporting TCP IP http 10 11 32 15 x3 11 Controller Units supporting IPX SPX 1 Controller If you designate the proxy setting in your Web Browser you cannot access the Web Utilities F
490. sed output de vice s solely for your own internal business purposes In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 Printing Software above you may use Ro man Font Programs to reproduce weights styles and versions of letters numerals characters and symbols Typefaces on the display or monitor for your own internal business purposes You may make one backup copy of the Host Software provided your backup copy is not installed or used on any computer Notwithstanding the above restrictions you may install the on any number of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Printing Software You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of Licensee s right and interest to such Software and Documentation Assignee provided you transfer to Assignee all copies of such Software and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement You agree not to modify adapt or translate the Software and Documentation You agree that you will not attempt to alter disassemble decrypt reverse engineer or decompile the Software Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any reproductions thereof shall remain with Ky oceramita Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of the trade mark owner s name Trademarks can only be used to identify printed output produced
491. server e A maximum of 47 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL NDS Context Lets you enter the name of an NDS context example ou standard ou organization 1 e A maximum of 127 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL NDS Tree Lets you enter the name of an NDS Directory tree e A maximum of 47 characters of symbols and alphanumeric characters is available CAPITAL Queue Scan Rate Lets you set up intervals from 1 to 255 seconds at which the Network Interface Card scans for new print queues The default is 1 second 531 Chapter 19 Copier Setup F Setups on the Control Panel Continued Frame Type Lets you select frame types from the following for use on a LAN The default is Auto Ethernet 802 2 Ethernet 802 3 Ethernet II Ethernet SNAP Disable Bindery Lets you disable enable bindery services of NetWare 4 x or later Selecting YES disables bindery ser vices and selecting NO enables bindery services The default is NO 532 Chapter 19 Copier Setup g Setups on the Control Panel Continued AppleTalk Setup Lets you set up settings for printing via AppleTalk Enable AppleTalk Lets you set whether AppleTalk is enabled or not The default is YES Printer Name Lets you enter the name of a printer NIC used on an AppleT
492. server and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer e Amessage is displayed If you click OK the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting My computer and install the printer driver for Windows NT4 0 Reference 9 gt p 57 After the installation go to step 3 Reterenc 9 gt p 62 61 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued 2 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not and fol low the procedure from step 15 of When selecting My computer Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not 35 p 59 Click the Finish button The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 62 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows NT4 0 PS3 To install the AdobePS3 printer driver to Windows NT4 0 perform the following steps The installation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer administrator Start the Add Printer Wizard 1 2 3 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4 0 Log on as an administrator or a user entitled to install a printer Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings of the Start menu and click Printers from the sub menu The Printers win
493. set as the default printer the message saying the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion Restart the computer ly Important To avoid the system failure make sure to restart the computer after deleting the printer driver 121 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating the Printer Driver Windows NT4 0 Continued T Then go to Installing a Printer Driver Do gt p 42 Deleting the files related to the printer driver MEMO This operation is required to delete the PCL5e printer driver A The files for the old driver may be left if you have problems during updating the driver If such is the case delete them all Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Control Panel from the sub menu The Control Panel window will appear Double click the Services icon The Services window will appear Service Status Startup Plug and Play Started Protected Storage Started Automatic Stat Remote Procedure Call APC Locator Manual Remote Procedure Call RPC Service Started Automatic Stop Manual E Startup HW Profiles Help Telephony Service UPS Manual Startup Parameters Select Spooler from the list in the Services window Then click the Stop button The confirmation message will appear Click the Yes button Click the Start button of the task bar Then select Find fro
494. sk capacity Solution 1 Press the MODE button to open the printer mode basic screen 33 p 475 Switching Between Modes Test Print Menu J Controller Set Set Default Password Print Ja gt Make sure the HD free space displayed at the red circle on the upper screen MEMO If HD free space is not full the disk space of the hard disk in the copier may be full Refer to the copier s manual for more detailed information Delete scan jobs saved on the hard disk in this printing system from the computer on the network Refer to Setting the ScanDataAutoDel for specific procedures on deleting scanned data D9 gt p 492 Setting the ScanDataAutoDel Print confidential output print jobs password print stored on the hard disk in the printing system from the control panel The automatic timer capability in this printing system deletes print jobs stored on the hard disk in the system automatically after 24 hours of storing 428 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting General Problems of PostScript A PostScript Error message displays For the content of the error visit Adobe s home page at http www adobe com URL subject to change with out notice PostScript Error messages such as VMerror and limitcheck display The printer copier may be short on memory capacity Consider upgrading the memory A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout from any computers are in use Th
495. splayed with the Password key highlighted MEMO You don t have to input your user ID if it is not set Touch the OK key Enter your password using the numeric uppercase or lowercase keys and touch the OK key If no uppercase letters are displayed you can touch the Uppercase key to display them If no lowercase letters are displayed you can touch the Lowercase key to display them If no numbers are displayed you can touch the Number key to display them When you touch the OK key a list of the corresponding print jobs is displayed Password Print Delete v A J Print The list will be blank if there are no corresponding print jobs If this is the case touch the Cancel key to terminate the Confidential Output feature 510 Chapter 17 Print Job Control Deleting a Password Print Job Continued 5 Select the print job you want to delete and touch the Delete key The confirmation screen will appear 6 Touch the YES key The print job is deleted Then the Copy Mode Basic screen will appear MEMO Touch the NO key if you want to return to the Print Job List screen without deleting the print job 511 Section NetworkSettings forAdministrator Chapter 18 Network Function Overview 513 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 519 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Windows 95 98 Me 544 Chapter 21 Printing by LPD LPR from W
496. sters 597 Function List Print Controller Continued Appendix B Function List mc i PERA 95 98 NT4 0 Classification Setting Items Set Value Description Me 2000 XP None CONFIDENTIAL COPY Watermark DRAFT This function is used to specify o o o Text FILE COPY the watermark FINAL PROOF TOP SECRET Apur firstpage This function is used to specify Watermark All pages the page on which a selected Oo Oo Oo Page First page only dis watermark is printed No watermark Watermark Tas This function is used to specify whether to print watermarks in O O O Top Bottom Bottom the foreground or background Watermark This function is used to specify how many copies of the water Oo Oo O Count mark on each page Watermark This function is used to specify how far apart multiple water O O O Separation marks are on the page Arial Arial Black This function is used to specify Courier New the font of the selected water Font Name Symbol mark Oo Oo Oo Tahoma A list of the fonts installed in the Times New Roman PC is displayed Wingdings etc esr um This function is used to specify Watermarks tab Font Color Light hu the color of the selected water O O O White mark This function is used to control Font Darkness 0 to 100 the density of the watermark Oo Oo Oo text This function is used to apply Font Bold Off On bold formatting to the water Oo O Oo
497. system via the network select the LPR port For details see your net work administrator Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator for more details 95 p 557 LPD LPR Setup 2 Click the Have Disk button The Install From Disk window will appear Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer s installation disk and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below Copy manufacturer s files from 104 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued 3 Click the Browse button The Locate File window will appear Locate File Look in a My Documents ayy Music my Pictures File name gm Files of type Set the User Software CD in the CD ROM drive Change Look in to CD ROM drive View the English Driver AdobePS Win2000_Xp folder in File Loca tion Click OEMSETUP inf in the File name text box then click the Open button The Install From Disk window will appear Click the OK button The next Add Printer Wizard window to select the manufacturer and model of the printer will appear Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use i Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation Sa disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Printe
498. t 0 Left 0 28 Right 0 28 PPD Limits Bottom 0 28 m en Custom Page Name E Remove Add Cx 2 Input a value for each margin in the Top Bottom Left and Right boxes in the Margins box at the right side of the dialog box MEMO e Therange of values that can be set as each margin is displayed by pressing the W button under the PPD Lim its at the left side of the dialog box e The default is 0 28 e The default unit is cm You can change the unit at the Units box 3 Click the OK button to close the Page Setup 349 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a custom size paper Adobe PS3 compliant Set a custom size paper G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Page Setup Custom Page Default 2 Custom Page Default p Paper Size Margins Width 20 99 Height 29 7 Top 0 28 Offset 0 Offset 0 Left 0 28 Right 0 28 PPD Limits Bottom 0 28 EH LE Remove Add Cre x Enter a paper size in the Width Height boxes in the Paper Size box at the left side of the dialog box MEMO e Therange of values that can be set as each margin is displayed by pressing the W button under the PPD Lim its at the left side of the dialog box e The default is 0 28 e The default unit is cm You can change the unit at the Units box Click the OK button to close the Page Setup Once a paper is set in th
499. t Pages per sheet Allocate documents of 2 pages 4 pages 6 pages 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing The allocated pages are automatically reduced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper 4u GT o xe gt o o gt o O gt o o DL gt o o i ABCD ABCD N 2 ic INEM 5 o gt ow o gt o o gt o O gt o o i gt o o 16 up e me gt o fa S gt I e gt o o i gt i o I o gt i o gt ow o 5 gt o o S gt I O i gt E o i gt i o o gt ow o gt o o gt i o e gt o o gt I O o gt E o i gt wo o o I o gt o o gt ow o 5 gt i o e gt o o gt o o gt ow o D 368 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 Open Print Layout 3 7 0re3 Printer 151 12245 SJ Destination Pages per sheet 1 LA Layout direction r Border none O Print on Both Sides JE Binding l t
500. t button of the task bar Then select Settings from the Start menu to click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear 3 Double click the Add Printer icon of the Printers window The Add Printer Wizard window will appear to set the printer Add Printer Wizard This wizard will help you to install your printer quickly and easily To begin installing your printer click Next 4 Click the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window will appear How is this printer attached to your computer If it is directly attached to your computer click Local Printer If itis attached to another computer click Network lt Back Cr Cancel 49 Chapter 4 How to Setup g Installing to Windows 95 98 Me PS3 Continued 5 Select the Local printer or the Network printer When the printing system is directly connected to a computer in which the printer driver will be installed select Local printer When personal computers are connected to a network and you want to print via the network select Network printer rips When using the network printer it is necessary to complete the network settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting the Local Printer step 1 35 p 45 Click the Next button If you have se
501. t Not Shared gt Port LPT1 Model Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Default Yes Testpage Yes To close this wizard click Finish Finish Cancel 98 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued 20 Click the Finish button Hardware Installation window will appear Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware Printers has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation 21 Click the Continue Anyway button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD If you have selected Yes recommended at step 18 performing of the test print starts 22 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 18 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the OK button 23 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 99 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued GO When selec
502. t one set of pages in one lot and then the second set of pages the third set of pages when printing multiple sets of pages D gt p 189 To print by sets ABCD ABCD T l2 T NF RP 532323233232323332323332323233323232333232323232329 To print page by page collectively Group PCL5e Adobe PS3 Print the required number of the first page and then the required umber of the second pages the third page collectively when printing multiple sets of pages 35 p 191 To print page by page collectively ABCD ABCD i a O mek a PEOR 185 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print multiple copies Continued 53232323232323323232333233232333332323333323232529 To output offset copies PCL5e Adobe PS3 Output groups of copies shifted to opposite sides D gt p 194 To output offset copies 1 gt U Oo U 7 Offset Copies 186 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the number of copies to be printed AdobePS3 Compliant Set the number of copies to be printed from the Properties window Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Waterm
503. t the Finisher 5332333232333232333232333232332323332323232323252 To set the Cover Sheet Feeder Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional cover sheet feeder by selecting the feeder from Sheet Feeder in the Installable Options in the Option Configuration screen 9 p 380 To set a Thick Cover 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 25 25 5 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 2525 2525 25252 To set a Punch Unit Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional punch unit by selecting the unit from Punch Unit in the Installable Options in the Option Configuration screen 95 p 386 To set the Punch Unit 533333232323332323232323332323232333232323232323252 To set the Trimmer Unit Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the optional trimmer unit by selecting the unit from Trimmer Unit in the Installable Options in the Option Configuration screen 117 Chapter 4 How to Setup Setting Optional Devices Macintosh Continued 53333232323323232323232323232323233232323332323232325929 To set the memory installed in the printer Adobe PS3 You can set the printer driver to recognize the memory mounted on the printer in the Properties screen if you use the Adobe PS3 printer driver 35 p 416 To set the memory installed in the printer 118 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating a Printer Driver You must delete the current printer
504. tab Z Fold A3 B4 11 x 17 8K cannot be set in the following cases e When PZ 108 Punch Unit selected in Setup tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray Z Fold 8 5 x 14 cannot be set in the following cases e When PZ 108 Punch Unit selected in Setup tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output Tray MEMO e f you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 249 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Continued 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l Copies 1 a pa IV Collate 33 r Orientation n Portrait C Landscape Paper Size gg zi Media Type Output Tray Plain paper S Default m Paper Source Auto Select Y T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults From the list shown in the Features field select Fold amp Stitch Select items you want to use from the list shown when you click the V button beside the box below the Features field MEMO e The default is None Click the OK button to clo
505. tab When any item in Cover tab is available When Duplex Staple or Punch is selected in Paper tab Features field When Fold amp Stitch or Combination Booklet is available in Paper tab Features field Tab sheet cannot be set in the following cases e When settings other than 8 5 x 11 11 x 17 A3 A4 B5 in Paper tab Paper size e When Fold amp Stitch is available in Paper tab Features field MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 21x Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Dopies p Features z sa Punch 7 Colat 3 Fold amp Stitch ads Wait Mode BENE Output Order Orientation Smoothing z w Portrait C Landscape Oif E Duplex Paper Size Media Type Plain paper X Paper Source Auto Select T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Click the V button beside the Paper Source box to display the list Then select Bypass tray from the list MEMO The default is Auto Select 161 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows
506. tab e When Sub Tray selected in Paper tab Output bin MEMO The Device Options tab Installable Options is displayed in Properties shown from the Printers window If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings 251 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Continued 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Change setting for Fold Stitch None Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Device Settings tab is displayed Select Fold Stitch from Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select the function you want to use from the list MEMO e The default is None Click the OK button to close the Properties window 252 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print a confidential document In order to print a highly confidential document it is possible to print it face down or by using a print job pass
507. tails Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript and Water marks MEMO The tabs such as General and Details are standard Windows tabs 134 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows F Properties window of Windows NT4 0 The Properties window displayed from an application By clicking the Properties button with the Print dialog box displayed from an application of Windows NT4 0 the following Properties window appears Y Important The configuration set at Properties window opened from an application will be applied during an application is running The configuration will be discarded when you exit from an applica tion For Windows NT4 0 Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver E Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties Copies N W Collate E Orientation p w Pottrait Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 x1I ha Nene Media Type Output Tray Plain paper ba Default z Paper Source Auto Select hd T Password Print Settings Paper Size E Letter bd Paper Source amp Automatically Select im Copy Count fi Copy 1 9999 r Orientation A Portrait C Landscape v C Rotated Print on Both Sides Duplex Printing a None 4 5 C Long Side d C Shot Side r Color Appearance BS C Monochrome de The following tab
508. tarts Ensure the test page is printed properly If the test page is printed properly click the Yes button If you selected No on the print test selection window the test page will not be printed 18 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 551 Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Using IPX Peer to Peer Windows Peer to Peer printing allows Windows 95 98 Me computers to print to the printing system without an intervening server and without using IP The main features of the Windows IPX Peer to Peer printing are as follows e Runs on Windows 95 98 Me out of the box e Runson networks that do not have a NetWare file server as well as those that do e Implements IPX peer to peer bi directional printing between Windows PCs and the printing system G Introduction and preparation The Peer to Peer implementation uses the IPX SPX stacks that are provided with Windows 95 98 Me The IPX Peer to Peer provided will establish a connection with the printers supporting IPX Peer to Peer without using an intermediate file server whether or not your network uses Novell NetWare When configuring the network capabilities for the Windows computer you must include the IPX SPX Com patible Protocol If you are not using NetWare you do not need to activate any NetWare Client application This inclusion of IPX SPX can also be done af
509. ted Click the OK button to close the Properties window 166 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the printing position of the wide paper AdobePS3 Compliant Set the printing position of wide paper gt Ww 8 E 3 e IB E S8 Sjoous BHuipesy jo uonoaJiq Left Middle Operating procedures of 1 Open POD tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About TV Image Shift T Hold For Print i Hold Hold Tod F Settings rT Image Storage Store Store and erat Job ID Setting T Chapter Pages Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 2 Turnonthe Print Position check box 3 Click Left Middle or Right 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 167 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the printing position of the wide paper Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 4 Open Device Options tab of Properties window When displayed from an application of Windows 98 Change setting for Job Offset Off Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 Document Defaults Advanced tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP Properties Advanced printing Defaults Layout Advanced is disp
510. ter 17 Print Job Control Canceling a Print Job Continued Procedure for the reserved print job 1 Touch the Salad key on the Copy Mode Basic screen i i 0 origina COUNT 7 SET HT 3 IDLE 0 FREE Jog 01 GUTPUT AE AEN MODE PAPER SIZE USER2 si T 1 00 SPECIAL i e i 2 b 2 A AMS vita EJ A3 ORIG NA STATUS FUNCTION 2z P i NORMA ZOOM ene APPLICATION OTATIO 1 gt 2 RE E AAHR E JI Atha lej POGRON arm EUN STORE The Job Status Display screen will appear TOTAL PAGE S MINUTES CONTROLLER NO MODE STATUS PAGE S TO G INFORMATION RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST JOB JOB USER NAME PREVIOUS NONCOHPLETE OK PRIORITY DELETE CHECK JOB LIST J JoB LIST 2 Selecta job you want to delete 3 Touch the JOB DELETE key The confirmation screen will appear TOTAL PAGE S MINUTE CS CONTROLLER NO MODE STATUS PAGES foGO TO GO INFORMATION RESERYE JOB DOES NOT EXIST
511. ter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set to print on both sides Adobe PS3 compliant Print continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides Flip on long edge and Flip on short edge are available Flip on Flip on long edge short edge Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Print on Both Sides cannot be set in the following cases e When B6 Post card or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup When OHP OHP Interleave Blank OHP Interleave Print Trace or Sheet is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options When Booklet or Booklet Right is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Spe cific Options 1 Open Print Layout 3770rc Printer 1B1 12345 1 Destination Layout direction 12 O Print on Both Sides Binding Lid bel AN 2 Turnonthe Print on Both Sides check box 3 Select Flip on long edge the left button or Flip on short edge the right button from the Binding box MEMO The default is Flip on long side the left button 4 Clickthe Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 367 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print the document of multiple pages on a single page Adobe PS3 complian
512. ter Description File PPD Selected Kyocera Mita KM 8530 v01000 000 Installable Options Memory Configuration 64MB RAM Finisher Sheet Feeder Trimmer Unit None Punch unit Rone 3 2 Cene oc 2 Click the V button beside the Installable Options Finisher box to select a finisher you want to use from the list When you do not know whether the optional Finisher is DF 630 or DF 635 consult your system administrator MEMO e The default is None When None is selected it is not possible to set the eject tray 3 Click the OK button to close the Configure 356 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Output tray AdobePS3 compliant Set Main Tray or Sub Tray as Finisher tray if the Finisher is recognized by the printer driver Sub tray So 2 Main tray lI 357 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Output tray Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation The output tray cannot be set in the following case e When No Finisher is selected for Finisher in the Installable Options field of the Config ure Main tray cannot be set in the following case e When Fold only Fold Stitch Fold Trim or Fold Stitch Trim is selected for Fold Stitch in the Print Printer Specific Options Sub Tray cannot be set in the following cases e When any item other than Off is selected f
513. ter initial Windows installation by going to the Network setup function under Control Panel To do this you will need the Windows CD MEMO Because Peer to Peer uses the IPX SPX Protocol Novell operation must remain enabled on the network interface card even if traditional Novell printing facilities are not being used The name of the Peer to Peer printer as it appears in the Windows Port List is the same as the Novell Print Server name and may be changed by changing the Novell Print Server name using the Web Utility or MAP utility On power up the network interface card checks the network to see if there is Novell activity If there is it will use the same frame type and the local network number that it senses If in addition the network interface card can log on to a file server it will assume that Novell is normally used and will store this frame type and new number in NVRAM so that when it comes up again it will not have to spend the time sensing which can take some time However if the network interface card cannot attach to a file server it will use the sensed values but will not store them If the network interface card does not see any Novell activity it will use 802 2 on 802 3 as a frame type and will assign itself a network number of 0 The frame type and network number being used is reported on the Status Page If a network interface card is being moved from a site that had active Novell to a site that does not the
514. ter or not Select Shared or Not shared checkbox You can select the Network Client OS using the shared printer from the list displayed at the lower part of the window 15 Ciick the Next button The next Add Printer Wizard window to perform the test print will appear Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Gea 16 Select Whether to perform the test print or not Select Yes to perform the test print or select No to not MEMO Printing the test page is also possible after the installation of the printer driver 35 p 114 Test Page Print 17 Click the Finish button Necessary files will be copied from the User Software CD to complete the installation If you have selected Yes recommended at step 16 performing of the test print starts 59 Chapter 4 How to Setup I Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued 18 Make sure the test page printed properly If you have selected No at step 16 the test page will not be printed If the test page is printed properly click the Yes button 19 The installation is completed The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 60 Chapter 4 How to Setup 3 Installing to Windows NT4 0 PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Network printer server
515. ter will always send documents to the default printer unless you specify otherwise Do you want to use this printer as the default printer Tips If you don t know the network printer name click next to search the network and select the appropriate printer If the printer driver for Windows XP is not saved in the server a message is displayed If you click the OK button the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting Local printer and install the printer driver for Win dows XP After the installation the same window to set the default printer described above appears Go to step 2 99 gt p 104 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not and per form operation from step 17 of Printers and Faxes Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer and select No to not 99 gt p 108 Click the Finish button The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without restarting your computer 110 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Macintosh PS3 To install the Adobe PS3 printer driver to Macintosh perform the following steps Start the setup program 1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh MEMO Exit from all active applications if required 2 Setthe User Software CD in the CD ROM drive The driver and PPD file may be different depending on the version of Macintosh
516. ter your password using the numeric uppercase or lowercase keys and touch the OK key If no uppercase letters are displayed touch the Uppercase key to get them displayed If no lowercase letters are displayed touch the Lowercase key to get them displayed If no numbers are displayed touch the Number key to get them displayed When you touch the OK key a list of the corresponding print jobs is displayed Password Print Password Print 1 Microsoft Word Test doc 2 Microsoft Excel Table xls Cancel v A OK The list will be blank if there are no corresponding print jobs If this is the case touch the Cancel key to terminate the Confidential Output feature 11 Select the print job you need and touch the Print key Password Print Controler Set SetDeaut PCL Setup EEEN 4 gt 1 Microsoft Word Test doc 2 Microsoft Excel Table xls CD Co Delete w A J Print The print process starts You can specify multiple print jobs for them to be printed out at one time 258 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To use an internal hard disk A print job can be saved into the hard disk of in this printing system and it can be printed as needed 5333232332323232323232323232323232323323233232323232325929 To save and print a print job Image Storage PCL5e Save a print job into the hard disk of this printing system as a job file when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used 33 p
517. ternet Print Controller Scan to HDD SMTP Server FTP Server Scan to Email Scan to FTP ENJL To make use of the scanning features you need to set the network of the print controller Refer to Section 5 Network Settings for Administrator de gt p 512 When the objective of output is specified as Scan to Email or Scan to FTP the scan data may be damaged due to the network condition or for some otherreason Be sure to check the scan data for damage 432 Chapter 10 Overview of the Scanning Features I Available Scanning Features Continued Scan to HDD This feature lets you save scanned data to the hard disk of the print controller To scan originals you need to specify a 4 digit box number from the control panel This box number is a holder in the print controller s hard disk Scanned data files stored on the hard disk are available to be loaded edited and stored over network using TWAIN compliant Windows applications When loading in scanned data you need to enter a box number If you program scanned data to be automatically deleted at Controller Set ScanDataAutoDel on the Printer Mode scanned data on the hard disk of the print controller is automatically deleted after the speci fied time set to 24 hours by default passes If you do not program this option scanned data on the hard disk of the print controller can be deleted only from personal computers on a network When th
518. th a double punching When the punch unit PZ 108 is recognized by the printer driver the output paper can be folded in a Z form Punch unit Rui The printer driver will not recognize the unit if a finisher is not set on the printer driver 238 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Punch Unit Continued Operating procedures of 1 Open Setup tab of Properties window from the Printers window When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties ae General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay Setup About Options Available options DF 635 Finisher a TU 108 Trimmer Unit PZ 108 Punch Unit LT 402 Large Capacity Tray LT 412 Larae Capacity Trav Tl Installed memory 64MB E Installed options DF 630 Finisher 108 Sheet Feeder PU 108 Punch Unit opier OK Cancel Apply Help 2 Select a Punch Unit you want to use from the list in the Available options box When the copier is provided with an optional punch unit select either PU 108 Punch Unit or PZ 108 Punch Unit MEMO e When nothing is selected it is not possible to set the Punch and Z folding functions e When you do not know whether the optional punch unit installed is a PU 108 Punch Unit or PZ 108 Punch Unit consult your system administrator 3 Click the OK button
519. the Printer features field Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select Blank or Printed from the list When Blank is selected nothing is printed on the front cover When Printed is selected the front cover is also printed MEMO The default is None Select Front Cover Tray from the Printer features field 220 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Front Cover Continued 5 Click the V button beside the Printer features Change setting for box to display the list Then select a tray that feeds a paper for the front cover from the list MEMO The default is None 6 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 221 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set a Back Cover AdobePS3 Compliant Set a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper No Back Cover Back Cover Back Cover Blank Printed 222 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows I To set a Back Cover Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Back Cover cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab e When 2 in 1 is selected in Paper tab Features Combination MEMO If you atte
520. the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer The connector for this port should look something like this S EO O Create a new port If you have selected the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer at step 6 the window to set the printer name will appear In this case go to When selecting the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 32 p 100 Add Printer Wizard Specify a Printer If you don t know the name or address of the printer you can search for a printer that meets your needs What printer do you want to connect to Connect to this printer or to browse for a printer select this option and click Next Name Example server printer O Connect to a printer on the Intemet or on a home or office network URL Example http server printers myprinter printer 93 Chapter 4 How to Setup J Installing to Windows XP PCL5e Continued GO When selecting the Local printer attached to this computer 1 If you have selected Local printer attached to this computer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard select the port connecting the printer from the list displayed by clicking V at the side of the Use the follow ing port box and click the Next button Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Add Printer Wizard Install Pri
521. the latest information as well as limits of the system and the users software 18 Folder structure on the CD ROM Print Controller The folders included on the accompanying CD ROM for print controller are structured as shown below This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files e n this manual folder names and file names are not preceded by the root directory e You may use the files in the English folder User Software CD English Acroread NetUtil BOOTP IP P2P IPX P2P MAP NWSetup Unix Printer L winex Me WinNT 2000 Xp Scanner Screenfonts UserGuide Others iphigh int vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf USA iphigh us vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf French ub 2 Printer Win9x Me WinNT 2000 Xp Scanner Italian Printer Win9x Me WinNT 2000 Xp Scanner German Printer Win9x Me WinNT 2000 Xp Scanner Spanish Printer Win9x Me WinNT 2000 Xp Scanner Japanese Acroread NetUtil Printer Scanner Screenfonts UserGuide English Acroread UserGuide Others iphigh_int_vxxx pdf webutil_e_vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf USA iphigh us vxxx pdf webutil e vxxx pdf jobspl e vxxx pdf Japanese Acroread UserGuide Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 IP address assign program IP base Peer to Peer program IPX base Peer to Peer program Management Access Program NetWare Setup program Utilities for Unix Printer Driver for Windows 9
522. the next paper 212 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To print a specific page on the front face Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Chapter cannot be set in the following cases e When Duplex is not available in Paper tab e When OHP is selected in Paper tab Media Type e When Collate is not available in Paper tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open POD tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About T Image Shift MNR Hold For Print C Hod Hold and Brint HoldiFor Poatsettings T Brint Position gp Ter Middle Fight T Image Storage Restore Defaults Turn on the Chapter check box Enter a page number you want to print on the front in the Pages box You can specify the maximum page numbers of 30 pages in the Pages box When specifying multiple page numbers divide the page numbers by a comma e Ex When making the fourth page into a table 4 e Ex When making the fourth sixth and 12th pages into a table 4 6 12 Numerals that can be specified as a specified pag
523. the paper 53233232323232332323323332333233323332332323232529 To set Fold Stitch Trim Trimmer Unit Adobe PS3 Fold an output paper at the center bind it at the center fold it in a Z shape cut it or fold it into three equal for output D gt p 390 To set center binding folding and cutting Trimmer Unit 382 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh g To set stapling Adobe PS3 compliant Staple output paper The number of staples and their positions can be set as shown below Single Left Portrait Single Right Portrait Double Right Portrait Double Top Portrait 3l Single Left Landscape Single Right Landscape Double Left Landscape Double Right Landscape Double Top Landscape ABCD 383 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set stapling Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation When used in the combination of Staple and Punch the combinations listed below are not allowed Position of stapling Position of punching Left Top Right Single O O X SingleRight X O O Double Side O X X Double SideRight X X O Double Top X O X Stapling cannot be set in the following cases When No Finisher is selected for Finisher in the Installable Options field of the Config ure When the A5R W B5R B6 Statement R W or Custom is selected
524. ties of this printing system is automatically selected from an application Click the OK button to close the Properties window 178 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To set the Finisher AdobePS3 Compliant Set the printer driver to recognize an optional Finisher if it is installed in the copier When the printer driver recognizes the Finisher it is possible to select Main tray or Sub tray as Output Tray Finisher unit LL NSEES E Even if the copier is provided with a Finisher the printer driver will not recognize it if the Fin isher unit is not set on the computer 179 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Finisher Continued Operating procedures of 1 2 Open Setup tab of Properties window When displayed from the Printers window with Windows 98 General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay Setup About Options Available options Installed options Copier HDD DF 630 Finisher Installed memory 64MB 7 OK Cancel Apply Help Select a Finisher you want to use from the Available options list When the copier is provided with an optional Finisher select either DF 630 Finisher or DF 635 Fin isher MEMO When Nothing is selected it is not possible to set a Finisher Click the OK button to close the Properties window MEMO When
525. ting Adobe PS3 compliant Wait Check the current settings from the control panel before printing PRINTER CHECK MODE BASIC MODE Number of pages 9999 Print Quantity 9999 Duplex Mode 1 2 Paper Size B4 Paper Source Tray Paper Type Recycle Output Mode E 20e Punch PROOF stone exit J Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Wait Mode cannot be set in the following cases e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options MEMO If you try to apply an invalid combination of settings as described left a message appears Check the message and adjust the settings Open Print Printer Specific Options 3 7 0re3 Printer Specific Optio gt Job onset PrintPosition None Coltate Sort Fold Stitch None Stapling None Punch _ None Wait mode enone 5 A Click the V button beside the Wait Mode box to select Wait from the list MEMO The default is None Click the OK button to print Perform the operation from the control panel on the copier after the step 4 413 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To check the current settings before printing Continued 4 The Printer Check Mode screen will appear on the LCD touch screen 5 6 and no printing is performed PRINTER CHECK MODE BASIC MODE 1 Number of pages 9999 Print
526. ting has been set this window is not displayed the next time you perform a scanning task To display this window and select another scanner click the Scanner Selection but ton on the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window Then click the Add button on the Scanner Box No Set up window Limitation Neither the DNS nor the NetBIOS names can be used as a Scanner Server name The Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window will appear Kyoceramita Scanner Driver Box No Scanner Name E Box No Selection Foose 10 11 62 Scanner Selection Document repat Time Page Sie 0009 75 39 4572 3168 4 772 14 07 2000 9 15 53 T 2464X 3200 2 4 14 07 2000 9 21 44 1 6592x 4800 600 5 14 07 2000 9 22 01 4 2240 3200 200 Page Selection Allpages Specify page 5 m Delete Refresh Option Close Help Select a file from the file list shown in the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window then click the Reading button to allow the selected file to be read in The selected file is read from the hard disk MEMO By default the file is cleared from the controller s hard disk immediately after the file is fully read in If you want you can override this default setting so that the file is held in the hard disk You can open the read in document within the application for editing saving 464 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data Reading In From HDD Continued Features and Setting
527. ting the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 1 If you have selected A network printer or a printer attached to another computer at step 6 of Start the Add Printer Wizard type the network printer name in the Name textbox or type the URL in the URL text box and click the Next button If the printer driver for Windows XP is saved in the server the window to set the default printer will appear In this case go to step 2 Add Printer Wizard Default Printer Your computer will always send documents to the default printer unless you specify otherwise Do you want to use this printer as the default printer Tips If you don t know the network printer name click the Next button and search the network printer in the window to browse printer and select available network printers If the printer driver for Windows XP is not saved in the server a message is displayed If you click the OK button the window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear Follow the same procedure from step 2 to 10 of When selecting Local printer and install the printer driver for Win dows XP After the installation the same window to set the default printer described above appears Go to step 2 p 24 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not and per form operation from step 17 of Printers and Faxes Select Yes to use this printer as the default printer a
528. tings Restore Defaults MEMO When Output Tray is not recognized as a the Finisher it cannot be used Click the V button beside the Output Tray box to display the list Then select a tray you want to use from the list Main tray and Sub tray are available MEMO The default is Default Click the OK button to close the Properties window MEMO Clicking the W button displays a feed tray and Finisher tray selected in the preview image at the lower right side of the Setup tab 183 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To set the Output tray Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 3 Limitation Sub Tray cannot be set in the following cases e When Finisher is not available in Device Options tab e When Stapling Punch or Fold Stitch is available in Device Options tab MEMO e The Device option tab Additional option is displayed in Properties displayed from the Printers window e f you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties AE Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics
529. tings button to save the setting as the default 374 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set the Front Cover Back Cover Thick Cover Set to print not only pages but also a Front Cover Back Cover or thick cover to attach to printed pages 5233333232323332323232323233232323232323232323232323252 To set a Front Cover Adobe PS3 Set a Front Cover for which the paper e g a color paper is different than the text papers D gt p 376 To set a Front Cover gt Uu o o Lit gt Front Cover Front Cover Blank Printed gt 2939393993993999399999399999939999399993993999399909 To set a Back Cover Adobe PS3 Set a Back Cover for which the paper e g a color paper is different than the text papers D gt p 378 To set a Back Cover ABCD ABCD A Back Cover Back Cover Blank Printed 53333323233233232323233232323332323233232323232252 To set a Thick Cover Adobe PS3 Output a thick paper as a cover which is different than the output papers set D gt p 380 To set a Thick Cover Output tray Sub Tray D Sheet Feeder mi E d ik 375 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To set a Front Cover Adobe PS3 compliant Set a Front Cover for which paper a color paper is different than the text papers
530. to the Print Con troller MEMO You can scan multiple originals and send them to the print controller at the same time Touch the STORE key to highlight it in reverse image and press the START button The original loaded in the RADF or on the platen glass is scanned At this stage nothing is sent to the print controller After scanning all the originals again touch the STORE key and then press the START button Scanned data is sent to the print con troller 449 Chapter 12 Scanner Operation Scanner Basic screen You can configure the following settings on the Scanner Setting Basic screen Scanner Setting Basic screen 0 an o PO on origina e RAD EJ IDLE
531. tor e f you do not enter the correct password or if you leave the User ID text box blank the print job could be performed or not performed e f not performed it is registered as a non complete job e Inthe service mode you can set whether or not to print these jobs e For more information contact your Kyoceramita service representative Name Limit ooon 9m CANCEL I OK zi x x About i POD Options Watermarks User D Job ID a Password Required Field n Portrait Landscape Paper Size Duplex gg None zl Media Type Output Tray Plain paper Default Paper Source auto Select z I Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Off hd OK Cancel Apply Help Click OK button to close the Properties and start the printing pro cess 423 Chapter 8 Managing the Number of Prints ll ecMEKC Limit If you exceed the limit previously set in the Printer ECM EKC the following will occur depending on the settings of the Printer ECM EKC When in doubt about the Printer ECM EKC settings ask your system administrator When a print job is sent after limit has been reached e A message will appear indicating that the ECM EKC counter reached a preset limit but the printing process is completed normally and the ECM EKC counter increments as if
532. trongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup Program Click Cancel to quit Setup and close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible law Click the Next button The Start Installation window will appear A Start Installation xl You are now ready to install Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver Press the Next button to begin the installation or the Back button to reenter the installation information 461 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data J Reading In From HDD Continued T Click the Next button The Installing window will appear and the file copy process starts cancel 8 Click the Finish button The setup program is completed 462 Reading In From HDD Continued Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data TWAIN compliant applications can be used to read in scanned data Select a TWAIN driver the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver from your application select a scanner copier hav ing scanned original using the TWAIN driver then enter the box number corresponding to the scanned data so that the scanned data can be read in from the
533. tterned Grays the method of the image pro Oo Oo Oo Diffused Grays cessing for halftones Brightness 100 to 100 This function is used to make an o o o adjustment on halftones Graphics tab Contrast 100 to 100 This function is used to make an o o o adjustment on halftones Negative Off On This function is used to print o o o image with reversed tone Restore This function is used to return o o o Defaults the settings to default settings Shift Value of Printer Engine This function is used to create a Image Shift Shift Value of Printer new binding margin on papers Q Driver Off On mm Image Storage Store Har d is used to storage o o o Store and Print ge POD tab Press this button to open bra cede Image Storage dialog Enter O O O g your Job ID and password Chapter Off On This function is used to chapter O O O Chapter This function is used to specify o o o Pages the page to be chaptered Restore This function is used to return o o o Defaults the settings to default settings Layout Pages This function is used to print you 9 1 2 4 6 9 16 more than one page of a docu O O O per sheet ment on one sheet of paper This function is used to specify Layout Scaling 10 to 400 the enlargement or reduction Oo Oo Oo Options tab rate of image in percentage 400 x 400 Resolution 600 x 600 O O O Outline soft fonts as TrueType Bima con Oe This function is used to specify o o o options how to output TrueType fonts Ra
534. tton This button is used to access Help Sorting Feature You can sort what is displayed by clicking Document Date amp Time Page Size and Resolution 466 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data J Reading In From HDD Continued Variable Option In the Kyocera Mita Scanner Driver window click the Option button to display the Variable Option win dow You can set up the various elements of the scanner driver described below Kyoceramita Scanner Driver Box No Scanner Name f 234 BoxNo Selection kyoceramita i 0 11 32 Scanner Selection Variable Option Scanner Document Set up Temp folder set up for scanner Use reverse display of Scanned CAWINDOWSXTEMP document Iv Delete after taking in Scanner d Folder Change amp All pages C Specippae P Reading Delete Rettesh Option Close Help Use reverse display of Scanned document Reverse the image of the scanned document Delete after taking in Scanner document Delete a scanned document file held in the scanner after reading it in Temp folder set up for scanner This allows you to select a directory for temporarily stored data before saving it to the computer s hard disk MEMO Click the Folder Change button then specify where you want to temporarily store the current scanned document 467 Chapter 13 Loading in the Scanned Image Data Deleting images stored in the HDD T 2 3
535. tton of the task bar Then select Settings of the Start menu and click Printers from the sub menu The Printers window will appear Right click the printer icon on the Printers window Then select Properties Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Propeties dialog box will appear The property window may different depending on your OS Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties HEI Overlay Setup About General Details Sharing Paper Cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Comment I Separator page none Browse Print Test Page Cancel npl HE MEMO e Click Printers and Faxes in Windows XP e The model name of print controller is displayed in xxx Select the General tab in the Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Pro peties dialog box and click the Print Test Page The test page is printed and the confirmation window will appear Verify that it is printed properly Then click the Yes button The test print is completed MEMO If it is not printed properly verify the current status of this printing system 39 p 426 You cannot print the test print Macintosh Macintosh has no standard test print function Double click ReadMe txt in the User Software CD Then select Print from File menu and make sure it is printed properly 114 Chapter 4 How to Setup Setting Optional Devices Windows You can store print data and print settings in a
536. twork settings on the network interface card and on the personal computers For details see your network administrator MEMO If your computer does not have the network setting go to When selecting the Local printer attached to this com puter step 1 35 p 104 102 Chapter 4 How to Setup Installing to Windows XP PS3 Continued T Click the Next button If you have selected Local printer attached to this computer at step 6 the window to select the printer port will appear 35 p 104 Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Ez Recommended Printer Port v Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer The connector for this port should look something like this O Create a new port If you have selected the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer at step 6 the window to set the printer name will appear In this case go to When selecting the A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 35 p 110 Add Printer Wizard Specify a Printer If you don t know the name or address of the printer you can search for a printer that meets your needs What printer do you want to connect to Connect to this printer or to browse for a printe
537. u is three layers deep offering the following options e Unit Info de gt p 526 e Update NIC de gt p 526 Startup Page TCP IP Setup NetWare Setup AppleTalk Setup WINS Setup FTP Setup Email Setup DNS Setup Admin Password Factory Default p 526 de gt p 527 de gt p 530 p 533 o gt p 534 de gt p 535 do gt p 536 p 538 de gt p 538 p 539 4 When all settings are completed touch Update NIC key 5 After the Update NIC process turn the main power to the copier off 525 Chapter 19 Copier Setup 3 Setups on the Control Panel Continued 6 Wait at least 10 seconds and turn the copier back on A There are occasions when the print controller malfunctions if you recycle the copier s main power quickly There are occasions when the Network Interface card malfunctions if you don t recycle the copier s main power Unit Info Shows information about the Network Interface Card s ROM Version Serial Number and Ethernet Address ROM version 9 24 Serial Number 986934 Ethernet Address 00 50 aa 2f 0f 36 Update NIC Updates the Network Interface Card with your settings Startup Page Allows you to configure settings to get a network settings list or Status Page printed out Print on Startup Lets you set whether you want to get Status Page printed out each time the copier is powered up The default is YES Interprete
538. ult your system adminis trator Click the OK button to close the Properties window 181 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To set the Output tray Adobe P53 Compliant Set Main tray or Sub tray as Output Tray if the output tray is recognized by the printer driver Sub tray Main tray 182 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To set the Output tray Continued Operating procedures of Limitation Sub Tray cannot be set in the following cases e When DF 630 Finisher or DF 635 Finisher is not available in Setup tab e When Staple Punch or Fold amp Stitch is available in Paper tab Features field MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 2 x Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies r Eeatures 1 a Staple AS Punch Sd Fac sa F Collate 3 Fold amp SU Orientation Smoothing tn Portrait C Landscape Off Paper Size Duplex 85 x11 mz None x Media Type Plain paper J Va Paper Source Auto Select zl T Password Print Set
539. unit should be reset to factory default to clear the frame type and network number information 552 Using IPX Peer to Peer Continued Chapter 20 Printing by IP Peer to Peer from Win dows 95 98 Me Installation of IPX Peer to Peer To install the IPX Peer to Peer perform the following procedure Insert the CD ROM that came with the network interface card into the CD ROM drive From the Windows main window click on Start Click on Run From Run type CDROM drive gt IPX P2P SETUP EXE Click on OK At the IPX Peer to Peer Setup screen click on Next MEMO e f setup detected a previous installation of the IPX Peer to Peer it will prompt you to have Setup delete the old driver and continue the installation procedure Click on Yes or No Once the IPX Peer to Peer is installed each printer on the network that supports this peer to peer capability will appear as a Port under Printer Prop erties e To use the Peer to Peer connection create a logical printer using the Add Printer Wizard according to the instructions for the print controller Set up the printer as a LOCAL printer Use the driver that came with the print controller When the Add Printer Wizard asks you to choose the Port select the name of the Peer to Peer printer you wish to print to When you complete the installation select the Print Test Page option AN When uninstalling the IPX Peer to Peer perform the following procedure
540. uous pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing For 2 in 1 Repeat two same pages are aggregated on a single paper for printing MEMO The default is None Click the Print button to print now Click the Save Settings button to save the setting as the default 371 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print a twofold booklet Adobe PS3 compliant Booklet Print output paper so that they become a book by folding them in two 372 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh To print a twofold booklet Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 Limitation Booklet Booklet Right cannot be set in the following cases e When A3 W B4 W B6 Tabloid W Legal or Custom is selected for Paper in the Page Setup e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected for Media Type in the Print Printer Specific Options dialog box 1 e When any other item than OFF is selected for Print on Both Sides in the Print Setup Layout e When Group is selected for Collate in the Print Printer Specific Options e When 2 in 1 or 2 in 1 Repeat is selected for Combination in the Print Printer Specific Options e When any other item than Off is selected for Combination Back Cover in the Print Printer Specific Options 1 Open Print Printer Specific Options 2 3 7 0re3 Printer S
541. urposes c Notwithstanding the restrictions in 1 above you may install the Adobe Driver and or other third party s Driver Software on any number of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Printing Software d You agree not to modify adapt or translate the Software and Documentation e You agree that you will not attempt to alter disassemble decrypt reverse engineer or decompile the Software or use any other method to discover the printer driver s or Software s source code f You may not rent lease sublicense modify adapt pledge lend share or transfer versions or copies of the Software You do not use or Software contained on any unused media or any of Your rights under this Agreement except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and Documentation as described in g below or to the extent expressly permitted by the laws of the country in which you use the Software and Licensed Articles You may not create derivative works based upon the Software or any part thereof You may not copy the Licensed Articles except as specifically provided in this License Agreement You may assign your rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of Your rights and interest to such Software and Documentation Assignee provided you transfer to Your Assignee all copies of such Software and Documentation and the Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and condi tions of this Agreement TITLE
542. ver 10 Then go to Installing a Printer Driver D gt p 42 127 Chapter 4 How to Setup Updating the Printer Driver Macintosh To update the Macintosh compatible printer driver Updating the printer 1 2 4 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh Select the icon for the printer that you want to delete from the desktop and drag it onto Trash The desktop printer is deleted uninstalled A The files for the old driver may be left if you have problems updating the driver If such is the case delete them all Select Kyocera Mita KM 8530v01000 xxxx in HDD System Folder Extensions Printer Descriptions and drag it onto Trash The files related to the driver file are deleted rips Kyocera Mita KM 8530v01000 xxxx loses its effect on the printer just by removing it from the Exten sions folder MEMO PPD file name varies depending on models of machine Then go to Installing a Printer Driver Reference 9 p 42 128 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Basic printing method This section explains how to use this printing system for printing from a Windows 1 2 3 Check the printing system to ensure it is turned on Then turn on the computer Open the file to be printed MEMO When there are any applications started exit them all in advance Select File Print in an application The Print dialog box will appear For Windo
543. ver Back Cover or Sheet Insertion is available in Cover tab e When Duplex is available in Paper tab MEMO If you attempt to make a setting corresponding to the incongruous combinations described that cannot be set on the printer driver a message will be displayed Check the details of the message and adjust the relationship with other settings Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties BE Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About l rientali n Portrait C Landscape ott Paper Size Duplex 85 amp 11 a fne Media Type Output Tray Pennee Mnre H Paper Source T Password Print Settings Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help Turn off the Collate check box MEMO The default is ON Click the OK button to close the Properties window 192 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows J To print page by page collectively Continued G Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 4 Limitation Group cannot be set in the following cases e When OHP Interleave Blank or OHP Interleave Print is selected in Paper tab Paper type e When Fold only Fold Trim Fold Stitch or Fold Stitch Trim is selected in Device Options tab e When Front Cover or Back Cover is available in Device Options tab e When Duplex is availab
544. ver TCP IP from Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me by using a dedicated utility Support LPD LPR printing over TCP IP for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP by using a dedicated utility Support IPP Internet Printing Protocol You can print via internet or intranet from Windows 2000 XP Support both Bindery mode and Novell Directory Services NDS to accommodate Novell NetWare print server features Include a HTTP server that supports Java to enable the printing system management in conjunction with the attached Management Access Program MAP and a standard Web browser Allocate IP addresses automatically with DHCP Include a flash memory that allows you to upgrade a firmware via network 27 Chapter 1 Overview of the Print Controller Print Controller Options This print controller has following options For more detailed information contact your service representative Add on memory For optimum printing performance expanding the memory capacity is recommended Most of the print controller memory is used for rasterizing images bitmap extracting process font cache form overlay or other functions Only a small part of the memory is used for system operation The basic memory setting for the print controller can print with 1 bit mode 400 dpi 600 dpi in all paper sizes The memory of the print controller can be expanded MEMO Basic memory maximum memory and resolution of print controller vary depending on models of machine The
545. w 2 Clickthe Memory Configuration from the Installable options field 3 Click the V button besides the Installable options Change setting for box to set the number of memory configuration MEMO The default is 64MB 4 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 330 Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh Chae Basic printing method This chapter explains how to use this printing system for printing from a Macintosh The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system from the computer used 1 2 Check the printing system to ensure it is turned on Then turn on the computer Select this printing system from the Chooser dialog MEMO See Chapter 4 How to Setup for detailed information on selecting this printing system from the Chooser dialog D gt p 113 Selecting the printer with the Chooser Open the file to be printed Select File Page Setup of the application The Page Setup dialog box will appear Printer IB1 12345 E 8 7 0ro3 Page Attributes Paper a Orientation Scale too O Booklet A Ni MEMO You can configure the functions of this printing system further in the Page Setup gt p 335 Displaying the Page Setup dialog box Click the OK button The Page Setup dialog box will disappear Select File Print of the application The Printing dialog box will appear 3770rc copies 1 O Rever
546. w When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PostScript Properties AE Paper Graphics Device Options PostScript Watermarks Paper size Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in A oO D Legal Tabloid Ag Statement Drientation Potusit Adobe A C Landscape T Rotated Online Duplex None T f z y zla 1 al Paper source AutoSelect Tray Dutput bin Default Papertpe PlainPaper E Means About Help Restore Defaults MEMO e For Windows NT4 0 the Page Setup tab is displayed e For Windows 2000 XP the Layout tab is displayed Click on the button for Portrait or Landscape of Orientation MEMO e The default is Portrait e Turning on Landscape allows you to set Rotated gt p 155 Click the OK button to close the Properties window 154 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows 3 To print in rotation Adobe PS3 Compliant Print the in rotation when the Adobe PS3 printer driver is used Rotation ABCDEF 3adqosv Depending on an application used it sometimes occurs that an image cannot be rotated cor rectly with the rotation set 155 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows To print in rotation Continued Operating procedures of Adobe PS3 1 e Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita K
547. ware Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 277 19 The Software is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R 2 101 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 all U S Government End Users acquire the Soft ware with only those rights set forth herein The manufacturer is Kyocera Mita America Inc 500 Day Hill Road Windsor Connecticut 06095 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY You are hereby notified that Adobe Systems Incorporated a Delaware corporation located at 345 Park Avenue San Jose CA 95110 2704 is a third party beneficiary to this Agreement to the extent that this Agreement contains provisions which relate to Licensee s use of the Software Font Programs Typefaces and the trademarks licensed hereby Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Adobe and are enforceable by Adobe in addition to Kyoceramita Contents rige tiere pere MM 3 About this Product rc 18 Folder structure on the CD ROM Print Controller 19 Folder structure on the CD ROM PS3 Option 20 About this Manlal ocs nei v indnondgas ens up Fe cv Grw EONRE RO GR DODDDOD DES KE BU d d 21 Notation or each product occi uia saine ER Evews FeteoukE cutee aa aU E deci 22 How to read t
548. will be displayed in the desti nation Email on the Select Transmission Object screen Email To enter alphabetical letters use the touch panel and to enter numbers use the hard keypad A You cannot enter signs E Mail Address key Enter an Email address up to 60 alphanumeric characters long To enter alphabetical letters use the touch panel and to enter numbers use the hard keypad Delete key Touch this key to delete the letter to the left of the cursor Capital Small key Touch this key to replace an upper case letter with a lower case and vice versa Sign key Touch this key and the lowercase alphabetical letter keys produce signs The Sign key is changed to the Alphabet key Touch this key again and you can enter alphabetical letters as before TITLE key Touching this key opens the Title in E Mail input screen D gt p 440 4 gt keys Touching these keys moves the cursor Letters enter to the left of the cursor ENTRY key Touch this key to register information you have entered and return to the Select Transmission Object screen Email MEMO To change or delete registered Destinations Storage Locations use the Key Operator mode or the WWW Server Function of the copier For more detailed information refer to the Copier s User s Manual CANCEL key Touching this key brings you back to the Select Transmission Object screen Email without registering what you have
549. word for protection gt 3339393939939993999399399999399939939993993993993939399999D To specify a user PCL5e Set a User ID and password to specify a print job user when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used 33 p 254 To specify a user 5333233323232323232323232323232323232323233232323232325929 To print with protection by a password PCL5e Protect a print job with a password when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used D gt p 256 To print with protection by a password 253 Chapter 5 Printing from Windows g To specify a user Compliant Set a User ID and a password to specify a user when the Kyoceramita PCL5e printer driver is used User ID and password are used to print confidential documents and to save image Depending on the application software there are also passwords that save the settings of the printer driver When printing was made with Password Print Settings done on the shared file on the network or on a file other people may use for printing delete UserlD and Password before saving the file Operating procedures of 1 Open Paper tab of Properties window When displayed from an application with Windows 98 Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL on LPT1 Properties 21x Paper cover Graphics POD Options Watermarks Overlay About Copies r B r Features Iv Collate 3 Orientation C Portrait n Landscape Paper Size Med
550. work inter face card using Ipd At the prompt enter the mkdev rip command A You cannot run mkdev rlp twice If you have additional printers to be configured use the rlp conf command You are now asked a series of questions Respond as follows shown in bold type Please enter a printer name lprprinterl Is lprprinterl a remote printer or a local printer R Enter remote host name lprprinter Confirm the information you entered Y Confirm the preceding connection as your system default Y Enter another printer name or quit setup Q If necessary stop and restart your remote daemon Using a line editor of your choice edit the etc printcap file and change the rp entry to PORT1 579 Chapter 24 UNIX Configuration UNIX Printing through TCP IP Continued Setting Up System V Release 4 and Solaris 2 X to Use Ipd 3 4 If your system recognizes the LPSYSTEM command you do not need to install the dedicated utility Kyo ceramita s host side software Another option is the admintool if your system supports it e LPSYSTEM Installation The following procedure must be executed from the Bourne Shell Type SH then press Enter to enter the Bourne Shell program Use the following procedures to install LPSYSTEM Ipsystem t bsd Print server host name in etc hosts file gt Ipadmin p local printername gt s remote host name or IP address gt IPORT1 Your system may want its IP address instea
551. ws 98 Print Printer Name Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Properties Status Default printer Ready Type Kyocera Mita KM 8530 PCL Where LPT1 Comment T Print to file Print range Copies All Number of copies Dou C Pages tomh wf TOT X om Ensure Name is the name of this printing system MEMO When Name does not show the name of this printing system click the V button to display a list and select this printing system from the list Check the settings of the Print dialog box MEMO From the Print dialog box you can also display the window to set up the printer and set up the detailed functions of this printing system p 132 Click the OK button Printing will be executed 129 Chapter Chapter 5 Printing from Windows Printer Properties window GO The Properties window used in this section You can set up this printing system by using each window shown in the table below Display method From the menu displayed by right click ing the printer icon of the Printers win dow Windows 95 98 Me Window displayed by clicking the Properties button Window displayed by selecting Properties Window displayed by selecting Presetting of document Window displayed by selecting Properties oS From the Print dialog box of an applica tion Windows NT4 0 Window displayed by clicking the Properties button Window displayed by clicking the printer icon
552. ws NT4 0 2000 XP There are 5 types of PS drivers each supported by the follow ing Windows 95 98 Me Windows NT4 0 Windows 2000 XP Mac OS 7 1 to Mac OS 8 5 Mac OS 8 5 to Mac OS 9 x Mac OS X is not supported at September 2002 A Windows based computer Macintosh optional PS3 kit required UG 1 PostScript Option IB 1 Network Interface Card MB 4A 64 MB MB 4B 128 MB 200 mm W x 350 mm H x 415 mm D 7 9 W x 13 8 H x 17 D Approx 11 kg Approx 242 5 Ib Supplied from the copier Temperature 10 C to 30 C 50 F to 86 F Humidity 10 to 80 RH non condensing When the Weekly Timer function of the copier is activated power is not turned off until the data output is finished if data remains in the E RDH Note These speeds are based on continuous printing following the storage of all pages in the E RDH memory or based on continuous printing of the same image on multiple pages Note Specifications are subject to change without notice 589 Appendix A Product Specifications 590 Appendix A Product Specifications 591 Appendix A Product Specifications Product Specifications Network Interface Card NIC Type Frame Type Ethernet Connection Network Connector Protocols Compliant OS NOS Multiple Protocols Printing Method Dedicated Utilities Standard Utilities Operating Conditions Status Indicators Settings Print Controller Built in type IEEE 802 2
553. y Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to You GOVERNING LAW This License Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut United States of America Should any court of competent jurisdiction declare any term of this License Agreement void or unenforceable such declaration shall have no effect on the remaining terms hereof COSTS OF LITIGATION If any action is brought by either party to this License Agreement against the other party regarding the subject matter hereof the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover in addi tion to any other relief granted reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of litigation NO WAIVER The failure of any party to enforce any rights granted hereunder or to take action against the other party in the event of any breach hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver by that party as to subsequent enforcement of rights or subsequent actions in the event of future breaches Notice to Government End Users U S GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS The Licensed Arti cles are provided with restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 277 7013 and paragraph c 1 and 2 of the Commercial Computer Soft
554. y it is run ning on the network ping 192 9 200 200 or ping printfast The network interface card will not respond to this ping command but it will read its IP address from the packets Turn off the print controller and main body printer Turn them back on and send the ping command again to verify that the network interface card obtained its IP address A confirmation message displays 192 9 200 200 is alive Remove the entry from the arp cache using the following command Specify the network interface card either by its IP address or by its name for example arp d printfast 523 Chapter 19 Copier Setup Outputing the Status Page The Status Page is by default sent to the copier as a print job after the network interface card has started Examples of the network setting list are shown below You can output the list from the copier s control panel or the Web utilities 3 p 484 Printing the Test Print MEMO For more information on the Web Utilities refer to the separate volume Web Utilities User s Reference Guide Please output the list and check the settings right after the installation or setting changes Examples of the Status Page Unit Serial No 123456 Network Address 00 11 22 33 44 55 Network Topology Ethernet Network Speed 100 Megabits Novell Network Information Print Server Name IB1 123456 Password Defined No Preferred Services Context not defined Frame Type 802 2 On 802 3 Peer to Peer

Printing System(2)/UG-1/IB-1 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents